Semantic search

From Buddha-Nature
 BookToc
Collected Papers on the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine
  • Preface1
  • Editorial Note3
  • Abbreviations5


I. TEXTUAL RESEARCH
  • A Revised Edition of the Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra, "Kṣanikaparivarta"9


II. THE LAṄKĀVATĀRA AND OTHER TEXTS
  • An Analysis of the Laṅkāvatāra: In Search of Its Original Form101
  • The Concept of Manas in the Laṅkāvatāra118
  • Sources of the Laṅkāvatāra and Its Position in Mahāyāna Buddhism128
  • The Structure of the Anuttarāśrayasūtra (Wu-shang-i ching)156
  • Remarks on the Sanskrit Fragments of the Abhidharmadharmaskandhapādaśāstra165
  • On the Myaṅ 'das175
  • Textual Problems of the Mahāyānaśraddhotpāda184


III. TECHNICAL TERMS AND BASIC CONCEPTS OF THE
TATHĀGATAGARBHA THEORY
  • The "Tathāgatôtpattisaṃbhava-nirdeśa" of the Avataṃsaka and the Ratnagotra-
       vibhāga
    : With Special Reference to the Term Tathāgata-gotra-saṃbhava
    201
  • The Description of Ultimate Reality by Means of Six Categories in Mahāyāna
       Buddhism
    208
  • A Comment on the Term Ārambaṇa in the Ratnagotravibhāga, 1.9219
  • Dharmatā, Dharmadhātu, Dharmakāya and Buddhadhātu: The Structure of the
       Ultimate Value in Mahāyāna Buddhism
    228
  • On Upādāna/Upādāyaprajñapti246
  • On Upādāna (II): Ālayavijñāna and Its Two Kinds of Upādāna265
  • On Gotrabhū280


IV. TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN GENERAL
  • The Buddhist Concept of the Spiritual Family293
  • The Tathāgatagarbha Theory in the Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra299
  • Tathāgatagarbha and the Community of Bodhisattvas311
  • Ethische Implikationen der Tathāgatagarbha-Lehre324
  • Thoughts on Dhātu-vāda and Recent Trends in Buddhist Studies343
  • The Tathāgatagarbha Theory Reconsidered: Reflections on Some Recent Issues in
       Japanese Buddhist Studies
    352


V. JAPANESE AND EAST ASIAN BUDDHISM
  • A History of East Asian Buddhist Thought: The Formation of a Sphere of
       Chinese-Canon-Based Buddhism
    369
  • "Japanization" of Buddhism417
  • The Ekayāna (One Vehicle) Doctrine as the Basis of Japanese Buddhism432
  • Kōbō Daishi (Kūkai) and Tathāgatagarbha Thought451
  • Saṃsāra eva nirvāṇam480
  • "Non-Sentient Beings Preaching the Dharma": Buddhist Views on the
       Environment
    499
  • Some Problems in the Tibetan Translations from Chinese Materials524


VI. BUDDHIST STUDIES IN JAPAN
  • One Hundred Years of Buddhist Studies in Japan539


VII. BOOK REVIEWS
  • John M. Koller, Oriental Philosophies565
  • David Seyfort Ruegg, La théorie du tathāgatagarbha et du gotra571
  • Alex & Hideko Wayman, The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā586
  • Hajime Nakamura, Indian Buddhism591
  • Index 595
Coming to Terms with Chinese Buddhism
  • ACKNOWLEDGMENTSix
  • ABBREVIATIONSxi
  • CONVENTIONS OF USAGExii
  • Introduction: Prolegomenon to the Study of Medieval Chinese
        Buddhist Literature
    1

  • Part 1: The Historical and Cosmological Background
  • 1. The Date and Provenance of the Treasure Store Treatise31
  • 2. Chinese Buddhism and the Cosmology of Sympathetic Resonance77

  • Part 2: Annotated Translation of the Treasure Store Treatise
        Introduction to the Translation
    137
  • 3. The Treasure Store Treatise/Chapter One
        The Broad Illumination of Emptiness and Being
    143
  • 4. The Treasure Store Treatise/Chapter Two
        The Essential Purity of Transcendence and Subtlety
    193
  • 5. The Treasure Store Treatise/Chapter Three
        The Empty Mystery of the Point of Genesis
    228

  • Appendix 1: On Esoteric Buddhism in China263
  • Appendix 2: Scriptural Quotations in the Treasure Store Treatise279
  • NOTES287
  • WORKS CITED345
  • INDEX379
Commentary on The Presentation of Grounds, Paths, and Results
  • Chapter 1
  • Two Approaches to Ultimate Realization1


THE PRESENTATION OF THE PATHS
  • Chapter 2
  • The Presentation of the Paths 3
    • The Meaning of Path 3
      • The Presentation of Grounds and Paths in the Causal Vehicle of Characteristics4
      • 1. The presentation of the natures of the paths5
  • Chapter 3
  • The Entity of Path 7
      • 1.1. The entity of path7
    • The Definition of Path8
    • The First Incorrect Definition8
    • The Second Incorrect Definition9
    • The Third Incorrect Definition10
    • Summary of the Three Incorrect Definitions10
  • Chapter 4
  • The Classificational Enumerations of the Paths11
      • 1.2. The classificational enumerations11
    • Five Paths, One Practice12
  • Chapter 5
  • The Semantic Explanation of Path15
      • 1.3. The semantic explanation of the meaning of the term15
  • Chapter 6
  • Nominal and Actual Paths17
      • 1.4. The difference between actual and nominal paths17
  • Chapter 7
  • The Five Paths 19
      • 1.5. The detailed explanations of each one of the five paths19
  • Chapter 8
  • The Path of Accumulation21
      • 1.5.1. The path of accumulation21
  • THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION21
      • 1.5.1.1. Setting up its definition21
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION22
      • 1.5.1.2. Identifying its illustration22
  • THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION23
      • 1.5.1.3. The extensive classification23
    • The Threefold Classification of Lesser, Medium, and Greater23
      • The Four Intense Applications of Mindfulness24
      • The Four Perfect Relinquishments24
      • The Four Limbs of Miraculous Powers25
      • Two Reasons for the Threefold Classification25
    • The Alternative Fourfold Classification26
  • THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION27
      • 1.5.1.4 Determining its nature27
    • The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises27
    • The Grounds on Which It Relies28
    • The Objects on Which It Focuses28
  • THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH
    OF ACCUMULATION
    29
      • 1.5.1.5. The features of relinquishment and realization29
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION31
      • 1.5.1.6. Stating its qualities31
  • THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION33
      • 1.5.1.7. Its function33
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION35
      • 1.5.1.8. Teaching its semantic explanation35
  • Chapter 9
  • The Path of Junction37
      • 1.5.2. The path of junction37
  • THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION37
      • 1.5.2.1. Setting up its definition37
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION40
      • 1.5.2.2. Identifying its illustration40
  • THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION40
      • 1.5.2.3. The extensive classification40
    • The Classification Through Nature41
    • The Classification in Terms of Accumulation and Junction41
    • The Classification in Terms of Lesser and Greater42
    • The Classification by Way of Realization43
      • The Phase of Heat 45
      • The Phase of Peak 46
      • The Phase of Endurance 49
      • The Phase of Supreme Dharma50
  • THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION52
      • 1.5.2.4. Determining its nature52
    • The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises52
    • The Grounds on Which It Relies53
    • The Objects on Which It Focuses56
  • THE FEATURE OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH
    OF JUNCTION
    58
      • 1.5.2.5. The features of relinquishment and realization58
    • What Is Relinquished 59
    • What Is Realized 60
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION63
      • 1.5.2.6. Stating its qualities63
  • THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION64
      • 1.5.2.7. Its function64
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION65
      • 1.5.2.8. Teaching its semantic explanation65
  • Chapter 10
  • The Path of Seeing 67
      • 1.5.3. The path of seeing67
  • THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF SEEING67
      • 1.5.3.1. Setting up its definition67
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING69
      • 1.5.3.2. Identifying its illustration69
  • THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING70
      • 1.5.3.3. The extensive classification70
  • THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF SEEING71
      • 1.5.3.4. Determining its nature71
    • The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Through Seeing Are Relinquished72
      • 1.5.3.4.1. The presentation of the way in which the factors to be relinquished
        through seeing are relinquished
        72
    • The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished72
      • 1.5.3.4.1.1. The definition of the factors to be relinquished72
    • The Extensive Classification of the Factors to be Relinquished73
      • 1.5.3.4.1.2. The extensive classification of the factors to be relinquished73
      • 1.5.3.4.1.2.1. The classification of their entity74
      • 1.5.3.4.1.2.2. The classification of the way of relinquishment76
    • The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Are Relinquished78
  • 1.5.3.4.1.3. The way in which the factors to be relinquished are relinquished78
    • The Way in Which the Path of Seeing Arises82
      • 1.5.3.4.2. The presentation of the way in which the path of seeing arises82
    • The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises82
      • 1.5.3.4.2.1. The (psychophysical) supports in which it arises82
    • The Grounds on Which It Relies83
      • 1.5.3.4.2.2. The grounds on which it relies83
    • The Ways of Realization 85
      • 1.5.3.4.2.3. The ways of realization85
    • From How Many Moments It Arises87
      • 1.5.3.4.2.4. (The issue) from how many moments it arises87
      • 1.5.3.4.2.4.1. The system of the common vehicle87
      • 1.5.3.4.2.4.2. The uncommon system91
  • THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH
    OF SEEING
    93
      • 1.5.3.5. The features of relinquishment and realization93
    • What Is Relinquished 93
    • What Is Realized 94
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF SEEING96
      • 1.5.3.6. Stating its qualities96
  • THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF SEEING99
      • 1.5.3.7. Its function99
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING99
      • 1.5.3.8. Teaching its semantic explanation99
  • Chapter 11
  • The Path of Meditation103
      • 1.5.4. The path of meditation103
  • THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION103
      • 1.5.4.1. Setting up its definition103
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION104
      • 1.5.4.2. Identifying its illustration104
  • THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION108
      • 1.5.4.3. The extensive classification108
    • The Mundane Path of Meditation109
      • 1.5.4.3.1. The mundane path of meditation109
    • The Supramundane Path of Meditation109
      • 1.5.4.3.2. The supramundane path of meditation109
    • Classification Through Its Psychophysical Supports110
    • Classification Through the Factors to be Relinquished111
    • Classification Through the Paths111
    • Classification Through Its Entity112
    • Classification Through Familiarization112
  • THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION113
      • 1.5.4.4. Determining its nature113
    • The Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation113
      • 1.5.4.4.1. The way in which the factors to be relinquished through meditation are relinquished113
      • The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation114
      • Their Extensive Classification116
      • The Way in Which They Are Relinquished Through the Remedies117
    • The Arising of the Path of Meditation118
      • 1.5.4.4.2. The way in which the path of meditation arises118
      • The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises118
      • The Grounds on Which It Relies119
      • The Objects on Which It Focuses120
  • THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION ON THE
    PATH OF MEDITATION
    121
      • 1.5.4.5. The features of relinquishment and realization121
    • What is Relinquished 122
    • What is Realized 122
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION124
      • 1.5.4.6. Stating its qualities124
  • THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION125
      • 1.5.4.7. Its function125
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION126
      • 1.5.4.8. Teaching its semantic explanation126
  • Chapter 12
  • The Path of Completion 129
      • 1.5.5. The path of completion129
  • THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION129
      • 1.5.5.1. Setting up its definition129
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION131
      • 1.5.5.2. Identifying its illustration131
  • THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION131
      • 1.5.5.3. The extensive classification131
    • The Classification of the Three Vehicles132
    • The Classification of the Two Paths132
    • The Classification of the Three Grounds132
    • Two Other Distinctive Features132
    • The Ten Dharmas of No More Learning134
    • The Five Uncontaminated Aggregates135
  • THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION136
      • 1.5.5.4. Determining its nature136
    • The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises & The Grounds It Relies on136
    • The Objects It Focuses on 137
  • THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE
    PATH OF COMPLETION
    138
      • 1.5.5.5. The features of relinquishment and realization138
    • What is Relinquished 139
    • What is Realized 139
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION140
      • 1.5.5.6. Stating its qualities140
  • THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION141
      • 1.5.5.7. Its function141
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION141
      • 1.5.5.8. Teaching its semantic explanation141


THE PRESENTATION OF GROUNDS
  • Chapter 13
  • The Presentation of Grounds143
  • Chapter 14
  • The Two Grounds149
      • 2. Teaching the presentation of the grounds149
      • 2.1. The presentation as two grounds149
      • 2.1.1. The brief introduction149
  • THE GROUNDS FREE FROM ATTACHMENT150
      • 2.1.2. The detailed explanation150
      • 2.1.2.1. The grounds free from attachment150
    • The Ground of Fully Seeing What is White151
    • The Ground of Disposition 152
    • The Eighth Ground 152
    • The Ground of Seeing 153
    • The Ground of Diminishment 153
    • The Ground of Freedom From Desire153
    • The Ground of Realizing Completion153
    • The Ground of Hearers154
    • The Ground of Solitary Realizers155
  • THE BUDDHA GROUNDS 156
      • 2.1.2.2. The Buddha grounds156
  • THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TWO157
      • 2.2. Teaching the differences between these two157
    • The Difference of Miraculous Powers158
    • The Difference of Supernatural Knowledges158
    • The Difference of Realization 158
    • The Difference of Meditation 159
    • The Difference of Seeing 159
    • The Difference of Language, Teaching the Dharma, and Promoting Welfare161
    • The Difference of Nirvāṇa 162
  • Chapter 15
  • The Detailed Explanation of the Buddha Grounds165
      • 2.3. The detailed explanation of the Buddha grounds165
  • THE ENTITY OF GROUND 165
      • 2.3.1. The entity of ground165
  • THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS166
      • 2.3.2. The illustration 166
  • THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS166
      • 2.3.3. The semantic explanation166
  • THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS168
      • 2.3.4. The classifications168
    • The Classification in Terms of Beings and Noble Ones168
      • The Grounds of Ordinary Worldly Beings169
      • The Supramundane Grounds170
    • The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Attainment170
    • The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Accomplishment172
    • The Classification in Terms of Pride173
  • Chapter 16
  • The Special Explanation of the Buddha Grounds175
      • 2.3.5. The special explanation of the grounds of the uncommon great vehicle175
  • THE ENTITIES & SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE NAMES175
      • 2.3.5.1. The entities and semantic explanations of the names175
  • THE THOROUGH PURIFICATIONS177
      • 2.3.5.2. The thorough purifications and where one is transferred to177
  • THE PRACTICES & PERSONS ON THE TEN BHŪMIS179
      • 2.3.5.3. The practices and persons179
    • The Ten Pāramitā Practices 181
    • Persons With Pure View 181
  • THE THREE TRAININGS & THE FIVE AGGREGATES184
      • 2.3.5.4. The three trainings and the aggregates184
    • The Three Trainings 184
    • The Five Pure Aggregates 187
  • PURITY, RELINQUISHMENT, & REALIZATION188
      • 2.3.5.5. Complete purities, relinquishments, and realizations188
    • The Progressive Purification of the Ten Bhūmis188
    • The Factors to be Relinquished on Paths of Seeing and Meditation189
    • The Realization of the Ten Bhūmis191
  • THE QUALITIES OF THE TEN BHUMIS195
      • 2.3.5.6. The differences in terms of qualities and arising195
  • HOW BODHISATTVAS ARE REBORN198
    • Rebirth Through Influence 198
    • Rebirth Through Complete Maturation200
  • Chapter 17
  • Why the Grounds Are Ten201
      • 2.3.6. The reason why the number of the grounds is definitely ten201


THE PRESENTATION OF RESULTS
  • Chapter 18
  • The Presentation of Results205
      • Determining the results of the vehicle of characteristics205
  • Chapter 19
  • The Three Nirvāṇas207
      • 1. The general explanation of nirvāṇa, the result of the three vehicles207
    • Natural Nirvāṇa 208
    • The Nirvāṇa of Cessation 209
      • The Nominal Nirvāṇa of Cessation210
      • The Actual Nirvāṇa of Cessation210
    • Partially Incomplete & Complete Actual Cessations211
    • Nonabiding Nirvāṇa 212
  • Chapter 20
  • The Special Explanation of Buddhahood213
      • 2. The special explanation of Buddhahood, the result of the great vehicle213
      • 2.1. The nature of Buddhahood213
    • The Terminological Meaning of Buddhahood215
      • 2.2. The terminological meaning of this name215
  • Chapter 21
  • The Three Kāyas217
      • 2.3. The way in which the activity of enlightened bodies is accomplished217
    • The Causes of the Three Kāyas217
      • 2.3.1. The teaching about the connection in terms of what is accomplished from
        which causes
        217
    • The Accumulations of Merit & Wisdom218
    • The Great Akaniṣhṭha221
      • 2.3.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of how this is accomplished in
        certain places
        221
    • How the Form Kāyas Manifest 223
    • Why the Kāyas Are Three 223
    • The Detailed Explanation of the Three Kāyas225
      • 2.3.3. The detailed explanation of the result that is accomplished225
      • 2.3.3.1. The explanation of the support, the enlightened bodies225
      • 2.3.3.1.1. The definitions and other (related topics)225
  • Chapter 22
  • The Dharmakāya227
      • 2.3.3.1.1.1. The Dharma Body227
      • 2.3.3.1.1.1.1. The meaning of the term and the definition227
    • The Eight Defining Characteristics229
    • The Twofold Classification 230
      • 2.3.3.1.1.1.2. Its classification as different enlightened bodies230
  • Chapter 23
  • The Sambhogakāya231
    • The Meaning of Sambhogakāya231
      • 2.3.3.1.1.2. The Enjoyment Body231
      • 2.3.3.1.1.2.1. The meaning of the term and the definition231
    • The Definition of Sambhogakāya232
    • The Eight Characteristics & Five Certainties233
    • Classifications of Sambhogakāya234
      • 2.3.3.1.1.2.2. The classification234
    • How Sambhogakāyas Appear 235
  • Chapter 24
  • The Nirmāṇakāya 239
    • The Meaning & Definition of Nirmāṇakāya239
      • 2.3.3.1.1.3. The Emanation Body239
      • 2.3.3.1.1.3.1. The meaning of the term and the definition239
    • The Eight Characteristics of a Nirmāṇakāya240
    • Classifications of Nirmāṇakāya242
      • 2.3.3.1.1.3.2. The classification242
  • Chapter 25
  • The Intention of the Uttaratantra245
      • 2.3.3.1.1.4. Teaching the intention of The Sublime Continuum as a
        supplementary topic
        245
    • The Perfection of Genuine Purity245
    • The Perfection of Genuine Identity246
    • The Perfection of Genuine Bliss247
    • The Perfection of Genuine Permanence247
    • The Enlightened Body of a Buddha248
    • The Five Defining Characteristics248
  • Chapter 26
  • The Distinctive Features of the Three Kāyas251
      • 2.3.3.1.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of the three enlightened bodies251
      • 2.3.3.1.2.1. The distinctive feature of equality251
      • 2.3.3.1.2.2. The distinctive feature of permanence252
      • 2.3.3.1.2.3. The distinctive feature of appearance252
  • Chapter 27
  • The Five Wisdoms255
      • 2.3.3.2. The explanation of the supported, the wisdoms255
      • 2.3.3.2.1. The detailed classification255
      • 2.3.3.2.2. The meanings of the terms and their entities256
    • Dharmadhātu Wisdom 256
      • 2.3.3.2.2.1. The explanation of the meaning of the expanse of dharmas256
    • Mirrorlike Wisdom 258
      • 2.3.3.2.2.2. The explanation of the meaning of mirrorlike258
    • The Wisdom of Equality 259
      • 2.3.3.2.2.3. The explanation of the meaning of equality259
    • Discriminating Wisdom 260
      • 2.3.3.2.2.4. The explanation of the meaning of all-discriminating260
    • All-Accomplishing Wisdom 261
      • 2.3.3.2.2.5. The explanation of the meaning of all-accomplishing261
    • The Causes of the Five Wisdoms262
      • 2.3.3.2.3. The causes through which they are accomplished262
    • The Five Wisdoms & the Eight Consciousnesses263
      • 2.3.3.2.4. The ways of changing state263
    • The Five Wisdoms & the Three Kāyas265
      • 2.3.3.2.5. The way in which they are related to the enlightened bodies together
        with their way of knowing
        265
    • The Way in Which Buddhas Know265
  • Chapter 28
  • The Qualities of Freedom & Maturation269
      • 2.3.3.3. The explanation of the qualities of freedom and complete maturation269
      • 2.3.3.3.1. The brief introduction269
      • 2.3.3.3.2. The detailed explanation270
  • THE QUALITIES OF FREEDOM270
  • 2.3.3.3.2.1. The qualities of freedom270
    • The Thirty-Two Qualities 271
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1. The thirty-two (qualities) as per the intention of The Sublime
        Continuum
        271
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1.1. Connection through a brief introduction271
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2. The detailed commentary on their meaning271
    • The Ten Powers 271
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.1. The ten powers271
    • The Four Fearlessnesses 273
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.2. The four fearlessnesses273
  • The Eighteen Unique Qualities274
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.3. The eighteen unique qualities274
    • The Twenty-One Uncontaminated Qualities278
      • 2.3.3.3.2.1.2.2. The twenty-one uncontaminated groups (of qualities) as per the
        intention of The Ornament of Clear Realization
        278
  • THE QUALITIES OF COMPLETE MATURATION283
      • 2.3.3.3.2.2. The explanation of the qualities of complete maturation283
      • 2.3.3.3.2.2.1. The brief introduction283
      • 2.3.3.3.2.2.2. The detailed explanation283
      • 2.3.3.4. The explanation of the enlightened activity that is performed289
      • 2.3.3.4.1. The detailed explanation of the seven points of activity290
      • 2.3.3.4.2. Their summary in two points291
  • Chart I: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation
    according to the great vehicle
    293
  • Chart II: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation
    according to the vehicle of the hearers
    295
Contributions to the Development of Tibetan Buddhist Epistemology
  • PREFACEVII
  • INTRODUCTION1
  • CHAPTER 1. RNGOG LO-TSĀ-BA BLO-LDAN SHES-RAB AND THE
    RNGOG-LUGS OF EPISTEMOLOGY
    29
  • CHAPTER 2. PHYA-PA CHOS-KYI SENG.-GE AND THE TSHAD-MA
    BSDUS-PA YID-KYI MUN-SEL
    59
  • CHAPTER 3. SA-SKYA PANDXTA KUN-DGA' RGYAL-MTSHAN AND THE TSHAD MA RIGS-PA'I-GTER97
  • CHAPTER 4. A TOPICAL OUTLINE OF GO-RAM-PA'S
    PRAMĀNAVĀRTTIKA COMMENTARY THE "RADIANT LIGHT OF SAMANTABHADRA"
    116
  • BIBLIOGRAPHIES241
  • NOTES257
  • INDICES317
  • ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS330
Counsels from My Heart
    • Preface by Kyabje Trulshik Rinpocheix
    • Translator's Notexi
    • Acknowledgementsxv
  • 1 The Buddhadharma1
  • 2 The Essence of the Path27
  • 3 The Long Oral Lineage of the Nyingmapas31
  • 4 Practicing the Teachings without Sectarian Bias47
  • 5 An Introduction to the Bardo59
  • 6 Magical Nectar77
  • 7 Heart Jewel of the Fortunate83
  • 8 An Aspiration to the Great Perfection89
  • 9 The Life Story of Dudjom Rinpoche91
    • Glossary95
    • Notes107
Critical Buddhism
  • Acknowledgmentsvii
  • List of Abbreviationsix
  • Introduction1
  • 1 Buddhism, Criticism, and Postwar Japan17
  • 2 The Roots of "Topicalism"51
  • 3 Problems in Modern Zen Thought83
  • 4 Criticism as Anamnesis125
  • 5 Radical Contingency and Compassion155
  • Bibliography175
  • Index197
Cultivating Original Enlightenment
  • Prefacevii
  • Abbreviations and Conventionsxi


Part 1: Study
  • I Contemplative Practice in the Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra3
  • II The Writing of the Exposition17
  • III The Exposition as Commentary28


Part 2: Wŏnhyos Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra:
An Annotated Translation
  • ROLL ONE47
  • Part One: A Statement of Its Main Idea47
  • Part Two: An Analysis of the Themes of the Sūtra48
  • Part Three: An Explication of the Title50
  • Part Four: An Exegesis of the Text57
    • Section One: Prologue57
    • Section Two: Main Body62
      • First Division of Contemplation Practice: Rejecting All Characteristics of Sense-Objects to Reveal the Signless Contemplation65
  • ROLL TWO116
      • Second Division of Contemplation Practice: Extinguishing the Mind
        Subject to Production in Order to Explain the Practice of Nonproduction
        116
      • Third Division of Contemplation Practice: The Inspiration of Original Enlightenment137
      • Fourth Division of Contemplation Practice: Abandoning the Spurious to Access Reality166
  • ROLL THREE211
      • Fifth Division of Contemplation Practice: Sanctified Practices Emerge
        from the Voidness of the True Nature
        211
      • Sixth Division of Contemplation Practice: Immeasurable Dharmas
        Access the Tathāgatagarbha
        243
    • Section Three (A): Dhāraṇī (Codes)271
    • Section Three (B): Dissemination271
  • Appendix: A Schematic Outline of Wŏnhyo's Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra309
  • Notes335
  • Glossary of Sinitic Logographs377
  • Bibliography385
  • Index411
Currents and Countercurrents
    • Acknowledgmentsix
    • Introduction Patterns of Influence in East Asian Buddhism: The Korean Case
      Robert E. Buswell, Jr.
      1

  • CHAPTER 1 Paekche and the Incipiency of Buddhism in Japan
                           Jonathan W. Best
    15
  • CHAPTER 2 Kyǒnghǔng in Shinran's Pure Land Thought
                           Hee-Sung Keel
    43
  • CHAPTER 3 Korea as a Source for the Regeneration of Chinese Buddhism:
                           The Evidence of Ch'an and Son Literature

                           John Jorgensen
    73
  • CHAPTER 4 Ch'an Master Musang: A Korean Monk in East Asian Context
                           Bernard Faure
    153
  • CHAPTER 5 Wǒnch'ǔk's Place in the East Asian Buddhist Tradition
                           Eunsu Cho
    173
  • CHAPTER 6 The Korean Impact on T'ien-t'ai Buddhism in China:
                            A Historical Analysis

                           Chi-wah Chan
    217
  • CHAPTER 7 Ǔich'ǒn's Pilgrimage and the Rising Prominence of the Korean
                           Monastery in Hang-chou during the Sung and Yuan Periods

                           Chi-chiang Huang
    242

    • About the Contributors277
    • Index279
Daijō kishinron no kenkyūTable of Contents Unavailable
Dasheng qixin lun yu foxue ZhongguohuaTable of Contents Unavailable
De bzhin gshegs pa'i snying po bstan pa zhes bya ba'i bstan bcos
དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོའི་ཞིབ་འཇུག
Demonstration of the Buddha-nature of the Insentient in Zhanran’s The Diamond Scalpel TreatiseTable of Contents Unavailable
Die Anwendung der Tathagatagarbha-Lehre
  • Inhalt
  • Vorwort8
  • 1 Einleitung
  • 1.1 Zielsetzung11
  • 1.2 Methode und Abgrenzung des Themas13
  • 1.3 ’Jam mgon Kong sprul Blo gros mtha’ yas, sein Leben und Wirken
  • 1.3.1 Kong sprul und die ris med Bewegung16
  • 1.3.2 Publikationen zu Kong sprul24
  • 1.3.3 Wesentliche Ereignisse im Leben von Kong sprul, eine Chronologie32
  • 1.3.4 Kong spruls literarisches Lebenswerk, die mDzod Inga („Fünf Schätze“)47
  • 1.4 Das Thema der Buddha-Natur
  • 1.4.1 Mahāyāna-Schriften zur Buddha-Natur und ihre Datierung52
  • 1.4.2 Einschlägige Mahāyāna-Sūtren aus Sicht der tibetischen Exegese55
  • 1.4.3 Indische Lehrwerke zur positiven Beschreibung der absoluten
            Wirklichkeit
    59
  • 1.4.4 Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten zur Buddha-Natur bzw. damit verwandten
            Themen
    64


  • 2 Der Ratnagotravibhāga in Tibet
  • 2.1 Der Ratnagotravibhāga in der tibetischen Exegese74
  • 2.2 Für die Karma bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition wesentliche Ratnagotravibhāga
         Überlieferungen
  • 2.2.1 Maitrīpas Lehrtradition76
  • 2.2.2 Sajjanas tibetische Schüler77
  • 2.3 Stellung des Ratnagotravibhāga in den mahāmudrā-Lehren der Karma
         bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition
    84


  • 3 gzhan stong in Tibet
  • 3.1 gzhan stong, Allgemeines94
  • 3.2 Grundlagen für die tibetische gzhan stong-Exegese in indischen Lehrwerken99
  • 3.3 gzhan stong-Mādhyamikas in Tibet bzw. Lehrer, in deren Wirken sich
         Elemente der gzhan stong-Lehre finden
    104
  • 3.4 gzhan stong-Proponenten in der Darstellung von Kong spruls gZhan stong
         lta khrid
    , Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede
  • 3.4.1 Allgemeine Bemerkungen113
  • 3.4.2 Von Kong sprul als Wegbereiter der gzhan stong-Lehren bezeichnete
            tibetische Lehrer
  • 3.4.2.1 Karma pa Rang byung rdo rje116
  • 3.4.2.2 Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan132
  • 3.4.2.3 Klong chen pa Dri med ’od zer138
  • 3.4.3 Weitere von Kong sprul als gzhan stong-Proponenten bezeichnete Lehrer145
  • 3.4.3.1 Karma pa Chos grags rgya mtsho145
  • 3.4.3.2 Shākya mchog ldan150
  • 3.4.3.3 Tāranātha Kun dga’ snying po155
  • 3.4.3.4 Si tu Chos kyi ’byung gnas160
  • 3.5 Kong spruls Sichtweise165


  • 4 Kong spruls gZhan stong lta khrid: „Die makellosen Lichtstrahlen des vajra-Mondes,
       eine Anleitung zur Sichtweise von gzhan stong, dem Großen Madhyamaka“
  • 4.1 Das gZhan stong lta khrid in Kong spruls Werken, allgemeine Beschreibung des
         Textes
    195
  • 4.2 lta khrid als Literaturgattung; Zweck und Verwendung197
  • 4.3 Aufbau von Kong spruls gZhan stong lta khrid
  • 4.3.1 Struktur des Textes200
  • 4.3.2 Inhaltliche Schwerpunkte in Kong spruls gZhan stong lta khrid
  • 4.3.2.1 Die drei Lehrzyklen, ihre hinführende und/oder definitive Bedeutung und
              die exegetische Zuordnung des Ratnagotravibhāga
    202
  • 4.3.2.2 Die im gZhan stong lta khrid dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition:
  • 4.3.2.2.1 „Was zu verstehen ist“
  • 4.3.2.2.1.1 Die weltliche und die überweltliche Sichtweise214
  • 4.3.2.2.1.2 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß dem Niḥsvabhāvavāda-
                   Madhyamaka
    220
  • 4.3.2.2.1.3 Mögliche Fehlerquellen beim Niḥsvabhāvavāda-Madhyamaka231
  • 4.3.2.2.1.4 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß des Yogācāra-Madhyamaka234
  • 4.3.2.2.1.5 Kong spruls Sicht zur nicht-zweiheitlichen Gnosis238
  • 43.2.2.2„Die eigentliche Praxis“ gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition
  • 4.3.2.2.2.1 „Die Vorbereitung“ 240
  • 4.3.2.2.2.2 „Der Hauptteil“
  • 4.3.2.2.2.2.1 „Die Zufluchtnahme und das Entwickeln von bodhicitta“ 242
  • 4.3.2.2.2.2.2 „Die Anleitung zur meditativen Übung der Einheit von śamatha
                       und vipaśyanä
    244
  • 4.3.2.2.2.2.3 „Das genaue Unterscheiden und die dadurch erfolgende Einführung
                       in die Buddha-Natur“
    258
  • 4.3.2.2.3 Die Praxis außerhalb der Meditation273
  • 4.3.2.3 Die im gZhan stong lta khrid dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Tantra-
              Tradition
  • 4.3.2.3.1 Vorbemerkungen282
  • 4.3.2.3.2 „Was zu verstehen ist“283
  • 4.3.2.3.3 „Die eigentliche Praxis“291
  • 4.3.2.4. „Der Nutzen“294
  • 4.4 Textedition und Übersetzung
  • 4.4.1 Anmerkungen zur tibetischen Textausgabe297
  • 4.4.2 Anmerkungen zu Edition und Übersetzung300
  • 4.4.3 Inhaltsübersicht des gZhan stong lta khrid mit Seitenverweis auf Edition
            und Übersetzung
    302
  • 4.4.4 Edition des tibetischen Textes303
  • 4.4.5 Übersetzung323


Abkürzungen, Bibliografie und Indices

  • Allgemeine Abkürzungen353
  • Indische Werke354
  • Tibetische Werke356
  • Sekundärliteratur364
  • Internet379
  • Indices380
Distinguishing Phenomena from Their Intrinsic Nature
    • Foreword vii
    • Introduction ix
  • Distinguishing Phenomena from their Intrinsic Nature 1
    • The Title 6
    • The Translator's Homage 7
    • The Meaning of the Scripture 7
    • The Essence of Cyclic Existence and the Transcendence of Suffering 8
    • The Characteristics of Phenomena 10
    • The Characteristics of their Intrinsic Nature 11
    • The Underlying Rationale for These Characteristics 12
    • Are Phenomena and Their Intrinsic Nature the Same or Different? 14
    • The Two Abodes 17
    • The Nonexistence of Apprehended and Apprehender 21
    • An Extensive Explanation of the Intrinsic Nature 28
    • Conclusion 66
    • Appendix: Ju Mipham's Topical Outline of Distinguishing Phenomena from Their
            Intrinsic Nature
      71
    • Notes75
    • English-Tibetan Glossary77
    • Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary83
    • Bibliography93
    • Index95
Dusting Off Your Buddha Nature
    • Introduction1
  • I     Getting Started on the Path
  • 1     The Ten Steps — Graglia 201212
  • 2     The Dangers of Skipping Ngöndro — Bologna 201427
  • II     The Common Preliminary Practices
  • 3     The Four Thoughts — Graglia 201246
    •      A     Precious Human Rebirth49
    •      B     Impermanence53
    •      C     Karma57
    •      D     Fault of Samsara60
  • III     The Uncommon Preliminary Practices
  • 4     Refuge — Graglia 201266
  • 5     Bodhicitta — Graglia 201282
  • 6     Mandala — Graglia 201396
  • 7     Kusali Chod — Graglia 2013116
  • 8     Vajrasattva — Graglia 2013126
  • 9     Guru Yoga — Graglia 2012 and 2013140
  • IV     Beyond the Preliminaries
  • 10     Phowa — Graglia 2013166
  • 11     Ego Guru Yoga — 2012 New York Summer Retreat173
  • Epilogue197
  • Appendix - Guided Practice — Seven Branch Prayer, Bodhisattva Vow,
    Guru Yoga — Graglia 2013
    202
Early Ch'an in China and Tibet

Foreword
Preface
Contributors
Abbreviations

I. CHINA

  • a. State of Scholarship
  • New Japanese Studies in Early Ch'an History1
      • Philip Yampolsky


  • b. Formative Period
  • The Li-tai fa-pao chi and the Ch'an Doctrine of Sudden Awakening13
      • Yanagida Seizan


  • Seng-ch'ou's Method of Dhyāna51
      • Jan Yiin-hua


  • T'an-ch'ien and the Early Ch'an Tradition: Translation and Analysis of the Essay "Wangshih-fei-Iun"65
      • Whalen W. Lai


  • The Teachings of the Fourth Ch'an Patriarch Tao-hsin (580-651)89
      • David W. Chappell


  • The Concept of Ii nien ("being free from thinking") in the Northern Line of Ch'an Buddhism131
      • Robert B. Zeuschner


  • Early Hua-yen, Meditation, and Early Ch'an: Some Preliminary
    Considerations
    149
      • Robert M. Gimello


  • The Early Ch'an Monastic Rule: Ch'ing-kuei and the Shaping of Ch'an
    Community Life
    165
      • Martin Collcutt


  • c. The Developing Tradition
  • The "Recorded Sayings" Texts of Chinese Ch'an Buddhism185
      • Yanagida Seizan


  • Lin-chi on "Language-Dependence," An Interpretive Analysis207
      • Ronald L. Burr


  • Sinitic Mandalas: The Wu-wei-t'u of Ts'aoshan229
      • Whalen W. Lai


  • d. Interaction
  • The Ambiguity of the Buddha-nature Concept in India and China259
      • Andrew Rawlinson


  • The Problem of Desire and Emotions in Taoism and Ch'an281
      • John Visvader and William C. Doub


  • The Pure and the Impure: The Mencian Problematik in Chinese Buddhism299
      • Whalen W. Lai


II. TIBET

  • a. State of Scholarship
  • The Study of Tibetan Ch'an Manuscripts Recovered from Tun-huang: A Review
    of the Field and its Prospects
    327
      • Daishun Ueyama


  • b. Tibetan Meditation Systems and Ch 'an
  • 'Meditation' Trends in Early Tibet351
      • Herbert V. Guenther


  • 'The Great Perfection' in the Tradition of the Bonpos367
      • Per Kvaerne


  • Indian Materials on the Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment393
      • Luis O. Gomez


Index

Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle
  • Acknowledgmentsix
  • Translator s Introductioni
    • The Audacity of Rongzom’s Worki
    • The Context for Rongzom’s Work2
    • The Story of Rongzom s Life6
    • Rongzompa’s Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle8
      • Summary of Chapter 112
      • Summary of Chapter 215
      • Summary of Chapter 319
      • Summary of Chapter 422
      • Summary of Chapter 526
      • Summary of Chapter 631
    • On the English Translation34
  • The Commentarial Treatise Entitled Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle by
       Rongzom Chökyi Zangpo
  • 1. The Reality of Affliction39
    • The Śrāvaka System39
    • The Pratyekabuddha System42
    • The Yogācāra System42
    • The Madhyamaka System44
    • The Madhyamaka and Guhyamantra Systems53
    • Conclusion56
  • 2. Objections and Replies59
    • First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Illusions59
    • Second Objection: Concerning the Reality of Causality63
    • Third Objection: Concerning the Reality of Pure Phenomena66
    • Fourth Objection: Concerning the Reality of Samsara79
  • 3. Distinguishing the Perfected System of the Illusory in the Great Perfection
        from the Other Vehicles That Retain the Nomenclature of Illusion
    89
    • First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Confused Appearances89
    • Second Objection: Concerning Reality in an Illusory World91
    • Third Objection: Concerning the Yogācāra View of Concepts99
    • Some Supplementary Explanation concerning the Differences between the
         Aforementioned Views with respect to Limitations and Power
      105
    • Great Perfection as a Vehicle106
    • Great Perfection as a Transmission106
    • Great Perfection as a Doctrinal Discourse107
    • Great Perfection as a Continuum107
    • Great Perfection as a Hidden Intention108
    • Great Perfection as Intimate Advice108
  • 4. The Great Perfection Approach to the Path Is Not Undermined by Reason111
    • Bodhicitta111
    • Conceptual Frameworks, Appearance, and Nature112
    • General Systems for Such Things as the Establishment and Negation of
      Identity and Difference
      115
    • On the Two Methods of [Establishing] Proofs116
    • Grammatical Treatises122
    • Logical Treatises122
    • Conclusion126
  • 5. Writings on Great Perfection129
    • The Nature of Bodhicitta129
    • The Greatness of Bodhicitta129
    • Deviations and Obscurations130
    • Methods for Settling Bodhicitta130
    • From the Writings of Great Perfection130
      • Eight Additional Rubrics131
      • All Phenomena Are Seen to Be Perfected within the Single Sphere of
           Bodhicitta
        131
      • All Confused Appearance Is Seen as the Play of Samantabhadra132
      • All Sentient Beings Are Seen as the Profound Field of Awakening132
      • All Domains of Experience Are Seen as Naturally Occurring Self-
           Appearing Gnosis
        133
      • All Phenomena Seen as Perfected within the Nature of the Five
           Types of Greatness
        133
      • The Six Great Spheres137
      • The Elimination of Deviations and Obscurations138
      • Twenty-Three Points of Deviation143
      • The Seven Obscurations155
      • The Three Beings158
      • The Three Great Assurances159
      • The Three Fundamental Esoteric Precepts159
      • Resolution through Bodhicitta160
      • What Is Resolved in Great Perfection160
      • The Disclosure of Methods for Consolidating Bodhicitta161
      • Disclosing Those Points through Scriptural Sources164
    • On Critical Impediments to Concentration175
    • Criteria for the Attainment of Mastery over the Ordinary Mind180
    • On the Signs of Warmth184
    • On the Qualities of Bodhicitta185
  • 6. Instructions on Paths Encountered through Methods Connected with
        Effort for Those Who Are Unable to Remain Effortlessly within the Natural
        State according to the Great Perfection Approach
    191
    • Other Paths as Doors to Great Perfection191
    • Six Faults Connected with Concentration192
    • Conceptuality193
    • Nine Obscurations Associated with the Path194
    • The Eightfold Concentration That Eliminates the Five Faults193
    • Six-Limbed Yoga199
    • Five Signs of Mental Stability201
    • After Attaining Such Signs of Mental Stability202
  • Closing Verses209
  • Appendix: Tibetan Names in Phonetic and Transliterated Forms211
  • Abbreviations213
  • Notes215
  • Works Cited239
  • Index243
Esoteric Instructions
  • Foreword by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoché9
  • Preface13
  • Introduction17
  • The Root Text: Esoteric Instructions:
          A Detailed Presentation of the Process
           of Meditation in Vajrayāna
    49
    • 1. Nyingma63
    • 2. Kadampa97
    • 3. Lamdré113
    • 4. Marpa Kagyu137
    • 5. Shangpa Kagyu233
    • 6. Zhijé and Chöd255
    • 7. Jordruk289
    • 8. Dorjé Sumgyi Nyendrup331
    • 9. Supplement: Śāntigupta339
  • Appendix One: Outline of Book Eight, Part Four:
          Esoteric Instructions
    345
  • Appendix Two: General Contents of Kongtrul’s
          Treasury of Knowledge
    355
  • Abbreviations359
  • Notes363
  • Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author451
  • Reference Bibliography473
  • Index495
Existence and Enlightenment in the Laṅkāvatāra-Sūtra
  • Forewordxiii
  • Prefacexv

Introduction
  • 0.1. The Purpose of the Study, and the Significance of the
           Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra within Buddhist Doctrinal History
    1
  • 0.2. Dating the Text: Problems of Form and Interpretation13
  • 0.3. Methodology and Outline of the Study23

Part One: Concepts of Being
  • 1.0. The Nature of Buddhist Ontology39
  •        General considerations * The practical aim of the Yogācāra Philosophy
  • 1.1. The Threefold Meaning of Tathāgata-garbha and its
           Relation to Ālaya-vijñāna: the Essence of Being
    51
  •        Preliminary considerations * Tathagāta-garbha as essential, supramundane,
           pure dharma, and its contrast with the Hindu Ātman * Tathagata-garbha
           as embryo, and the dynamics of Buddhahood * Tathāgata-garbha
           as womb or matrix of Buddhahood * Conclusion
  • 1.2. The Five Skandhas: the Temporal Manifestation of Being79
           Introduction * Brief overview of the Ātman controversy prior to the
           Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra * Rūpa, or the formative elements of the five Skandhas
           * Nāma, or the formless elements of the five Skandhas * The Skandhas and
           the empirical self, or personality * The Skandhas and the trans-empirical
           Self, the Tathāgata * The five Skandhas and the denial of metaphysical
           dualities * Concluding remarks on the notion of Self and its varieties
  • 1.3. Dharmadhātu: the Spatial or Cosmic Dimension of Being117
           Introductory remarks * Dharmādhatu as cosmic Law: the fundamental
           structure of the universe * Dharmādhatu as universal Void: the ground
           of Being * Concluding observations

Part Two: Concepts of Knowing
  • 2.0. Buddhist Epistemology, Buddhist Dialectics135
           Truth, untruth, half-truth, "the truth" * The tetralemma logic: a thousand
           years of Buddhist dialectics * The early use of the tetralemma in the
           Pāli canon * Rationality and irrationality in Nāgārjuna's relativistic logic
           * Epistemology in the Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra: a radical critique of language,
           logic, and knowledge * Conclusions and preview of part two
  • 2.1. The Epistemological Reduction of the Citta-mātra (Mind-only) Doctrine169
  •        Preliminary considerations * Citta as the empirical mind
           * Citta as the transcendental Mind * Citta-mātra as explanation for the
           triple world (Tribhava) * Concluding words and the connection between
           Laṅkāvatāra and Zen
  • 2.2. From Mind to No-mind: the Transcendental Leap beyond Empirical
           Cognition
    209
           * Introduction * The five Dharmas or epistemic categories * The three
           Svabhāvas or modes of cognition * The attainment of Āryajñāna:
           transcendental Wisdom or Gnosis * Concluding remarks
  • 2.3. The Conjunctive System of the Eight Vijñānas: the Integration of Both Mind
           and No-mind
    States of Consciousness
    237
           * Introductory remarks * Jñāna and Vijñāna: abstract intuition versus
           concrete knowledge * Khyāti- and Vastuprativikalpa-vijñāna:
           the perceptual and the object discriminating knowledge * The inner
           revolution (Parāvṛtti): the return to the tranquil state of
           pure consciousness (Ālaya-vijñāna) * Conclusion
  • 2.4. The Disjunctive Theory of Causation: Things are Neither this, Nor that,
           for They Are All Subject to Causes and Conditions (Hetu-pratyaya)
    261
           * Introduction * The expansion of the relevance of causation: from the
           psychological to the cosmic-philosophical principle * Causation as a
           possible theoretical basis for a monistic view of the world * Causation as a
           teaching device * Excursus: highlighting Nāgārjuna's thought in respect to
           causation * The soteriological value of the theory of causation
           * Concluding observations

  • 3.0. Final Overview287
  •        Appendix295
  •        Notes323
  •        Bibliography357
  •        Index365
Exposition of the Sutra of Brahma's Net

Preface to

  • The Collected Works of Korean Buddhismi

On the Occasion of Publishing

  • The Collected Works of Korean Buddhismv

Preface to the English Edition of

  • The Collected Works of Korean Buddhismviii
  • Prefacexxvii
  • Abbreviationsxxx
  • I. INTRODUCTION3
    • 1. Foreword5
    • 2. Taehyeon's Life and Works6
      • A. Taehyeon's Life6
      • B. Taehyeon's Writings13
    • 3. Taehyeon's Mahāyāna Vinaya Studies19
      • A. Silla Research on the Sutra of Brahma's Net19
      • B. Sutras, Vinayas, śāstras, and Commentaries quoted in the Beommanggyeong gojeokgi23
      • C. Characteristics of the Beommanggyeong gojeokgi30
      • D. Influence in Japan34
      • E. Taehyeon's Interpretive Approaches toward the Sutra of Brahma's Net39
    • 4. Meeting the Demands for Secular Relevance44
      • A. Taehyeon's View of the Sutra of Brahma's Net and "Filial Piety" 孝 and "Obligation for Kindnesses Received" 恩44
      • B. Other Regulations for Dealing with the World of the Time48
    • 5. Vinaya Thought through the Three Pure Sets of Precepts52
    • 6. References59
      • A. Canonical Collections59
      • B. Scriptural Sources60
      • C. Attributed Works60
      • D. Modern Works62
  • II. ROLL ONE65
    • Commentator's Preface68
      • 1. Time and Place68
      • 2. Capacity (of the Audience)68
      • 3. How it is Categorized Within the Canon68
      • 4. Circumstances and Details regarding the Translation69
        • A. Number of Verses 頌品70
        • B. Causes and Conditions in China 中國 因緣70
      • 5. Doctrinal Tenets 宗趣72
        • A. In General 總72
        • B. Mental Behavior 心行73
        • C. The Ultimate Theme 歸趣74
      • 6. The Title 題名79
        • A. The Short Title 題目79
    • Main Text81
        • A. The Explanation by the Original Teacher 本師說82
        • B. Opportunity for an Audience and Questions 見問84
        • C. The Answer 答93
  • III. ROLL TWO151
    • Ten Grounds 十地153
      • 1. Ground of the Equality of the Essence 體性平等地153
      • 2. Ground of the Skillful Wisdom of the Essence 體性善慧地157
      • 3. Ground of the Luminosity of the Essence 體性光明地169
      • 4. Ground of the Knowability of the Essence 體性爾焰地173
      • 5. Ground of Wisdom-Illumination of the Essence 體性慧照地179
      • 6. Ground of the Floral Radiance of the Essence 體性華光地184
      • 7. Ground of Completion of the Essential Nature 體性滿足地188
      • 8. Ground of the Buddha's Roar of the Essential Nature 體性佛吼地193
      • 9. Ground of the Flower Ornamentation of the Essence 體性華嚴地198
      • 10. Ground of Entry into the Buddha Realm of the Essential Nature
        體性入佛界地
        201
  • IV. ROLL THREE209
    • The Grave Precepts 戒文211
      • 1. Invocation 付囑211
        • A. The Teaching Transmitted to the Transformation-body Buddhas
          化佛傳說
          213
        • B. Repaying of Kindness and Separate Iteration of the Teaching
          報恩別化
          213
        • C. The Exhortation 策發221
        • D. The Bodhisattva Precepts224
        • E. Preface on the Formation of the Precepts 結戒序246
      • 2. The Main Sermon 正說分254
        • A. General Outline 總標254
      • 3. The Ten Grave Precepts 十重戒260
        • A. Prohibition of Pleasurable Killing 快意殺生戒第一260
        • B. Prohibition of Stealing the Property of Others 劫盜人物戒第二266
        • C. Prohibition of the Heartless Pursuit of Lust 無慈行欲戒第三經275
        • D. Prohibition of Intentional Lying 故心妄語戒第四經284
        • E. Prohibition of the Sale of Alcohol 酤酒生罪戒第五經287
        • F. Prohibition of Speaking of the Faults of Others
          談他過失戒第六經
          289
        • G. Prohibition of Praising Oneself and Disparaging Others 自讚毀他戒第七293
        • H. Prohibition of Stinginess and Abuse of Others 慳生毀辱戒第八296
        • I. Prohibition of Holding Resentments and Not Accepting Apologies 瞋不受謝戒第九303
        • J. Prohibition of Denigration of the Three Treasures
          毀謗三寶戒第十
          307
        • K. Conclusion 結成門309
  • V. ROLL FOUR315
    • The Minor Precepts317
      • 1. Preface to the Minor Precepts 輕戒序文317
        • A. Concluding the Former (Grave Precepts) and Initiating the Latter (Minor) 結前生後317
      • 2. Enumeration of the Precepts 次第誦出318
        • A. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒318
        • B. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒341
        • C. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒357
        • D. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒375
        • E. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒401
      • 3. General Conclusion 總結424
        • A. Dissemination Section 流通分425
  • INDEX429


  • Contributors451
  • Members of the English Translation Editorial Board The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism453
  • Members of the Compilation Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought454
  • In Memoriam: The Most Venerable Kasan Jikwan455
  • Executive Members of the Steering Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought457
  • Collected Works of Korean Buddhism458
Finding Rest in the Nature of the Mind
  • Foreword by Alak Zenkar Rinpochexiii
  • Foreword by Jigme Khyentse Rinpochexv
  • Translators' Introductionxix
  • Part One: Finding Rest in the Nature of the Mind
  • Prologue3
    • 1. The Freedoms and Advantages of Human Birth So Hard to Find5
    • 2. Impermanence11
    • 3. The Sufferings of Samsara17
    • 4. The Karmic Law of Cause and Effect35
    • 5. The Spiritual Master51
    • 6. Refuge67
    • 7. The Four Unbounded Attitudes75
    • 8. Cultivating the Attitude of Mind Oriented toward Enlightenment85
    • 9. The Generation and Perfection Stages and Their Union103
    • 10. The View That Dwells in Neither of the Two Extremes, the Wisdom      whereby the Nature of the Ground Is Realized115
    • 11. The Path: Stainless Meditative Concentration127
    • 12. The Three Aspects of Meditative Concentration143
    • 13. The Great, Spontaneously Present Result151
  • Conclusion163
  • Part Two: Excerpts from The Great Chariot
  • The Mind Is the Root of All Phenomena167
  • Mind, Intellect, and Consciousness171
  • The Eight Consciousnesses as the Basis of Delusion175
  • The Three Natures179
  • The Universal Ground191
  • The Universal Ground, the Eight Consciousnesses, and the State of Sleep201
  • The Tathagatagarbha205
  • Refuge243
  • The Three Concentrations of the Generation Stage253
  • The Simple Practice of the Generation and Perfection Stages257
  • The Mind and the Objects That Appear to It261
  • The Omniscient Longchenpa Speaks about His Realization265
  • Notes269
  • Texts Cited in The Great Chariot301
  • Bibliography305
  • The Padmakara Translation Group Translations into English309
  • Index311
Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy
  • Foreword by Khenpo Tsültrim Gyamtso Rinpoche 7
  • Introduction 9
  • The Root Text: Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy: A Systematic Presentation
    of the Cause-Based Philosophical Vehicles
    57
    • 1. Three Yānas and Four Tenet Systems 83
  • Section I: Hīnayāna
    • 2. The Shrāvakayāna: An Overview and the Four Truths 87
    • 3. The Shrāvakayāna: Its Tenet Systems, Orders, and Results 123
    • 4. The Pratyekabuddhayāna 151
  • Section II: Mahāyāna
    • 5. The Mahāyāna’s Distinctions and Training 161
    • 6. Chittamātra 175
    • 7. An Overview of Madhyamaka 195
    • 8. Rangtong-Madhyamaka 203
    • 9. Svātantrika 217
    • 10. Prāsaṅgika 223
    • 11. Shentong-Madhyamaka 249
    • 12. Secret Mantra-Madhyamaka 269
  • Appendix: Outline of the Text 275
  • Glossary 283
  • Endnotes 301
  • Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author 407
  • Reference Bibliography 423
  • Index 459
Freedom From Extremes
  • Preface
  • by José Ignacio Cabezónvii
  • In Memoriam: Geshe Lobsang Dargyay (1935-94)
  • by Eva Neumaierxi
  • Introduction1
  • Distinguishing the Views of Emptiness: Moonlight to Illuminate the Main Points
    of the Supreme Path
    • Thematic Subdivisions of the Text63
    • Chapter 1
    • Three Ways of Understanding the Madhyamaka69
    • Chapter 2
    • The Refutation of Dol po pa97
    • Chapter 3
    • The Refutation of Tsong kha pa115
    • Chapter 4
    • The Middle Way as Freedom from Extremes203
  • Abbreviations239
  • Notes243
  • Bibliography337
  • Index383
From Reductionism to Creativity
  • Forewordix
  • Acknowledgmentsxv
  • Introduction1
  • 1 ABHIDHARMA : ITS SCOPE AND MEANING9
    • The Meaning of the Term Abhidharma9
    • The Meaning of the Term Buddha13
  • 2 THE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM "MIND"15
    • The Importance of a Healthy Attitude15
    • A Structural Model of "Mind"23
    • "Mind" as a Self-Structuring Process34
  • 3 THE CONTEXTUALIZED SYSTEM "MIND"41
    • Sociocultural Operators41
  • 4 POLLUTANTS AND QUASI POLLUTANTS52
    • Pollutants52
    • The Quasi Pollutants58
    • Summary61
  • 5 CONCENTRATION, CONTEMPLATION, MEDITATION:
       PRELIMINARIES ON THE WAY OF GROWING UP
    62
    • Objectivistic-Reductionistic Concentration66
    • Mentalistic-Creative Contemplation81
    • Holistic Imparting of Meaning89
  • 6 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW I95
    • Introductory Remarks95
    • The Theravāda Conception of the Way97
  • 7 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW Il106
    • The Śrāvaka and Pratyekabuddha Ways106
    • The Śrāvaka Conception of the Way106
    • The Pratyekabuddha Conception of the Way122
  • 8 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW I126
    • The Bodhisattva Way I: Prelude126
    • The Meaning of the Terms Bodhisattva and Bodhicitta126
    • rigs/khams128
    • de-bzhin/bde-bar gshegs-pa'i snying-po132
    • The Activation of Bodhicitta136
    • Ethics and Sociocultural Levels145
  • 9 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW II151
    • The Bodhisattva Way II: The Exact Itinerary151
    • The Build-up Phase151
    • The Probability of a Breakthrough161
    • The Way of Seeing165
    • The Way of Cultivating What Has Been Seen172
    • The Way of No More Learning174
  • 10 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS I184
    • Introductory Remarks184
    • The rDzogs-chen Program188
  • 11 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS II195
    • The Homologous Evolution of Man and God/Teacher195
    • The Evolution of the God/Teacher Idea195
    • The Evolution of Man as the Holomovement's Errancy Mode199
  • 12 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS III206
    • Ontological Difference and Coordinated Hierarchy206
    • The Ontological Difference206
    • Coordinated Hierarchy215
  • 13 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS IV223
    • The Role of Fluctuations in an Individual's Psychic Evolution223
    • The Homology of Mentation Pollutants and Originary-Awareness Modes223
    • The Dynamics of Self-Organization: Obscuration and Clearing235
  • Epilogue245
  • Notes249
  • References284
  • Indexes291
    • A. Technical Terms291
    • B. Subjects300
Fundamental Potential for Enlightenment in Tibetan Buddhism
  • Colour Plates7
  • Illustrations9
  • Foreward by His Holiness the Dalai Lama11
  • Acknoweledgements13
  • Homage15
  • Introduction17
  • PART ONE: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'ORNAMENT FOR THE MAHAYANA SUTRAS'25
  • 1 Brief Explanation of Buddha Potential27
  • 2 Extensive Explanation of Buddha Potential29
  • 3 Summary83
  • PART TWO: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'SUBLIME CONTINUUM'85
  • 4 Brief Explanation83
  • 5 Clear Light Nature of Mind87
  • 6 The Nine Examples of Buddha Potential91
  • 7 The Meaning of the Nine Examples117
  • 8 How to Practise Buddha Potential133
  • 9 Great Enlightenment153
  • Dedication201
  • Biography of Geshe Acharya Thubten Loden203
  • Outline231
  • Quotations235
  • Glossary283
  • Bibliography299
  • Index305
Gateway to Knowledge Vol. III
Acknowledgements


VII


15. The Mundane Vehicles


181


16. Hinayana


183


17. The Superiority of Mahayana


186


18. The Path of Mahayana


190


19. Buddha-nature


217


20. The Journey of Mahayana


221


21. Buddhahood


224


22. The Conditioned and the Unconditioned


252


Notes


272
Gongchig: The Single Intent, the Sacred Dharma
  • Foreword 7
  • Acknowledgements 9
  • Translator's Note 10

'JIG RTEN GSUM MGON (JIGTEN SUMGON)

DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG) - THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA

  • ROOT TEXT 11
    • The Invocation 13
    • Section I 13
    • Section II 14
    • Section III 15
    • Section IV 16
    • Section V 16
    • Section VI 17
    • Section VII 18
    • Epilogue 19
    • The Supplement 20

RIG 'DZIIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA)

THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS

A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF

  • DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA 25
    • The Invocation 27
    • Section I 29
    • Section II 47
    • Section III 55
    • Section IV 69
    • Section V 85
    • Section VI 101
    • Section VII 115
    • Section VIII 125
    • Epilogue 143
    • Bibliography and Abbreviations 147

RIG 'DZIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA)

THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS

A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF

DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA

  • TIBETAN TEXT 153
    • Notes on the Tibetan Text154
    • The Invocation 155
    • Section I 156
    • Section II 174
    • Section III 182
    • Section IV 195
    • Section V 210
    • Section VI 227
    • Section VII 240
    • Section VIII 250
    • Epilogue 272
Grains of Gold: Tales of a Cosmopolitan Traveler
      • Introduction
      • By Thupten Jinpa and Donald Lopez Jr. 1
  • 1 First, How I Set Out from Lhasa29
  • 2 General Formation of the Land of India and How It Acquired Its Name59
  • 3 How the Lands Were Given Their Names71
  • 4 The Snow Mountains of the North and Analysis of Related Issues89
  • 5 What the Famous Places of the Past Are Like95
  • 6 On Men, Women, Food, Drink, and Various Apparel129
  • 7 Identification of Various Species of Flowers and Trees and How to Recognize
    Them
    175
  • 8 Writing Systems of Various Regions of Past and Present189
  • 9 On the Linguistic Rules of the Tibetan Language209
  • 10 The Inscriptions of the Dharma King Aśoka Carved on the Rock Face of Mount Girnar221
  • 11 The Gupta Dynasty229
  • 12 The Pāla Dynasty259
  • 13 From 1,600 Years after the Passing of the Buddha to the Present279
  • 14 On the History of Siṅghala305
  • 15 On the Conditions and the Customs of the Tibetan People in Ancient Times349
  • 16 The Religion of the Tīrthikas363
  • 17 Conclusion397
      • Appendix A: Tibetan Transliteration417
      • Appendix B: Glossary of Terms419
      • Acknowledgments425
      • Notes427
      • Index453
Guhyasamāja Practice in the Ārya Nāgārjuna System - Vol. 1
  • Abbreviationsxi
  • Translator’s Prefacexv
  • Translator’s Introductionxxix


  • Oral Commentary on the Self-Generation Ritual
  • 1. The Initial Practice3
    • Preliminaries3
      • Verses of Supplication3
      • Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously16
      • Blessing the Vajra and the Bell24
      • Blessing the Inner Offering40
      • The Preliminary Torma Offering59
      • Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings80
      • The Mandala Offering87
      • The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation94
      • Worshipping the Merit Field122
      • Meditating on the Protection Wheel162
    • The Main Rite of Clear Realization195
      • Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body196
        • Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness196
        • Generating the Vajra Ground211
        • Generating the Mandala Palace218
        • Installing the Deities235
        • The Activity of the Deities249
        • Drawing the Deities into One's Body251
        • Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality257
      • Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body273
      • Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body284
        • Generating the Emanation-Body Form of Vajradhara285
        • Creating the Body Mandala294
          • Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence295
          • Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities304
        • Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form319
        • Generating the Three Tiered Beings337
        • Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord341
      • Preparing a Knowledge Consort345
  • 2. The Foremost King of Mandalas363
    • Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents363
    • Emitting the Mandala Deities377
    • Emitting the Mandala Palace409
  • 3. The Foremost King of Activities411
    • Spiritual Practices Carried Out during Meditation Sessions411
      • The Practice of the Subtle Drop411
      • Mantra Recitation422
      • Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved442
      • Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar448
        • Reciting the Verses of Praise449
        • Presenting the Outer Offerings452
        • Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering457
        • The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality466
      • Dissolution468
      • The Generation-Stage Portion of the Aspirational Prayer472
    • Spiritual Practices Carried Out between Meditation Sessions500
      • The Yoga of Ordinary Activities501
      • Blessings One’s Residence502
      • Blessing One’s Clothing503
      • The Spiritual Practice That Relates to Bathing503
      • The Spiritual Practices That Relate to Sleeping and Waking Up504
      • The Meditative Absorption That Relates to Food507
      • Reinvigorating the Body512
      • The Methods of Achieving the Common Spiritual Attainments512
  • The Self-Generation Ritual
  • The Initial Practice517
    • Preliminaries517
      • Verses of Supplication517
      • Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously529
      • Blessing the Vajra and the Bell529
      • Blessing the Inner Offering531
      • The Preliminary Torma Offering533
      • Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings541
      • The Mandala Offering543
      • The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation545
      • Worshipping the Merit Field549
      • Meditating on the Protection Wheel557
    • The Main Rite of Clear Realization571
      • Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body571
        • Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness571
        • Generating the Vajra Ground571
        • Generating the Mandala Palace573
        • Installing the Deities577
        • The Activity of the Deities587
        • Drawing the Deities into One’s Body587
        • Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality589
      • Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body589
      • Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body591
        • Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence593
        • Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities593
        • Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form605
        • Generating the Three Tiered Beings611
        • Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord611
      • Preparing a Knowledge Consort613
  • The Foremost King of Mandalas617
    • Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents617
    • Emitting the Mandala Deities631
    • Emitting the Mandala Palace647
  • The Foremost King of Activities647
    • Mantra Recitation647
    • Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved649
      • The Principal Deity Enters the State of Ultimate Reality649
      • The Principal Deity Arises from the Clear-Light State651
    • Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar653
      • Reciting the Verses of Praise653
      • Presenting the Outer Offerings653
      • Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering655
      • The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality661
    • Dissolution661
    • The Concluding Torma Offerings663
      • Blessing the Outer Offerings663
      • Blessing the Tormas665
      • Inviting the Recipients of the Torma Offerings667
      • Presenting the Torma Offerings673
    • The Aspirational Prayer679
    • Verses of Auspiciousness689
  • Bibliography695
  • Index to Oral Commentary711
Heart Lamp
  • Advice to Myselfix
  • Foreword by H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpochexv
  • Introduction by Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpochexvii
  • Lamp of Mahamudra
  • Prologue1
  • Section One: GROUND MAHAMUDRA
    • The View5
  • Section Two: PATH MAHAMUDRA
    • Shamatha and Vipashyana19
    • Faults and Qualities29
    • Experience and Realization37
    • The Four Yogas43
    • The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis57
    • Enhancement71
  • Section Three: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
    • The Three Kayas of Buddhahood77
  • Epilogue85
  • The Heart of the Matter
  • Introduction93
  • Translator's Afterword153
  • Well-wishes155
  • Glossary for Lamp of Mahamudra157
  • Masters and Texts Quoted in
    • The Heart of the Matter197
History of Buddhism (Chos-hbyung), Part 1
  • Dedicatory verses1

Book I.


  • I. The Merit of Studying and Preaching the Doctrine8
    • I A. The Merit of Studying and Preaching in general. (3 b. 1)9
      • I Aa. The Merit of Study. (3 b. 2.)9
      • I Ab. The Merit of Preaching. (5 a. 1.)11
        • I Aba1. Worship of Buddha by Preaching the Doctrine. (5 a. 2.) —I
          Abb, Preaching of the Doctrine as superior to Material Gifts.
          (5 a. 3.) — I Abc1 Good Memory — a result of expoundIng Scripture.
          (5 a. 5.) — I Abd1 Augmentation of Virtue and Attainment of
          Enlightenment by Preaching. (5 b. 1.)
      • I Ac. The Merit of Study and Preaching taken together. (5 b. 5.)13
        • 1 Aca 1 Progress of Spiritual Merit through the Study of the 3 Vehicles.
          (5 b. 6.) - 1 Acb 1 Honours of Scholarship. (6 a 2.) - I Ace l Attainment
          of Enlightenment by the Study of the Doctrine. (6 b. 1.)
    • I B. The Special Merit of Studying and Preaching the Mahāyānistic Doctrines.
      (6 b. 6.)
      15
      • I Ba. Prevalence over the Merit of the Hīnayānist Saints. (7 a. 1.)16
      • I Bb. Superiority to every other Kind of Merit in the Path. (7. a. 5.)16
      • I Bc. Certainty of Attaining Omniscience. (7 b. 3.)17
  • II. General Review of the Litterature of Buddhism. (7. b. 6.)18
    • II A. The different Meanings of the word "dharma". (8 a. 1.)18
    • II B. Etymology of "dharma" (8 a. 5.)19
    • II C. Definition of "dharma" in the sense of "The Doctrine". (9 a. 3.)21
    • II D. The various Aspects of the Doctrine. (10 a. 2.)23
      • II Da. The Doctrine from the Standpoint of the Result. (10 a. 3.)23
      • II Db. The Doctrine as the Means of Realising Nirvāṇa (10 a. 5.)23
      • II Dc. The Doctrine In its Iitterary form24
        • II Dca1 The Word of Buddha (pravacana). (10 b. 4.)
          • II Dca1a2 Its Definition (10 b. 5.) — II Dca1b2 Etymology of "subhāṣita" (including the 60 Qualities of the voice of a Buddha). (11 a. 1.) — II Dca1c2 Varieties of the Word of Buddha (B a. 5.)
            • II Dca1c2a3 Varieties of the Word with regard to Time. (13a.5.) — II Dca1c2b3 Varieties with regard to the Subject-Matter. (13 a. 6.) — II Dca1c2c3 Varieties of Form. The 12 Classes. (13 b. 3.) II Dca1c2d3. Varieties of the Word from the standpoint of its being an Antidote against Sin. — The 3 Codes. (14 b .3.)
              • II Dca1c2d3a4 The 12 Classes of Scripture as contained in the 3 Codes. (14 b. 5.) — II Dca1c2d3b4 Etymology of the word "piṭaka". (15 a. 3.) — II Dca1c2d3c4 The Motives for the Establishment of the 3 Codes of Scripture. (15 a.4.)
                • II Dca1c2d3c4a5 The Codes of Scripture as purifying from different forms of Sin. (15 a. 5.) — II Dca1c2d3c4b5 The 3 Codes as corresponding to the 3 Disciplines. (15 b. 2.) — II Dca1c2d3c4c5 The 3 Codes with regard to the Subject studied. (15b.4.)
              • II Dca1c2d3d4 Etymology of "Sūtra" , "Abhidharma", and "Vinaya". (16 a. 2.)
            • II Dca1c2e3 Varieties of the Word with regard to the different converts (Hīnayāna and Mahāyāna, Philosophy and Tantra). (16 b. 5) - II Dca1c2f3 Varieties of the Word of Buddha with regard to the opportunity, at which it was pronounced (its principal Cause). (17 b. 5.).
              • II Dca1c2f3a4 The Precepts delivered by the Buddha personally. {17 b. 5.) — II Dca1c2f3b4 The Word as the Result of the Buddha's Blessings. (17 b. 5.) — II Dca1c<suub>2f3c4 The Passages containing the Expression of the Will of Buddha. (18 a. 2.).
        • II Dcb1 The Exegetical Treatises (çāstra). (18 a. 4.)41
          • II Dcb1a2 Definition. (18 a. 4.) — II Dcb1b2 Etymology of "çāstra". (18 a. 5.) — II Dcb1c2 The Varieties of Exegetical Treatises. (18 b. 3.).
            • II Dcb1c2a3 Varieties as regards Quality. (18. b.3.) — II Dcb1c2b3 Varieties from the standpoint of the Aim. (18 b. 6.) — II Dcb1c2c3 Varieties of Subject-Matter (19 a. 1.).
              • II Dcb1c2c3a4 Works, referring to Empirical Reality (nīti-çāstra and the 5 Sciences). (19 a. 2.) — II Dcb1c2b3 Works, referring to Absolute Reality. (21 a. 5). — II Dcb1c2c3c4 Works, showing the Way to Salvation and Omniscience. (21 a.6.).
              • II Dcb1c2d3 Varieties with regard to the Interpretation of Scripture. (21 b. 1.). — 1) Treatises, interpretating Early Scripture. (Hīnayāna). The Works on Vinaya and Abhidharma. (21 b. 2.) — 2. Treatises on Mādhyamika and Prajñāpāramitā. (22 a. 3.) — 3) Treatises, interpreting Scripture of the latest period. The Yogācāra litterature. (23 a. 3.)
            • II Dcb1c2e3 The various classes of Exegetical Treatises. (24. b. 5.)
  • III. The Consideration and Fulfillment of the Rules, prescribed for Study and Teaching. (25 a. 6.)58
    • III A. Character of the Doctrine to be taught. (25 b. 1.)59
    • III B. Character of the Methods of Teaching. (26 b. 6.)62
      • IIIBa. Definition of the Teacher. (26. b. 6.)62
        • III Baa<su>1 The High Wisdom of the Teacher. (27. b. 3.)64
          • III Baa1a2 The Teacher's Knowledge of the Subject to be taught. (27 b. 4.) — III Baa1b2 The Teacher's Skill in the Means of expressing himself. (27 b. 5.) — III Baa1c2 His Knowledge as to his own behaviour and as to the Guidance of his Pupils. (29 a. 2.).
        • III Bab1 The Teacher's Great Commiseration. (29 a. 6.)68
        • III Bac1 Correct Methods. (29 b. 4.)69
      • III Bb. The Means of Teaching. (30 a. 2.)70
      • III Bc. The Character of Teaching. (31 a.5.)73
        • III Bca1 The Character of Teaching with regard to the students.
          (31. a. 5)
          73
        • III Bcb1 The same, with regard to the Aim. (31 b. 4)73
        • III Bcc1 The manner of conducting the Teaching. (31 b. 4.)74
          • III Bcc1a2. Preparations. (31 b. 4.) — III Bcc1b2 The Teaching Itself.
            (32 b. 5.) — III Bcc<sub1c2 The Conclusion of Study. (33 a. 2.)
    • III C. Character of the Methods of Study. (33 a. 3.)76
      • III Ca. Character of the Student. (33 a. 3.)77
        • III Caa1 The Student of acute faculties. (33. a. 3)
          • III Caa1a2 His Defects. (33 a. 4.)77
            • III Caa1a2a313 Defects according to Vyākhyāyukti (33 a. 4) — III Caa1a2b3 6 Defects. (33 b. 3). — III Caa1a2c3 3 Defects (34 a. 1.)
          • III Caa1b2 Definition of the Student of acute faculties (34 a. 6.)
          • III Caa1b2a3 The Student's Intelligence. (34 b. 1.) — III Caab2b3 Zeal and Desire to study. (34. b. 4.) — III Caa1b2c3 Devotion and Absence of Arrogance. (34 b. 5.)
        • III Cab1 The Hearer of mediocre Faculties. (34. b. 6.)81
        • III Cac1 The Hearer of feeble Faculties. (35. a. 3.)82
      • III Cb. The Means of Study. (35 a. 6.)82
      • III Cc. The Manner of Studying. (36 a. 1.)83
        • III Cca1 Preparations. (36 a. 1.)83
        • III Ccb1 The Study by itself. (36 b. 3.)85
        • III Ccc1 Conclusion of the Study. (36. b. 4.)85
    • IIID. The Instructions for realising the Aim of the Doctrine. (36. b. 5.)85

Book II.


  • IV. The History of Buddhism. (39 a. 2)90
    • IV A. The Rise of Buddhism in Indien. (39 a. 2.)90
      • IV Aa. The different Aeons. (39 a. 4)90
      • IV Ab. The Buddhas of the Fortunate Aeon. (39 a. 6)91
        • IV Aba1 The Version of the Karuṇā-puṇḍarīka. (1005 Buddhas) (41 b. . .) — IV Abb1 The Version of the Tathāgata-acintya-guhya-nirdeça. (1000 Buddhas) (41 b. 3.)
      • IV Ac. The Rise of the Buddha in this World. (44 b. 5.)100
        • IV Aca1d2 The first Creative Effort (citta-utpāda), according to the Hīnayānistic Tradition. (45 b. 2.) — IV Acb1a2 The Buddha's Accumulation of Merit, according to Hīnayāna. (46 a. 2.) — IV Acc1a2 The Hīnayānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's Attainment of Enlightenment. (47 a. 1.) — IV Aca1b2 The Creative Effort according to the Mahāyānistic Tradition. (47 a. 2.)
          • IV Aca1b1a3 Its essential Character. (47 a. 3.) — IV Aca1b2b3 Its Causes. (47 a. 6.) — IV Aca1b2c3 Its Result. (47 b. 2.) — IV Aca1b2d3 Its VarietIes from different points of view. (47 b. 4.) — IV Aca1b2e3 The Mahāyānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's first Creative Effort. (48 b. 3.)
        • IV Acb1b2 The Accumulation of Merit, according to Mahayana.
          (49 a. 3.)
          108
          • IV Acb1b2c3 Its Character. (49 a. 3.)
          • IV Acb1b2a3a4 Its Definition (49 a. 4.) — IV Acb1b2a3b4 Connection with the 6 Transcendental Virtues. (49 a. 5.) — IV Acb1b2a3c4 The Etymology of "saṃbhāra". (49 a. 6.) IV Acb1b2a3d4 The Functions of the Accumulation (49 b. 1.) — IV Acb1b2a3e4 Its Modes.(49 b. 1.) IV Acb1b2a3f4 Its Result. (49 b. 3.) — IV Acb1b2a3g4 Its Sphere of Activity. (49 b. 5.) — IV Acb1b2a3h4, The Accumulation from different points of view. (49 b. 5.).
        • IV Acb1b2b3 The Time of Accumulation (the 3 asaṁkhya). (3 a. 3.) — IV Acb1b2c3 The Mahāyānlstic Traditions, concerning the Buddha's Accumulation of Merit. The Account of the Bodhisattva-piṭaka. (55 b. 2.).
      • IV Acc1b2 The Attainment of Buddhahood-Mahāyānlstic Version
        (56 b. 4)
        127
        • IV Acc1b2a3 The Essence of Buddhahoad. (56 b. 5.)
          • IV Acc1b2a3a4 The Essential Character of the 3 Bodies. (57 a. 2.) — IV Acc1b2a3b4 The Etymology of "dharmakāya" , "saṁbhogakāya", and "nirmāṇakāya". (57 a. 3.) — IV Acc1b2a3c4 The 3 Bodies as corresponding to their Aim. (57 b. 3.) — IV Acc1b2a3d4 The 3 Bodies as the Objects of Cognition of the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. (57 b. 4.) — IV Acc1b2a3e4 The various Aspects of the 3 Bodies. (58 a. 4.).
        • IV Acc1b2b3 The Acts of the Buddha. (59 a. 3.)
History of Buddhism (Chos-hbyung), Part 2
    • Introduction3
    • The Life of the Buddha according to the Lalita-vistara (as a part of
         IV Acc1 b2 b3 — "The Acts of the Buddha" — in Vol. I.)
      7
    • The Buddha's attainment of Nirvāṇa according to the Vinaya-kṣudraka56
  • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 A detailed Exposition of the Essence of the Doctrine. (88 a. 3.)
    • IV. Acc1 b2 c3a4. The Rehearsals of the Kanon. (Ibid.)73
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 a4 a5. The Rehearsals of the Hīnayānistic Scripture:
        • The First Rehearsal. (88 a. 5.).73}
        • The Second Rehearsal. (96 b. 4.)91
        • The Third Rehearsal and the 18 Sects. (99 a. 1.)96
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 a4 b5 The Rehearsal of the Mahāyanistic Kanon.
             (101 a.3.)
        101
    • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 b4. The Period of Existence of the Doctrine. (101 b. 1.)102
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 b4 a5. The Time during Which the Doctrine is to exist [Ibid.] Quotations from Sūtras and Çāstras. Calculations of Atīça, of the Sa-skya Paṇḍita etc. regarding the time that has passed since the death of the
        Buddha. (103 a. 5.)
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 b4 b5. The Prophecies concerning the persons who
        furthered the spread of Buddhism. (104 b. 3.)
        108
        • The Prophecy of the Mahākaruṇā-puṇḍarīka. (104 b. 6.).109
        • The Prophecy of the Mañjuçrī-mūla-tantra. (105 b. 4.)111
        • The Prophecies concerning the Tantric Ācāryas of the Mahākāla-
          tantra-rāja
          and the Kālacakra- Uttaratantra. (108 b. 4.)
          120
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 b4 c5. The Celebrated Buddhist Teachers of India. (110 a. 1.)
        • The Teacher Nāgārjuna. (Ibid.)122
        • The Teacher Āryādeva. (112 b. 6.)130
        • The Teacher Candragomin. (113 b. 3.)132
        • The Teacher Candrakīrti. (114 b. 2.)134
        • The Biography of the Brothers Āryāsanga and Vasubandhu.
          (115 a. 2.)
          136
        • The Teacher Sthiramati. (119 a. 6.)147
        • The Teacher Dignāga. (120 a. 4.)149
        • The Teacher Dharmakīrti. (121 b.6.)152
        • The Teacher Haribhadra. (123 b. 3.)156
        • The Teacher Guṇaprabha. (125 b. 5.)160
        • The Teacher Çāntideva. (126 b. 1.)161
        • The History of the Grammatical Literature. (128 b. 5.)166
        • The Lost Parts of the Kanon. (130 a. 6.)169
      • IV. Acc1 b2 c3 c4. The Cessation of the Existence of the Doctrine. (131 b.4.)
        • The Prophecy of the Candragarbha-paripṛcchā, etc.171
    • IV B. The History of Buddhism in Tibet. (137 a.1.)181
      • IV. Ba. The Earlier Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine. (137 a. 2.)
        • The Genealogy of the early Tibetan Kings. (137 a. 4.)181
        • The Reign of Sroṅ-tsen-gam-po. (138. a 2.)183
        • The Reign of Ṭhi-sroṅ-de-tsen. (139 b. 1.)186
        • The Controversy between Kamalaçīla and the Hva-çaṅ
          Mahāyāna. (143 a. 1.)
          193
        • The Reign of Ral-pa-can. (144 b. 6.)196
        • The Persecution of Laṅ-dar-ma. (145 b. 2.)197
      • IV. Bb. The Subsequent Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine.
             (147 a. 1.)
        • The Activity of the 10 Monks of Ü and Tsaṅ (Ibid.)201
        • The Monasteries and Monastic Sections founded by them.
          (148 a. 6.)
          203
        • The Arrival of Dīpaṁkaraçrījñāna (Atīça). (153 a. 4.)213
        • The Translation of the Kanonical Texts by the Lotsavas and Paṇḍits.
          (153 b. 1.)
          214
Illuminator, a Light of Gnosis
  • Foreword by Jan-Ulrich Sobisch 3
  • Introduction and acknowledgements 3
  • Provenance 3
  • Other known copies 3
  • Features of the manuscript 4
  • Dating the manuscript 5
  • Scribes and annotators 6
  • Carbon dating 7
  • The author's introduction to the text and the order of chapters 8
  • Translation of the introduction as found in the manuscript9
  • Table of contents of the manuscript and concordance 11
  • Summary of the Foreword in Tibetan 14
  • Dorje Sherab (rDo rje shes rab)
  • Illuminator, a Light of Gnosis: The Great Commentary on The Single Intention (dGongs gcig 'grel chen snang mdzad ye shes sgron me)17
Impermanence Is Buddha-Nature: Dōgen's Understanding of Temporality
  • Prefaceix
  • 1. Impermanence1
  • 2. Buddha-nature18
  • 3. Being-time24
  • 4. Birth and Death72
  • 5. Dialectic78
  • 6. Time and eternity94
  • 7. Thinking113
  • Epilogue130
  • Notes133
  • References141
  • Index145
In Praise of Dharmadhātu
  • Abbreviations7
  • An Aspiration by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé 9
  • Foreword by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé 11
  • Foreword by The Dzogchen Ponlop Rinpoche13
  • Preface17
  • Nāgārjuna and His Works21
    • Who Was Nāgārjuna? 21
    • What Did Nāgārjuna Write or Not Write? 22
    • Various Views on Nāgārjuna's Scriptural Legacy and Its Scope 30
    • Who or What Is Praised in Nāgārjuna's Praises?43
  • A Brief "History" of Luminous Mind57
    • A Terminological Map for the Dharmadhātustava and Its Commentaries57
      • The Eight Consciousnesses57
      • The World Is Imagination59
      • Mind Has Three Natures60
      • A Fundamental Change of State63
      • The Expanse of the Basic Element of Being63
      • Self-Awareness and Personal Experience64
      • Having the Heart of a Tathāgata66
      • Luminous Mind67
    • Luminous Mind and Tathāgatagarbha68
      • The Eighth Karmapa on the Dharmadhātu as "Disposition" and Tathāgata Heart83
      • Is Buddha Nature an Eternal Soul or Sheer Emptiness?102
  • The Dharmadhātustava113
    • An Overview of the Basic Themes of the Dharmadhātustava113
    • Translation: In Praise of Dharmadhātu117
    • The Significance of the Dharmadhātustava in the Indo-Tibetan Tradition130
  • The Third Karmapa, Rangjung Dorje, and His Commentary on the
    Dharmadhātustava
    157
    • A Short Biography 157
    • Some Preliminary Remarks on Rangjung Dorje's View159
    • On Rangjung Dorje's Commentary on the Dharmadhātustava 193
    • Other Tibetan Commentaries on the Dharmadhātustava198
    • Translation of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary206
  • Appendix I: Outline of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary307
  • Appendix II: Existing Translations of the Praises Attributed to Nāgārjuna in the
    Tengyur
    310
  • Appendix III: Translations of the Remaining Praises313
  • Glossary: English-Sanskrit-Tibetan325
  • Glossary: Tibetan-Sanskrit-English329
  • Bibliography333
  • Endnotes344
  • Index426
Indo-Scythian Studies: Being Khotanese Texts, Vol. 5
  • Prefacepage vii
  • Apparatusxiii
  • Texts1
  • ORIENTAL (British Museum) (Or.)1
  • Hoernle (H.)25–77, 80–106
  • Stein E. 1. 777–79
  • Suvarṇbhāsa-sūtra106–119
  • Khadaliq (Kha.)119
  • Mazar Tagh (M.T.)192
  • Balawaste226
  • Ch. 0042 (Ch. Ch'ien-fo tung)236
  • Ch. 0047 Uttaratantra237
  • P 2740239
  • Ch. 0020242
  • Ch. 1. 0019242
  • Ch. xlvi 0015 a Aparimitāyuḥ-sūtra243
  • Ch. c. 001 755–851249
  • Ch. c. 001 1062–1109253
  • Ch. c. 002255
  • Dandan öilik (D.)255
    • (D. III 1, p. 69)
  • Dumaqu263
  • Farhad beg (F.)271
  • Hardinge271
  • Harvard291
  • Huntington294
  • Hedong295
  • Karma textpage 296
  • Khotanese (India Office) (Khot. IO)290–313, 346–354
  • Kuduk köl313
  • Leningrad S313
  • Otani313
  • Pelliot (P.)315
  • Sampula327
  • Saṃghāṭa-sūtra328
  • Tajik (Taj.)354
  • Toghrak Mazar (T.M.)354
  • E, folio 294355
  • Kauśika-sūtra356
  • Sitātapatrā-dhāraṇī S 2529 and Ch. c. 001, 1–198359, 368
  • Appendix377
  • Concordance390
  • Addenda394
Inquiry into the Origin of Humanity
    • Figuresviii
    • Prefaceix
    • Abbreviations and Conventionsxiii
  • INTRODUCTION
    • A Window on Chinese Buddhist Thought3
    • Historical Context25
    • A Note on the Translation38
  • RUNNING TRANSLATION41
  • ANNOTATED TRANSLATION AND COMMENTARY
    • Tsung-mi's Preface65
    • Part 1 Exposing Deluded Attachments:
      • Confucianism and Taoism80
    • Part 2 Exposing the Partial and Superficial:
      • Introduction105
      • The Teaching of Humans and Gods110
      • The Teaching of the Lesser Vehicle128
      • The Teaching of the Phenomenal Appearances of the Dharmas148
      • The Teaching That Refutes Phenomenal Appearances161
      • Conclusion176
    • Part 3 Directly Revealing the True Source:
      • The Teaching That Reveals the Nature177
    • Part 4: Reconciling Root and Branch:
      • The Process of Phenomenal Evolution189
    • Glossary of Names, Terms, and Texts207
    • A Guide to Supplemental Readings227
    • Bibliography of Works Cited235
    • Index249
Interpretations of Unity: Hermeneutics in Śākya mchog ldan's Interpretation of the Five Treatises of Maitreya
  • Abstract2
  • Acknowledgments7
  • Abbreviations10
  • Introduction13
    • 1. Context13
    • 2. Buddhist Hermeneutics: Literature Review28
    • 3. Division of Topics38
  • Chapter 143
  • The Place and Importance of the Five Treatises of Maitreya in Tibetan Buddhist Doctrine43
    • 1. Tibetan fields of knowledge43
    • 2. The importance of Madhyamaka for doctrinal identity48
    • 3. Scriptural sources for Perfection of Wisdom and Madhyamaka51
    • 4. The Tension Between Two Currents56
    • 5. The Importance of a Resolution60
  • Chapter 2: Tibetan Interpretations of the Five Treatises70
      • Note on Method71
    • 1. Definition and History of the notion of the "Five Treatises"74
      • 1. History of the Five Treatises in Tibet75
        • a) The Treatises translated during the early propagation
          (snga dar)
          75
        • b) The Five Treatises at the time of the later propagation
          (phyi dar)
          77
      • 2. History of the Concept of the Five Treatises80
    • 2. Interpretations of the Five Treatises89
        • rNgog Lotsāwa Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109)89
        • Phya pa Chos kyi seng ge (1109-? )90
        • Sa skya Paṇḍita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251)92
        • Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1360)96
        • Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364)99
        • kLong chen rab ―byams (1308-1363)101
        • Third Karmapa Rang byung rdo rje (1284-1339)104
        • Blo gros mtshungs med (early 1300s)106
        • Red mda' ba gZhon nu bLo gros (1349-1412)108
        • Tsong kha pa bLo bzang grags pa (1357-1419)110
        • Rong ston Shes bya kun rig (1367-1449)112
    • 3. Analysis and typology of interpretations113
  • Chapter 3: Śākya mchog ldan's defense of the definitive meaning of the Five
                      Treatises in the Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba
    120
    • 1. The Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba122
    • 2. The Order of the Five Treatises125
    • 3. The Doxographical Classification of the Five Treatises130
      • 1. Privileging the authority of Asaṅga and Vasubandhu133
      • 2. Stressing passages against reification of mind in the
            Five Treatises and their commentaries
        139
      • 3. Śākya mchog ldan's systematic harmonization of the meaning of the
           Five Treatises
        142
        • a) Interpretation of the Abhisamayālaṅkāra143
        • b) Interpretation of Ratnagotravibhāga as other-emptiness (gzhan
              stong)
          149
    • 4. Summary of the meaning of the Five Treatises154
    • 5. Analysis and interpretation158
  • Chapter 4: The Place of the Five Treatises in the Thought of Śākya mchog
                       ldan
    164
    • 1. Śākya mchog ldan's Interpretation of the Five Treatises in Works Other
         than the BCN
      165
    • 2. Elements of Śākya mchog ldan's general interpretation of Mahāyāna
         Doctrines
      180
      • 1. General classification of the Mahāyāna180
      • 2. Śākya mchog ldan's attitude towards the view of niḥsvabhāvavāda184
      • 3. Interpretation of Vajrayāna as tantric Madhyamaka190
      • 4. Śākya mchog ldan on Pramāṇa Theory193
      • 5. Interpretation of buddha nature195
    • Summary196
  • Conclusion200
  • Appendix 1: Translation of the introductory part of the Byams chos lnga'i nges
    don rab tu gsal ba of Śākya mchog ldan
    205
    • 1. Preliminary remarks205
    • 2. Translation207
  • Bibliography254
    • Bibliography of Indian and Tibetan Sources254
    • Modern Scholarship262
Introduction to the Nature of Mind - Oral Teaching by the Venerable Yangthang Rinpoche
  • SECTION ONE: THE PREREQUISITESPAGE 1
  • SECTION TWO: THE VIEWPAGE 2
  • SECTION THREE: THE MEDITATIONPAGE 17
  • SECTION FOUR: THE CONDUCTPAGE 33
  • SECTION FIVE: THE RESULTPAGE 34
Jamgön Mipam: His Life and Teachings
  • Introductionvii
  • Part One: Life and Context
    • One. Mipam's Life3
    • Two. Background of Buddhism in India17
    • Three. Buddhist Identity in Tibet39
    • Four. Survey of Mipam's Works55
  • Part Two: Overview of Mipam's Buddhist Works
    • Five. Unity67
    • Six. Mind-Only and the Middle Way81
    • Seven. Emptiness and the Nonconceptual99
    • Eight. Immanent Wisdom119
    • Conclusion135
  • Part Three: Select Translations
    • 1. Emptiness and Analysis141
    • 2. Conceiving the Inconceivable142
    • 3. Unity and Buddha-Nature143
    • 4. Steps to the Middle Way145
    • 5. No-Self146
    • 6. Unmistaken Emptiness147
    • 7. Meditation on Emptiness149
    • 8. Mind- Only and the Middle Way150
    • 9. Mind-Only and the Middle Way II151
    • 10. Reflexive Awareness155
    • 11. Consequence and Autonomy157
    • 12. Consequence and Autonomy II158
    • 13. Two Truths160
    • 14. Unconditioned Buddha-Nature163
    • 15. Appearance and Reality167
    • 16. From the Two Wheels of Sutra to Tantra169
    • 17. EstablishingAppearancesasDivine170
    • 18. Fourfold Valid Cognition173
    • 19. Practical Advice for Beginners175
    • 20. Practical Advice for Monastics176
    • 21. Practical Advice on the Path of Illusion179
    • 22. Stages to Calm Abiding182
    • 23. Stillness, Movement, and Awareness in the Great Seal187
    • 24. Method for Sustaining the Nature of Awareness189
    • 25. A Quintessential Instruction on the Vital Point in Three Statements191
    • 26. Ground, Path, and Fruition of the Great Perfection192
    • 27. Bringing Afflictions onto the Path194
    • 28. Mind and Wisdom196
    • 29. Sutra and Tantra198
    • 30. Sword of Intelligence: Method for Meditating on Bodhicitta201
    • 31. Lily of Wisdom s Presence204
    • 32. Verse of Auspiciousness208
  • Acknowledgments209
  • Notes211
  • Glossary225
  • Bibliography229
  • Index239
འཁོར་ལོ་ཐ་མའི་དགོངས་དོན་གཅེས་བཏུས།
Kukyō ichijō hōshōron to higashiajia bukkyō (The Ratnagotravibhāga and East Asian Buddhism)
La Théorie du Tathāgatagarbha et du Gotra
  • AVANT-PROPOS1
  • BIBLIOGRAPHIE17
  • LISTE DES ABRÉVIATIONS29
  • INTRODUCTION31

  • Première Partie. — La théorie mahāyāniste du « gotra »71
  • CHAPITRE I. La doctrine du gotra dans l'école du Vijñānavāda
          et dans ses sources canoniques
    73
  •       Le gotra selon le Mahāgānasūtrālaṃkāra77
  •       Le gotra selon la Bodhisattvabhūmi et la Śrāvakabhūmi86
  •       Le Mahāyānasaṃgraha94
  •       Le dhātu et le gotra selon le Madhyāntavibhāga97
  •       Critique de la doctrine du gotra selon l'école du Cittamātra
          par Tsoṅ kha pa
    101
  • CHAPITRE II. Allusions au thème du gotra dans la littérature de
          l'école des Mādhyamika
    109
  • CHAPITRE III. La théorie du gotra dans l' Abhisamayālaṃkāra et ses
          commentaires
    123
  • Les topiques de l' Abhisamayālaṃkāra 1. 37-38 selon les Résumés de 'Jam
          dbyaṅs bžad pa et Kloṅ rdol bla ma
    134
  • La doctrine du gotra selon le Yid kyi mun sel de Ña dbon139
  • La doctrine du gotra selon le rNam bšad sñiṅ po'i rgyan de
          rGyal tshab rje
    155

  • Deuxième Partie. — L'Éveil universel et le Véhicule unique175
  • CHAPITRE I. Le problème de l'Éveil universel et du Véhicule unique177
  • CHAPITRE II. La théorie de l'Éveil universel et de l' ekayāna dans les
          commentaires de l' Abhisamayālaṃkāra
    189
  • Le problème de la fin du saṃsāra205
  • L'Éveil universel selon l'école des dGe lugs pa217
  • CHAPITRE III. Résumé des doctrines des écoles bouddhiques sur
          l' ekayāna et l'Éveil universel selon le Grub mtha' rin chen phreṅ ba de
          dKon mchog 'Jigs med dbaṅ po
    237
  • CHAPITRE IV. La théorie de l' ekayāna dans le Ratnagotravibhāga241

  • Troisième Partie. — La théorie du « tathâgatagarbha »245
  • CHAPITRE I. Analyse du Ratnagotravibhāga et de sa « Vyākhyā »247
  • CHAPITRE II Le garbha et le dhātu dans le Ratnagotravibhāga261
  • CHAPITRE III. La théorie du tathāgatagarbha dans la « Vyākhyā » du
          Ratnagotravibhāga
    265
  • CHAPITRE IV. Notions apparentées à la théorie du tathāgatagarbha
          et du dhātu dans le Ratnagotravibhāga et sas « Vyākhyā »
    275
  •       Le dharmakāya275
  •       La tathatā276
  •       Le gotra277
  •       La Gnose et l'Action Compatissante du Buddha286
  •       Observations de rGyal tshab rje291
  • CHAPITRE V. La nature inexprimable et inconnaissable de
          l'Absolu
    297
  • CHAPITRE VI. Les qualités indispensables pour la compréhension
          de la Réalité absolue
    309
  • CHAPITRE VII. Le tathāgatagarbha et la śūnyatā313
  • CHAPITRE VIII. La notion de la Réalité absolue dans le
          Ratnagotravibhāga et dans des textes parallèles
    319
    • 1. La śūnyatā, la « Vacuité relative » et le « Vide de l'autre »319
    • 2. L'inséparabilité des qualités du buddha347
      • a. Le prabhāvitatva347
      • b. Les « modes » excellents de l'Absolu et la sarvākāravaropetaśūnyatā351
      • c. Avinirbhāga, sambaddha et amuktajña comme épithètes des qualités de l'Absolu357
    • 3. La détermination positive de la réalité absolue362
    •    L'indication de l'Absolu par la définition distinctive dans
         l'Advaita-Vedānta
      388
  • CHAPITRE IX. La théorie du tathāgatagarbha et du gotra selon
          Guṅ than 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅs
    393

  • Quatrième Partie. — La luminosité naturelle de la Pensée409
  • CHAPITRE I. La notion de la Pensée lumineuse dans les Sūtra411
  • CHAPITRE II. La luminosité de la Pensée et l' āsrayaparivṛtti dans le
          Ratnagotravibhāga et sa «Vyākhyā»
    419
  • CHAPITRE III. La luminosité de la Pensée selon des traités du
          Vijñānavāda et du Madhyamaka
    425
  • CHAPITRE IV. La Pensée lumineuse et la connaissance immaculée chez
          Dignāga et Dharmakīrti
    431
  • CHAPITRE V. l' amalavijñāna439
  • CHAPITRE VI. La luminosité du citta selon Guṅ thaṅ 'Jam
          pa'i dbyaṅs
    445
  • APPENDICES455
  • I. Sur le gotra et des notions associées dans le Canon Pāli et dans
          l'Abhidharma
    455
  • II. Sur les notions de bīja, d' āśraya, de vāsanā, et de dhātu472
  • III. Le sarvajñabīja des Yogasūtra496
  • CONCLUSION499
  • INDEX517
La Théosophie Bouddhique
  • PréfaceIX
  • LIVRE PREMIER. — LES ORGANES DE LA RELIGION1
  • Chapitre premier. — Le Bouddha3
  • Chapitre II. — L'ÉGLISE25
      • Les religieux, 26; les laïques, 39.
  • Chapitre III. — Les fixations littéraires de la doctrine59
      • Les schismes et la rédaction des trois « Corbeilles », 63;
        Mahâyâna et Hînayâna, 77.
  • LIVRE DEUXIÈME. — LA DOCTRINE DE LA SOUFFRANCE ET DU SALUT87
  • Chapitre PREMIER. — Les conditions générales du salut90
  • Chapitre II. — Thérapeutique de la volonté114
  • Chapitre III. — Thérapeutique de l'intelligence151
    • Première Partie. — Les fondements de la doctrine151
      • La théorie des agrégats, 159; la doctrine du karman, 166; la formule des
        Nobles Vérités, 181; la loi de la Génération conditionnée, 185.
    • Deuxième Partie. — Les applications de la doctrine199
      • L'âme, 200; l'âme universelle et Dieu sont niés, 218; le monde et
        les dieux, 221; le Bouddha, 231; les bodhisattva, 249.
    • Troisième Partie. — Les développements métaphysiques de la doctrine255
      • Le phénoménisme dans l'ancienne Eglise, 259; Vaibhâska et Sautrântika,
        265; Yogâcâra, 266; Mâdhyamika, 273; L'existence ultraphénoménale et
        les bouddhas transcendants, 285.
      • L'existence absolue (Tathatâ), 299; la doctrine du Triple Corps des
        bouddhas (trikaya), 310; la doctrine du Tathâgatagarbha, 318.
  • Chapitre IV. — L'élaboration du salut326
      • Remarque préliminaire: deux idéals et deux méthodes, 326.
    • Première Partie. — Comment on devient arhat335
      • Les quatre Voies, 335; la conversion, 339; les exercices et les expériences,
        345; la marche à la bodhi par la méthode de concentration, 346; la marche
        à la bodhi par la méthode de contemplation extatique, 360; l' arhat, 376.
    • Deuxième Partie. — La carrière des bodhisattva379
    • Troisième Partie. — Les déviations de l'idéal et de la méthode bouddhiques422
      • Le bouddhisme dévot, 425; le bouddhisme formaliste et mystique, 427; le bouddhisme érotique, 437.
  • Chapitre V. — Le nirvâna441
  • LIVRE III. — LA PLACE ET LE ROLE DU BOUDDHISME DANS
       L'HISTOIRE DE LA THÉOSOPHIE INDIENNE
    461
  • Chapitre premier. — Le dharma bouddhique462
  • Chapitre II — Les éléments théosophiques et les éléments religieux du
       bouddhisme
    479
  • Chapitre III. — Le bouddhisme et les autres systèmes religieux de l'Inde495
  • Conclusion521
  • Liste des abréviations avec l'indication des éditions utilisées527
  • Table méthodique des sources utilisées533
  • Index alphabétique535
  • Erratum539
  • Table des matières541
Lamp of Mahamudra (Rangjung Yeshe)
  • Foreword by H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpocheix
  • Translator's Prefacexi
  • Introduction by Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpochexiii
  • Prologue1
  • SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA
  • The View5
  • SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA
  • Shamatha and Vipashyana17
  • Faults and Qualities25
  • Experience and Realization32
  • The Four Yogas36
  • The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis47
  • Enhancement57
  • SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
  • The Three Kayas of Buddhahood63
  • Epilogue69
  • Translator's Afterword75
  • Glossary77
Lamp of Mahamudra (Shambhala)
  • Foreword by H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpocheix
  • Translator's Prefacexi
  • Introduction by Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpochexiii
  • Prologue1
  • SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA
  • The View5
  • SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA
  • Shamatha and Vipashyana17
  • Faults and Qualities25
  • Experience and Realization32
  • The Four Yogas36
  • The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis47
  • Enhancement57
  • SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
  • The Three Kayas of Buddhahood63
  • Epilogue69
  • Translator's Afterword75
  • Glossary77
Le Bouddha du Dolpo
  • Préface et remerciements11
  • Introduction15
  • PREMIÈRE PARTIE. La Vie et les Enseignements de l'Omniscient Dolpopa
    • Chapitre I: La vie du Buddha du Dolpo27
    • 1. Enfance et première éducation28
    • 2. Etudes au grand monastère de Sakya30
    • 3. L'entrée à Jonang35
    • 4. Edification du mont Mérou et exposition de la vue philosophique du
      Shèntong
      40
    • 5. Accueil initial des enseignements du Shèntong45
    • 6. La nouvelle traduction jonangpa du Kālachakra et de la Vimalaprabhā47
    • 7. Années de retraite et d'enseignement54
    • 8. Invitation en Chine par l'empereur Toghon Temour de la dynastie Yuan55
    • 9. Changements de supérieur à Jonang et début du voyage à Lhassa58
    • 10. Enseignements au Tibetn central et retour au Tsang62
    • 11. Rencontre manquée avec Bouteun Rinchèn Droup65
    • 12. Les derniers mois à Jonang68
    • Chapitre II: Etude historique de la tradition du Shèntong au Tibet75
    • 1. La tradition du Shèntong au Tibet avant Dolpopa76
    • 2. Dolpopa et la vue du Shèntong81
    • La tradition du Shèntong après Dolpopa95
    • Chapitre III: La doctrine du Bouddha du Dolpo129
    • 1. Vacuité de nature propre et vauité d'autre132
    • 2. Redéfinition du Cittamātra et du Madhyamaka137
    • 3. Deux voies d'illumination154
  • DEUXIIÈME PARTIE. Textes Traduits
    • Introduction à la traduction du Commentaire général de la doctrine165
    • L'invocation intitulée Commentaire général de la doctrine 171
    • Introduction à la traduction du Quantrième Concile Grand Traité chronologique
      del la Doctrine, ayant le sens d'un Quatrième Concile
      197
  • Bibliographie 265
  • Index 287
Le Canon bouddhique en Chine: Les Traducteurs et les Traductions, Vol. 1
  • Avant-Propos1
  • Abréviationsv
INTRODUCTION
CHAPITRE Ier
  • Pénétration du Bouddhisme en ChineVII


CHAPITRE II
  • Les SourcesXXXII
PREMIÈRE PARTIE
Les Églises du Nord (68-581 A. D.)


CHAPITRE Ier
  • Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Han Posté-Rieurs (68–220 A. D.)3
    • La primière Église de Lo-yang:
    •   1. Kâçyapa MâtaIiga. — 2. Dharmaratna. — 3. Ngan Che- kao. — 4. Lokakṣema (Tche Lou-kia-tch'an). — 5. Tchou Fo-cho. — 6. Ngan Hiuan. — 7. Yen Fo-t'iao (Buddhadeva). — 8. Tche Yao. — 9. K'ang Kiu. — 10. K'ang Mong-siang. — 11. Tchou Ta-li — 12. T'an-kouo. — 13. Ouvrages anonymes.


CHAPITRE II
  • I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei (220–265 A. D.) 73
    • La seconde Église de Lo-yang :
    •   1. DharmakâIa. — 2. Saṅghavarman. — 3. Dharmasatya (?). — 4. Po-yen. — 5. Dharmabhadra (?).
  • II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Occidentaux (265–316 A. D.)83
    • La première église de Tch'ang-ngan:
    •   1. Dharmarakṣa (Tchou Fa hou). — 2. Kâlaruci. — 3. Ngan Fa-k'in. — 4. Tchou Che-hing. — 5. Mokṣala. — 6. Tchou Chou-Ian. — 7. Nie Tch'eng-yuan. — 8. Nie Tao-tchen. — 9. Po Fa-tsou. — 10. Che Fa-li. — 11. Wei Che-tou. — 12. Tche Min-tou. — 13. Che Fa-kiu. — 14. Tche Fa-tou. — 15. Nârâyaṇa. — 16. Ouvrages anonymes.
  • III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Antérieurs (350–394 A. D.)154
    • La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
    •   1. T'an-mo-tche (Dharmadhī). — 2. Dharmapriya. — 3. Kumârabodhi. — 4. Dharmanandi. — 5. Saṅghabhûti. — 6. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 7. Che Tao-ngan.
  • IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Postérieurs (384–417 A. D.)170
    • La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
    •   1. Tchou Fo-nien. — 2. Dharmayaças. —3. Puṇyatrâta. — 4. Kumârajiva. — 5. Buddhayaças. — 6. Che Seng-tchao. — 7. Che Seng-jouei. — 8. Che Tao-heng.


CHAPITRE III
  • I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (Tchang Leang, 302–376 A. D. et Pei Leang, 397–439 A. D.)209
    • L'Église de Kou-tsang:
    •   1. Tche Che-louen. — 2. Che Tao-kong. — 3. Che Fa-tchong. — 4. Seng Kia-t'o. — 5. Dharmakṣema. — 6. Tsiu-k'iu King-cheng. — 7. Buddhavarman. — 8. Che Tche-mong. - 9. Che Tao-t'ai. — 10. Che Fa-cheng. — 11. Che Houei-kiao. — 12. Ouvrages anonymes.
  • II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Occidentaux (385–431 A. D.)234
    • L'Église de Pao han:
    •   1. Che Cheng-kien. — 2. Ouvrages anonymes.
  • III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei du Nord (384–534 A. D.)242
    • L'Église de Pei-t'ai à Heng-ngan (Ta-t'ong fou):
    •   1. Che T'an-yao. — 2. Che T'an-tsing. — 3. Ki-kia-ye.
    • La troisième Église de Lo-yang:
    •   4. Che T'an-pien. — 5. Dharmaruci. — 6. Che Fa-tch'ang. — 7. Ratnamati. — 8. Buddhaçânta. — 9. Bodhiruci.
  • IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei Orientaux (534–550 A. D.)261
    • L'Église de Ye :
    •   1. Gautama Prajñâruci. — 2. Upaçûnya. — 3. Vimokṣasena. — 4. Dharmabodhi. — 5. Yang Hiuan-tche.
  • V. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i du Nord (550–557 A. D.)270
    • L'Église de Ye :
    •   1. Narendrayaças. — 2. Wang T'ien-yi.
  • VI. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tcheou du Nord (557–581 A. D.)273
    • La troisième Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
    •   1. Jñânabhadra. — 2. Jinayaças. — 3. Yaçogupta. — 4. Jinagupta.


DEUXIÈME PARTIE
Les Églises du Sud (222–589 A. D.)


CHAPITRE IV
  • I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wou (222–280 A. D.)283
    • L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking).
    •   1. Tche Kien. — 2. Vighna. — 3. Tchou Liu-yen. — 4. K'ang Seng-houei. — 5. Tche Kiang-Ieang-tsie. — 6. Ouvrages anonymes.
  • II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Orientaux (317–420 A. D.)319
    • L'Eglise de Kien-ye (Nanking):
    •   1. Po Çrimitra. — 2. Tche Tao-yen. — 3. K'ang Fa-soue. — 4. Tchou T'an-wou-Ian (Dharmaratna). — 5. K'ang Tao-ho. — 6. Kâlodaka. — 7. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 8. Vimalâkṣa. — 9. Dharmapriya. — 10. Buddhabhadra. — 11. Fa-hien. — 12. Gîtamitra. — 13. Nandi. — 14. Tchou Fa-Ii. — 15. Che Song-kong. — 16. Che T'ouei-kong. — 17. Che Fa-yong. — 18. Ouvrages anonymes.


CHAPITRE V
  • I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Song (428–479 A. D.)363
    • L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking):
    •   1. Buddhajîva. — 2. Che Tche-yen. — 3. Pao-yun. — 4. Îçvara. — 5. Guṇavarman. — 6. Saṅghavarman. — 7. Guṇabhadra. — 8. Dharmamitra. — 9. KâIayaças. — 10. Che Fa-yong. — 11. Tsiu-kiu King Cheng. — 12. Kong-tö-tche (Guṇasatya ?). — 13. Che Houei-kien. — 14. Che Seng-tchou. — 15. Che Fa-ying. — 16. Tchou Fa-kiuan. — 17. Che Siang-kong. — 18. Che Tao-yen. — 19. Che Yong-kong. — 20. Che Fa-hai. — 21. Che Sien-kong.
  • II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i (479–502 A. D.)407
    • L'Église de Kien-ye:
    •   1. Dharmakṛtayaças. — 2. Mahâyâna (?). — 3. Saṅghabhadra. — 4. Dharmamati. — 5. Guṇavṛddhi. — 6. Che T'an-king.
  • III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (502–557 A. D.) et des Tch'en (557–589)412
    • L'ÉgIise de Kien-ye:
    •   1. Seng-yeou. — 2. Mandrasena. — 3. Saṅghabhara. — 4. Paramârtha. — 5. Upaçûnya. — 6. Subhûti.
Le Concile de Lhasa
  • Avant-Proposv
  • INTRODUCTION1
  • Première Partie. — TRADUCTION DU DOSSIER CHINOIS DE LA
                                     CONTROVERSE
    23
    • Préface de Wang Si23
    • Première série de questions et de réponses (« anciennes » et « nouvelles », partiellement numérotées)43
    • Premier mémorial de Mahāyāna110
    • Exposé doctrinal inséré dans le mémorial114
    • Deuxième série de questions et de réponses (non numérotées)120
    • Deuxième mémorial de Mahāyāna151
    • Question et réponse insérées dans le mémorial153
    • Troisième mémorial de Mahāyāna157
  • Deuxième Partie. — COMMENTAIRE HISTORIQUE167
    • Premier mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet194
    • Deuxième mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet218
    • Prières des moines chinois de Touen-houang pour le gouverneur militaire de
         Koua-tcheou et autres personnages tibétains
      239
    • Dossier de pièces émanant d’un gouverneur chinois de Touen-houang sous la
         domination tibétaine
      254
    • Éloge des mérites de Chang K'i-liu-sin-eul (Zan Khri-sum-rje)284
    • Lettre écrite pour le préfet de Sou-tcheou, Lieou Tch’en-pi, en réponse à un
         Tibétain du Sud, par Teou Wou
      292
    • Poèmes chinois écrits sous la domination tibétaine306
  • Appendice. — FRAGMENTS DU DOSSIER INDIEN DE LA CONTROVERSE333
    • I. Le premier Bhāvanā-krama de Kamalaśīla, analyse sommaire d’après
         la version chinoise
      333
    • II. Le troisième Bhāvanā-krama de Kamalaśīla, traduction de la version
          tibétaine par M. Étienne Lamotte
      336
  • Addenda et Corrigenda355
  • Index381
  • Table des Matières399
  • Texte du dossier chinois de la controversePL. I-XXXII
Le Message Du Futur Bouddha
  • Lecture 1: une courte introduction7
  • Lecture 2: origine et transmission du texte 11
  • Lecture 3: une interprétation du RGV 21
  • Liste des abréviations 39
  • Section 0: Salutations 41
  • Chapitre I: Le Germe de Bouddha 43
    • Section 1: Les 7 points adamantins 43
    • Section 2: Le Joyau du Bouddha 51
    • Section 3: Le Joyau du Dharma 59
    • Section 4: Le Joyau de l'Assemblée 71
    • Section 5: Les Trois Joyaux comme Refuge 79
    • Section 6: Le Germe des Trois Joyaux 85
    • Section 7: Tous les êtres ont ce Germe 97
    • Section 8: Les 10 attributs de la Nature ultime 104
    • Section 9: Les 9 exemples du Germe dans les souillures 174
    • Section 10: Caractéristiques du Germe de Tathāgata 225
    • Section 11: Le but de cet enseignement 231
  • Chapitre II: L'Éveil 241
    • Section 12: L'Ainsité non souillée 241
    • Section 13: Les 8 caractéristiques de l'Ainsité non souillée 243
  • Chapitre III: Les qualités du Bouddha 299
    • Section 14: Caractéristiques de ces qualités 299
    • Section 15: Les 64 qualités du Bouddha 305
  • Chapitre IV: Les actions du Bouddha 345
    • Section 16: Caractéristiques de ces actions 345
    • Section 17: Neuf exemples de ces actions 354
  • Chapitre V: Les bienfaits de cet enseignement 429
    • Section 18: La foi dans la Nature de Bouddha 429
  • Annexe 1: Structure du Traité 457
  • Annexe 2: Prosodie et Métrique du RGV 467
  • Annexe 3: Les sources du RGV 474
  • Liste des ouvrages cités475
  • Liste des auteurs cités478
  • Liste des excursus 479
  • Table des matières détaillée 481
Le Rugissement de Lion de la Princesse Shrimala
  • Introduction au Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala 7
    • Introduction9
    • Le thème11
    • Le concept de véhicule11
    • Le texte13
    • Le grand et unique véhicule14
    • L'ignorance subtile16
    • Les deux aspects des quatre vérités17
    • L'essence de Tathagata18
    • Le sens profond de la vacuité21
    • Une nature auto-réalisante22
  • Le Rugissement de lion de la reine Shrimala 25
    • 1. Louange correcte des qualités infinies du tathagata28
    • 2. Les grands vœux inconcevables32
    • 3. Les grands souhaits qui embrassent tous les souhaits36
    • 4. L'inconcevable adoption des suprêmes enseignements37
    • 5. L'entrée véritable dans le Véhicule unique48
    • 6. L'essence de Tathagata68
    • 7. Le corps de réalité71
    • 8. Le sens profond de la vacuité72
    • 9. L'unique vérité - L'unique refuge73
    • 10. L'erreur74
    • 11. Sens profond de l'esprit parfaitement pur par nature77
    • 12. Les fils véritables du tathagata81
    • 13. Le Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala84
    • Colophon87
Le Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata
  • Présentation du Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata7
    • Introduction9
    • Le texte du Tathāgatagarbha-Sūtra15
  • Le Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata23
    • Prologue26
    • Le Tathāgata dans un lotus fané36
    • Le miel et l'essaim d'abeilles38
    • Le grain dans sa balle41
    • L'or dans les immondices43
    • Le trésor sous la maison44
    • L'arbre et le fruit47
    • La précieuse statuette enveloppée49
    • La femme enceinte d'un monarque52
    • La statue en or dans son moule de terre55
    • Les bienfaits de la propagation du soutra58
    • La question d'Ananda70
Le Traité de la continuité sublime du Grand Véhicule
  • PRÉFACE5
  • INTRODUCTION
  • AUX ENSEIGNEMENTS
  • DE L'ESSENCE DE TATHĀGATA
  • (tathāgatagarbha)7


  • CHAPITRE 1 - L'ESSENCE DE TATHAGATA22
    • Les sept bases vajra22
    • Caractéristiques des sept bases vajra22
    • Le joyau du Bouddha23
    • Le joyau du Dharma24
    • Le joyau de la communauté26
    • Les trois refuges conventionnels27
    • Le refuge ultime27
    • L'origine des Trois Joyaux28
    • L'élément ou essence de Tathagata29
    • Les trois types de vivants31
    • Les quatre obstacles31
    • Les quatre antidotes32
    • Les quatre perfections du corps de réalité32
    • L'activité33
    • La manifestation34
    • Les états34
    • L'omniprésence35
    • L'immutabilité35
    • L'état impur36
    • L'etat partiellement pur et impur38
    • l'état pur41
    • Les neuf analogies45
    • Le lotus fané46
    • Le grain dans sa balle48
    • L'or égaré48
    • Le trésor sous la maison49
    • Le germe sous la peau du fruit50
    • La précieuse effigie dans les chiffons51
    • La femme enceinte52
    • La statue d'or dans son moule de terre53
    • Le sens résumé des exemples53
    • Les neuf types de souillures54
    • La triple nature de !'élément57
    • Les raisons de cet enseignement60


  • CHAPITRE 2 - L'ÉVEIL63
    • l'essence64
    • La cause65
    • Le fruit65
    • L'activité67
    • Les attributs70
    • La manifestation72
    • La permanence77
    • L'inconcevabilité78


  • CHAPITRE 3 - LES QUALITÉS80
    • Les quatre absences de peur82
    • Les dix-huit qualités exclusives du Bouddha83
    • Les trente-deux marques84


  • CHAPITRE 4 - L'ACTIVITÉ ÉVEILLÉE90
    • Spontanéité et continuité90
    • Les analogies93
    • Indra93
    • Le tambour divin96
    • Les nuages99
    • Semblable au grand Brahma102
    • Invisible103
    • Tel le soleil104
    • La supériorité du cercle de lumière du Bouddha105
    • Semblable au joyau qui exauce les souhaits106
    • L'apparition d'un tathagata est rare107
    • Semblable au son de l'écho107
    • Semblable à l'espace107
    • Semblable à la terre108
    • Résumé du sens de ces analogies108


  • CHAPITRE 5 - LES BIENFAITS DE CET ENSEIGNEMENT114
    • Les bienfaits114
    • La composition du traité118


  • COURTE BIBLIOGRAPHIE123
Like Cats and Dogs
    • Acknowledgmentsvii
  • 1. More Cats Than Dogs? A Tale of Two Versions1
  • 2. Would a Dog Lick a Pot of Hot Oil? Reconstructing the Ur Version37
  • 3. Fightin’ Like Cats and Dogs: Methodological Reflections on
        Deconstructing the Emphatic Mu
    74
  • 4. Cats and Cows Know That It Is: Textual and Historical
        Deconstruction of the Ur Version
    110
  • 5. Dogs May Chase, But Lions Tear Apart: Reconstructing the Dual Version
        of the "Moo" Kōan
    148
  • 6. When Is a Dog Not Really a Dog? Or, Yes! We Have No Buddha-Nature188
    • Notes213
    • Sino-Japanese Glossary239
    • Bibliography251
    • Index261
Like Lions Learning to Roar (Daehaeng 2020)
  • Foreword8
  • About Daehaeng Kun Sunim12
  • Dancing on the Whirlwind20
  • Turning Dirt into Gold74
  • Glossary140
Lion of Speech
  • Foreword by Alak Zenkar Rinpoche xi
  • Translators' Introduction xii

The Light of Wondrous Nectar: The Essential Biography of the Omniscient Mipham Jamyang Namgyal Gyatso

    • Prologue 3
    • 1. The Ground of Emanation 7
    • 2. The Birth of a Bodhisattva 21
    • 3. Entering the Dharma 27
    • 4. Study and Reflection 33
    • 5. Practice 61
    • 6. A Hidden Life 75
    • 7. Activities for the Doctrine and Beings 93
    • 8. The Final Deed 109

A Selection of Jamgön Mipham's Writings

    • 9. Selections on Madhyamaka 127
    • 10. The Lion’s Roar: A Comprehensive Discourse on the Buddha-Nature 145
    • 11. An Explanation of the Seven-Line Prayer to Guru Rinpoche 191
    • 12. A Lamp to Dispel the Dark 199
  • Notes 205
  • Bibliography 221
  • Sources 225
  • The Padmakara Translation Group Translations into English 227
  • Index 229
Lion's Roar: Buddha Nature in a Nutshell
Luminous Heart
  • Abbreviationsvii
  • An Aspiration by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Ogyen Trinley Dorjeix
  • Foreword by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Ogyen Trinley Dorjexi
  • Foreword by The Dzogchen Ponlop Rinpochexiii
  • Prefacexv
  • Introduction1
    • The Indian Yogācāra Background3
    • The Tibetan Tradition on the Five Maitreya Texts79
    • The Third Karmapa's View85
  • Translations127
    • The Autocommmentary on The Profound Inner Reality129
    • The Ornament That Explains the Dharmadharmatāvibhāga171
    • Four Poems by the Third Karmapa193
    • Jamgön Kongtrul Lodrö Tayé's Commentary on The Treatise on Pointing
            Out the Tathāgata Heart
      203
    • Jamgön Kongtrul Lodrö Tayé's Commentary on The Treatise on the
            Distinction between Consciousness and Wisdom
      257
    • Karma Trinlépa's Explanation of the Sugata Heart313
  • Appendix I: Pawo Tsugla Trengwa's Presentation of Kāyas, Wisdoms, and
          Enlightened Activity
    325
  • Appendix II: The Treatise on Pointing Out the Tathāgata Heart353
  • Appendix III: The Treatise on the Distinction between Consciousness and
          Wisdom
    361
  • Appendix IV: Outline of NTC367
  • Appendix V: Outline of NYC371
  • Appendix VI: The Change of State of the Eight Consciousnesses into the Four
          (Five) Wisdoms and the Three (Four) Kāyas
    373
  • Glossary: English–Sanskrit–Tibetan375
  • Glossary: Tibetan–Sanskrit–English379
  • Selected Bibliography383
  • Endnotes401
  • Index475
Mahāmudrā and the Middle Way

Volume One

  • Acknowledgement12
  • Introduction14
    • Current State of Research17
    • Politico-Historical Background22
    • Doctrinal Background25
    • Navigating the Middle Ways29
    • The Nature of Liberating Knowledge41
  • Shākya mchog ldan44
    • Shākya mchog ldan and the Bka’ brgyud Mahāmudrā Tradition45
    • Life, Writings and Influences51
    • Madhyamaka and the Dialectic of Emptiness: Rang stong and
      Gzhan stong
      57
      • The Three Natures (trisvabhāva)65
      • The Two Truths (satyadvaya)67
    • Mahāmudrā and Buddha Nature74
    • Direct Perception and Nondual Wisdom101
    • The Great Seal in Shākya mchog ldan's Mahāmudrā trilogy109
      • Mahāmudrā: What it is and What it is Not109
      • Madhyamaka, Mantrayāna and Mahāmudrā116
      • Mahāmudrā and What Remains (lhag ma : avaśiṣṭa)121
      • The Problem of Cessation124
      • Contested Methods of Realization127
    • Responses to Sa skya Paṇḍita’s Criticism of Bka’ brgyud Mahāmudrā131
      • A Philosophical Defence and Justification of Mahāmudrā131
      • Defending Mahāmudrā Views135
        • The Self-sufficient White Remedy (dkar po gcig thub)135
        • Mental Nonengagement (amanasikāra) and the Fire of Wisdom139
    • Concluding Remarks145
  • Karma phrin las148
    • Overview149
    • Life, Writings and Influences156
    • Madhyamaka Approach159
    • Extant Writings168
    • Views of Reality169
      • The Compatibility of Rang stong and Gzhan stong169
      • The Two Types of Purity181
      • Buddha Nature Endowed with Qualities184
      • On the Unity of the Two Truths200
      • "Thoughts are Dharmakāya"210
      • Understanding Coemergence: the Inseparability of Saṃsāra and
        Nirvāṇa
        217
    • Concluding Remarks223
  • Karma pa Mi bskyod rdo rje226
    • Overview227
    • The Differentiation and Identification Models229
    • Reconciling Affirmation and Negation238
    • Life, Writings and Influences242
    • Blending Mahāmudrā and Madhyamaka250
    • Emptiness and Hermeneutics of the Three Turnings253
    • Core Soteriological Ideas and the Role of Philosophical Distinctions265
      • Buddha Nature269
      • Nature of Reality275
      • Nature of Mind277
      • The Problem of the Remainder (lhag ma : avaśiṣṭa)299
      • On the Prospect of a Groundless Ground314
      • On Whether or Not a Buddha has Wisdom320
      • Mahāmudrā as Mental Nonengagement (amanasikāra)325
    • Concluding Remarks341
  • Padma dkar po342
    • Overview343
    • Life, Writings and Influences347
    • The Basic Framework: Mahāmudrā and the Unity of the Two Truths350
    • Emptiness and the Hermeneutics of the Three Turnings352
    • Hermeneutics of Mahāmudrā as Ground and Path356
    • The Two Faces of Mahāmudrā: the Modes of Abiding and Error357
      • Mahāmudrā as the Mode of Abiding (gnas lugs phyag chen)359
      • Mahāmudrā in the Mode of Error ( 'khrul lugs phyag chen)363
      • Yang dgon pa on the Two Modes of Mahāmudrā369
      • Padma dkar po's Transposition of Yang dgon pa's Distinction376
      • Interpretations of the Mahāmudrā Distinction378
      • Mahāmudrā and the Unity of the Two Truths382
      • Asymmetrical Unity and Rival Truth Theories (Jo nang and Dge lugs)385
      • The Ground of Truth393
    • Path Mahāmudrā and Liberating Knowledge398
      • Nonconceptual Knowing in the Shadow of the Bsam yas Debate399
      • Three Strands of Amanasikāra Interpretation in Indian Buddhism403
      • Padma dkar po's Three Grammatical Interpretations of Amanasikāra413
      • Responding to Criticisms of Amanasikāra422
    • Concluding Remarks426
  • Final Reflections429

Volume Two

  • Shākya mchog ldan10
  • Introduction: the Mahāmudrā Trilogy11
    • 1a. English Translation of Gzhan blo'i dregs pa nyams byed14
    • 1b. Critical Edition of Gzhan blo'i dregs pa nyam byed26
    • 2a. English Translation of Grub pa mchog gi dgongs pa rnam nges34
    • 2b. Critical Edition of Grub pa mchog gi dgongs pa rnam nges43
    • 3a. English Translation of Zung 'jug gi gru chen48
    • 3b. Critical Edition of Zung 'jug gi gru chen71
  • Karma phrin las pa86
  • Perspectives on Rang stong and Gzhan stong87
    • 1a. English Translation of Dri lan yid kyi mun sel88
    • 1b. Critical Edition of Dri lan yid kyi mun sel91
  • A Mystical Song of the View Proclaiming the Mode of Being94
    • 2a. English Translation of the Yin lugs sgrog pa lta ba'i mgur95
    • 2b. Critical Edition of the Yin lugs sgrog pa lta ba'i mgur98
  • A Vajra Song100
    • 3a. English Translation of the Rdo rje mgur100
    • 3b. Critical Edition of the Rdo rje mgur102
  • Karma pa Mi bskyod rdo rje104
  • Critique of 'Gos Lo tsd ba' s Separation of Buddhahood and Buddha Nature105
    • 1a. English Translation of Rgan po'i rlung sman (excerpt)105
    • 1b. Critical Edition of Rgan po'i rlung sman (excerpt)109
  • Some Criticisms of Shākya mchog ldan's Buddha Nature Epistemology111
    • 2a. English Translation of Rgan po'i rlung sman (excerpt)112
    • 2b. Critical Edition of Rgan po'i rlung sman (excerpt)115
  • Two Minds in One Person? A Reply to the Queries of Bla ma khams pa117
    • 3a. English Translation of Bla ma khams pa'i dris lan mi gcig sems gnyis118
    • 3b. Critical Edition of Bla ma khams pa'i dris lan mi gcig sems gnyis120
  • A Trove Containing Myriad Treasures of Profound Mahāmudrā122
    • 4a. English Translation of Zab mo phyag chen gyi mdzod sna tshogs 'dus
      pa'i gter
      123
    • 4b. Critical Edition of Zab mo phyag chen gyi mdzod sna tshogs 'dus pa'i
      gter
      134
  • Mental Nonengagement as Unconditioned Mental Engagement143
    • 5a. English Translation of Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad (excerpt)144
    • 5b. Critical Edition of Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad (excerpt)147
  • Amanasikāra, Emptiness, and the Tradition of Heshang Moheyan150
    • 6a. English Translation of Dgongs gcig 'grel pa VI (excerpt)151
    • 6b. Critical Edition of Dgongs gcig 'grel pa VI (excerpt)153
  • Padma dkar po156
  • Distinguishing Gnas lugs phyag chen and 'Khrul lugs phyag chen157
    • 1a. English Translation of Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod (excerpt)157
    • 1b. Critical Edition of Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod (excerpt)168
  • Three Grammatical Interpretations of Amanasikāra175
    • 2b. Critical Edition of Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod (excerpt)176
  • Refuting Sa paṇ's Equation of Mahāmudrā with Heshang's Chan Meditation179
    • 3a. English Translation of Klan ka gzhom pa'i gtam (excerpt)180
    • 3b. Critical Edition of Klan ka gzhom pa'i gtam (excerpt)188
  • Response to Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan's critique of Padma dkar po's
    Amanasikāra
    194
    • 4a. English Translation of Shar rtse zhal snga'i brgal lan (excerpt)195
    • 4b. Critical Edition of Shar rtse zhal snga'i brgal lan (excerpt)197
  • Amanasikāra in the Context of Nonreferential Meditation199
    • 5a. English Translation of Snying po don gyi man ngag (excerpt)199
    • 5b. Critical Edition of Snying po don gyi man ngag (excerpt)201
  • Bibliography202
  • Abbreviations of Canonical Collections, Journals, and Online Sources202
  • Primary Sources: Indian Works202
  • Primary Sources: Tibetan Works207
  • Secondary Sources218
  • Index232
The Mahāparinirvāṇa-mahāsūtra and the Emergence of Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine
  • Foreword - Michael Zimmermann9
  • Acknowledgements11
  • Introduction13
    • Outline13
    • Contributions of this study16
  • Part I: Is the Mahāparinirvāṇa-mahāsūtra "Our Earliest" Tathāgatagarbha Text?
    • Introduction19
    • The portion of MPNMS under consideration ("MPNMS-tg")20
    • 1 MPNMS-tg as a "Tathāgatagarbha Text"23
      • 1.1 MPNMS-tg as a veritable "tathāgatagarbha text"23
      • 1.2 The Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra as a "tathāgatagarbha text"32
    • 2 The Date of MPNMS-tg, Relative to Other Tathāgatagarbha Texts35
      • 2.1 Does MPNMS-tg refer to (our present) TGS by title?35
        • 2.1.1 References to a/the (this?) Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra within
          MPNMS-tg
          37
        • 2.1.2 Reference to other titles and texts in MPNMS40
        • 2.1.3 MPNMS references to other Mahāyāna texts by title50
        • 2.1.4 Relations to other texts without mention of their title53
      • 2.2 Similarity of one simile between MPNMS-tg and TGS56
      • 2.3 Summary57
    • 3 Evidence for the Absolute Dates of MPNMS-tg and Other Tathāgatagarbha Scriptures59
      • 3.1 Evidence for the absolute date of MPNMS-tg59
      • 3.2 Independent evidence for the absolute dates of TGS83
      • 3.3 Summary85
      • 3.4 Takasaki’s chronology: The Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa and Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanāda-sūtra85
      • 3.5 Chronological relations between MPNMS-tg and other texts in the MPNMS group97
      • 3.6 Conclusions99
  • Part II: The Mahāparinirvāṇa-mahāsūtra and the Origins of Tathāgatagarbha
    Doctrine
    • Introduction101
    • Schmithausen’s criteria for a "scenario of origin" for Buddhist concepts102
    • 4 Tathāgatagarbha, the Problem of Maternity, and Positive Corollaries to
      Docetic Buddhology
      105
      • 4.1 Terms105
      • 4.2 Docetism as a corporeal issue107
      • 4.3 The extension of docetism beyond death and birth110
      • 4.4 Negatively-framed docetism about the Buddha’s conception,
        gestation and birth
        115
      • 4.5 "Material-miraculous" positive corollaries of docetism about the
        Buddha’s conception, gestation and birth
        118
      • 4.6 The material-miraculous, "docetic" womb124
      • 4.7 Dharmakāya and vajrakāya as positive corollaries of corporeal
        docetism
        129
      • 4.8 Tathāgatagarbha as a "soteriological-transcendent" positive corollary
        to docetism about the Buddha’s conception, gestation and birth
        132
      • 4.9 Docetism and the problem of the Buddha’s mother(s)143
      • 4.10 Docetic reinterpretations of other branches of kinship154
      • 4.11 Summary155
    • 5 Garbha and Dhātu159
    • 6 Conclusions169
      • 6.1 Summary169
      • 6.2 Directions for future research171
  • Appendix 1 Terms related to "tathāgatagarbha" in MPNMS175
  • Appendix 2 Chinese zang 藏 (esp. in DhKṣ) and "secret teachings"193
  • Appendix 3 Further apparent historical detail in the MPNMS group prophecy complex199
    • 1 *Sarvalokapriyadarśana199
    • 2 A "*cakravartinī"202
    • 3 Trials and tribulations of the espousers of the MPNMS group205
  • Appendix 4 "MPNMS-dhk" and "MPNMS-tg"207
  • Appendix 5 "Kataphatic gnostic docetism"211
  • Abbreviations215
  • Bibliography219
  • Index247
Mahāyāna Buddhism: The Doctrinal Foundations
    • Preface and acknowledgementsx
  • 1 Introduction1
    • Buddhism: doctrinal diversity and (relative) moral unity1
    • The Indian background7
    • Factors that may have contributed to change12
    • Abhidharma15
    • Mahāsāṃghikas and the Lokottaravāda18
    • The origins of the Mahāyāna, and the laity21
    • Mahāyāna before 'Mahāyāna' – the Ajitasenavyākaraṇanirdeśa Sūtra27
    • On the origins of the Mahāyāna – some more sūtras30
    • The justification of the Mahāyāna sutras38
  • 2 The Perfection of Wisdom (Prajñāpāramitā) Sūtras 45
    • On the Mahāyāna sūtras45
    • The origins and development of the Prajñāpāramitā literature47
    • Wisdom (prajña) and its perfection49
    • Absence of Self – the extensive perspective51
    • The Bodhisattva55
  • 3 Mādhyamika63
    • Nāgārjuna and Āryadeva63
    • The development of the Mādhyamika tradition in India65
    • Emptiness and intrinsic existence – the incompatible rivals68
    • A brief note on Mādhyamika method71
    • Three Mādhyamika critiques72
      • On causation73
      • On the Self74
      • On nirvāṇa75
    • The two truths76
    • Meditation and emptiness – an impressionistic outline79
    • A final note – Mādhyamika in China and East Asia81
  • 4 Yogācāra84
    • Background84
    • The Yogācāra tradition – scholars and texts86
    • The three natures (trisvabhava)88
    • Mind92
    • Substratum consciousness, consciousness and immaculate consciousness97
    • Yet more disputes within the Yogācāra tradition100
  • 5 The Tathāgatagarbha103
    • Some Tathāgatagarbha Sūtras104
    • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Ratnagotravibhāga109
    • Tibet – the gzhan stong and rang stong dispute112
    • The Dasheng qixinlun (Ta-sheng ch’i-hsin lun) and the
         Tathagatagarbha in East Asia
      115
    • Dōgen on the Buddha-nature119
    • A note on some contemporary issues: Critical Buddhism and a debate on
         not-Self in Thai Buddhism
      122
    • Critical Buddhism122
    • Not-Self in contemporary Thai Buddhism125
  • 6 Huayan – the Flower Garland tradition129
    • Buddhism in China129
    • The Avataṃsaka Sūtra132
    • The Huayan tradition in China138
    • Huayan thought – Fazang’s 'Treatise on the Golden Lion' 141
    • A note on some aspects of Huayan practice144
    • The Avataṃsaka Sūtra and Vairocana in Buddhist art146
  • 7 The Saddharmapuṇḍarīka (Lotus) Sūtra and its influences149
    • A note on Tiantai (Tendai)161
    • Nichiren Shōnin and his tradition165
  • 8 On the bodies of the Buddha172
    • Prolegomenon to the Mahāyāna172
    • The bodies of the Buddha and the philosophy of emptiness176
    • Yogācāra – the system develops179
    • A note on the dGe lugs schema of the Buddha's bodies182
    • A final note: the 'nonabiding nirvāṇa' and the lifespan of the Buddha185
  • 9 The path of the Bodhisattva187
    • Buddhism reaches Tibet187
    • The eighth-century debates191
    • Compassion and the Bodhicitta194
    • Bodhisattva stages, paths and perfections200
  • 10 Trust, self-abandonment and devotion: the cults of Buddhas
         and Bodhisattvas
    209
    • Buddhānusmṛti – recollection of the Buddha209
    • The pratyutpanna samādhi and Huiyuan212
    • The notion of a Buddha Field (buddhakṣetra)214
    • Some Bodhisattvas218
      • Maitreya218
      • Avalokiteśvara221
      • Tārā225
      • Mañjuśrī226
      • Kṣitigarbha229
    • Some Buddhas231
      • Akṣobhya231
      • Bhaiṣajyaguru234
      • Amitābha/Amitāyus238
        • The Amitābha sūtras238
        • Amitābha’s Pure Land in China243
        • Hōnen Shōnin (1133–1212)254
        • Shinran Shōnin (1173–1262)259
    • Notes267
    • References389
    • Index of names422
    • Index of subjects430
Mahāyāna-Sūtrālaṃkāra: Exposé de la doctrine du Grand Véhicule selon le système Yogācāra, Vol. 2
  • Introduction*1
  • Chap. I1
  • — II19
  • — III25
  • — IV32
  • — V44
  • — VI50
  • — VII55
  • — VIII59
  • — IX68
  • — X (corriger au litre l'indication du chap.)93
  • — XI98
  • — XII138
  • — XIII152
  • — XIV164
  • — XV174
  • — XVI176
  • — XVII204
  • — XVIII225
  • — XIX266
  • — XX–XXI287
  • Avertissement307
  • Index français-sanscrit308
  • — sanscrit-français315
  • — chinois-sanscrit320
  • — tibétain-sanscrit323
  • — numérique325
  • — des comparaisons330
  • — variorum333
Mahāyāna-Sūtrālaṃkāra: Exposé de la doctrine du Grande Véhicule selon le système Yogācāra, Vol. 1

Table of Contents in Sanskrit:

Click here to view

Maitreya on Buddha Nature: A New Translation of Asaṅga's Mahāyāna Uttara Tantra Śāstra
  • TRANSLATORS' INTRODUCTION13
  • CLASSICAL INTRODUCTION21
    • The three major phases of the Buddha's teaching21
      • First phase22
      • Second phase24
      • Third phase26
        • A simple introduction to voidness26
    • The Buddha's own teaching or a śāstra?29
    • Source of this work30
    • The author30
    • Transmission of the text34
    • Subject matter35
    • Styles of explanation37
    • A bridge between sūtra and tantra39
  • PART ONE: The Goal to be Achieved: The Three Rare and Precious Refuges43
  • Introduction to the Seven Vajra Abodes45
  • The Refuges48
  • First Vajra Abode: buddha50
    • Homage50
    • Three qualities of self-fulfillment51
      • Not a creation52
      • Non-dual peace53
      • Non-dependent55
    • Three qualities which benefit others57
    • Three qualities of self-fulfillment, reflections57
      • Beginningless, centreless and endless58
      • Peace as spontaneity of dharmakāya60
      • Apperceptive nature62
    • Three qualities which benefit others, reflections62
  • Second Vajra Abode: dharma65
    • Homage 66
    • Context 67
    • Relating content of homage to context 69
      • Qualities of the truth of cessation 69
      • Inconceivability 69
      • Not two 73
      • Freedom from concepts 73
    • Qualities of the truth of the path 74
      • Stainlessness 74
      • Brilliance 74
      • Power to remedy 75
  • Third Vajra Abode: saṃgha77
    • Homage 77
    • Context 79
      • Thusness jñāna 80
      • All-encompassing jñāna 80
      • Inner jñāna 81
      • What gives rise to these three 81
    • Relating content of homage to context 82
      • The way in which thusness jñāna is realised 82
      • The way in which all-encompassing jñāna is realised 83
      • Its special purity 84
      • They are a supreme refuge 85
  • General Points about the Refuges86
    • Why it is threefold 86
    • What is the ultimate refuge? 87
    • Why are they called ratna? 88
  • PART TWO: The Basis for Attaining the Three Rare and Precious Refuges91
  • General Comment on the Final Four Vajra Abodes 93
    • The final four vajra abodes only understood by Buddhas 93
    • They are inconceivable 94
    • Reasons for inconceivability 95
    • Causes and conditions for realisation 97
  • Fourth Vajra Abode: buddha nature 99
    • Brief Introduction: three reasons why beings possess dhātu 100
    • More detailed presentation through ten aspects of buddha potential 103
      • character and cause treated together, in brief 103
      • essential character 104
      • cause 105
      • fruition and function treated together, in brief 109
      • fruition 110
      • function 116
      • endowments 118
      • manifestation/approach 121
      • phases 122
      • all-pervasiveness 124
      • changelessness 125
        • in the impure phase 125
        • in the partially pure phase 133
        • in the completely pure phase 142
      • inseparability from its qualities 145
    • Nine examples showing how buddha nature remains changeless while
      concealed
      153
      • first example: buddha in decaying lotus 155
      • second example: honey amid bees 156
      • third example: grains in their husks 157
      • fourth example: gold in fifth 158
      • fifth example: buried treasure 159
      • sixth example: seeds within a fruit 160
      • seventh example: buddha image in tattered rags 161
      • eighth example: future king in pauper's womb 162
      • ninth example: statue inside its mould 163
      • the meaning of these examples 164
    • The purpose of the buddha nature teachings 179
  • Fifth Vajra Abode: enlightenment 187
    • The nature and cause of enlightenment 188
      • treated together, in brief 188
      • nature of enlightenment, in detail 190
      • cause of enlightenment, in detail 192
    • As a fruition 193
      • in brief, as a summary of examples of stainlessness 193
      • in detail 194
    • Its function 198
      • in brief, as twofold benefit 198
      • in greater detail, as vimuktikāya and dharmakāya 200
    • Its endowments 204
      • in brief, listing fifteen qualities 204
      • the fifteen qualities, in detail 205
    • Actualisation 209
      • in brief, the characteristics of the kāya 209
      • in detail 213
        • svabhavikakāya, five aspects and five qualities 214
        • sambhogakāya, five aspects and five qualities 217
        • nirmāṇakāya, the twelve deeds of the Buddha 220
    • Its permanence 231
      • in brief, ten-point presentation 231
      • the ten points in detail 233
    • Its inconceivability 237
      • in brief 237
      • in more detail 237
  • The Sixth Vajra Abode: the qualities of buddhahood 242
  • Synopsis: number of principal qualities and their relation to the kāya 242
  • More detailed explanation 245
    • Introduction to the examples and their significance 245
    • The qualities of freedom: the ultimately true kāya 246
      • Ten powers of perfect knowledge 246
      • Four fearlessnesses 251
      • Eighteen distinctive qualities 254
    • The qualities of maturity: the relatively true kāya 259
      • The thirty-two marks of a perfect being 259
      • Example for the marks 264
  • Scriptural source 264
  • Recapitulation of the examples 265
    • The qualities of freedom 265
    • The qualities of maturity 269
  • The Seventh Yajra Abode: enlightened activity 271
  • Summary 271
    • Its spontaneity 271
    • Its ceaselessness 272
  • More detailed explanation 273
    • Its spontaneity 273
    • It ceaselessness 274
  • Expanded explanation through nine examples 277
    • Summary of the nine examples 277
    • The examples 278
      • The reflection of Indra: Buddha forms 278
      • The divine drumbeat: Buddha speech 283
      • Monsoon clouds: the all-pervading compassionate mind 286
      • Brahma's emanations: emanation 291
      • The sun's radiance: the penetration of primordial wisdom 293
      • A wish-fulfilling gem: the mystery of mind 297
      • An echo: the mystery of speech 299
      • Space: the mystery of form 300
      • The earth: the application of compassion 301
    • Review of the purpose and significance of examples 302
    • Review of examples to show their sublime nature 306
  • PART THREE: Conclusion 311
  • The benefits of this text 312
  • How this śastra was composed 320
  • Dedication 327
  • INDEX 331
Maitreya's Distinguishing Phenomena and Pure Being
  • Translator's Preface11
  • The Root Text15
  • The Commentary55
  • The Authors Introduction57
  • The explication of the treatise67
  • I. The meaning of the title67
  • II. The translators' homage67
  • III. The main body of the text69
  • A The verse introducing the author's intention69
    • B The actual body of the treatise71
      • 1 The brief presentation71
        • I) The points comprising the essential subject matter71
        • II) The defining traits of each of these75
          • A) The definition of phenomena75
          • B) The definition of pure being77
        • III) The rationale underlying these traits79
        • IV) Examining both for sameness and difference83
      • 2 The expanded explanation85
        • I) The expanded explanation of phenomena85
          • A) A presentation of the headings85
          • B) An explanation of each of these87
            • (1) A passing reference to the first three points87
            • (2) An explanation of the last three points89
              • (I) The explanation of the two types of ground89
                • (A) A brief presentation of both in common89
                • (B) An expanded explanation of the meaning of each91
                  • 1) Experience comprising a common ground91
                  • 2) Experience not shared in common95
              • (II) How to approach reality, which is free of perceived
                and perceiver
                97
                • (A) The tenet stating that there is no outer referent,
                  only image-awareness
                  97
                  • 1) The lack of a perceived object discrete from the perceiver97
                  • 2) The elimination of any further uncertainty101
                • (B) The resultant procedure for approaching reality,
                  the freedom from perceived and perceiver
                  107
        • II) The expanded explanation of pure being113
          • A) A brief presentation of the headings113
          • B) The expanded explanation of these six115
            • (1) The defining characteristics 115
            • (2) The ground115
            • (3) Definitive verification117
            • (4) Encounter117
            • (5) Recollection119
            • (6) Complete immersion into its core121
              • (I) The character of ultimate transformation 121
              • (II) The expanded explanation of its distinctive features123
                • (A) The brief presentation of the headings123
                • (B) The expansion on these ten125
                  • 1) The essence125
                  • 2) The ingredients127
                  • 3) The individuals131
                  • 4) The special traits133
                  • 5) The requirements135
                  • 6) The ground137
                    • a) The brief presentation137
                    • b) The expansion on these six points141
                      • i) The focal requirement141
                      • ii) Surrendering attributes143
                      • iii) How to apply the mind correctly in practice 147
                      • iv) The defining characteristics of wisdom
                        in terms of its effects—the sphere of experience it opens
                        149
                      • v) The benefits159
                      • vi) The introduction to full
                        understanding
                        161
                        • (a) The brief presentation161
                        • (b) The expansion on that163
                          • (i) Fully understanding the
                            remedy
                            163
                          • (ii) Fully understanding the
                            concrete characteristic
                            165
                          • (iii) Fully understanding the distinctive marks171
                          • (iv) Fully understanding the five effects173
                  • 7) Mental cultivation175
                  • 8) Application185
                  • 9) The disadvantages189
                  • 10) The benefits199
      • 3 The concluding summary employing examples to illustrate the point201
  • IV. The concluding statement203
    • The Author's Colophon205
    • Dedication207
  • Bibliography209
  • Notes211
Maitreya's Distinguishing the Middle from the Extremes
  • Series Editor’s Prefacexi
  • Author’s Prefacexv
  • Abbreviationsxix

Part One: Introduction

  • Study of the Madhyāntavibhāga3
    • Yogācāra Buddhist Philosophy3
      • What Is Yogācāra5
      • Ālaya-vijñāna9
      • Vijñapti-mātra12
      • Trisvabhāva15
      • A Semiotic Soteriology20
    • The Madhyāntavibhāga Corpus28
      • Madhyāntavibhāga29
      • Madhyāntavibhāga-bhāsya32
      • Madhyāntavibhāga-tīkā34
      • Authorship and Dates36
      • The MAV/Bh’s Relation to Other Texts41
      • The MAV/Bh’s Place in the Yogācāra Tradition45
    • The Exegesis of the Madhyāntavibhāga48
      • Exegesis of the Introduction 48
      • Exegesis of Chapter 1: Definitions50
      • Exegesis of Chapter 2: Obstructions66
      • Exegesis of Chapter 3: Reality74
      • Exegesis of Chapter 4: Cultivation of Antidotes, States, and Results87
      • Exegesis of Chapter 5: The Unsurpassed Vehicle95
      • Exegesis of the Concluding Verse110

Part Two: Annotated Translation of the Madhyāntavibhāga/-bhāsya

    • Introduction 115
    • I. Definitions117
    • II. Obstructions131
    • III. Reality143
    • IV. Cultivation of Antidotes, States, and Results161
    • V. The Unsurpassed Vehicle173
    • Concluding Verse192

Glossary, Bibliography, and Index

  • Glossary195
  • Bibliography199
  • Index213
Maitrīpa: India's Yogi of Nondual Bliss
  • Series Introduction by Kurtis Schaeffer vii
  • Preface ix
  • Introduction 1
  • Life
    • 1. Translation of Maitrīpa’s Life Story 17
    • 2. Conversion, Monkhood, Expulsion Stories, and Legacy 29
  • Philosophy
    • 3. Between Yogācāra, Madhyamaka, and Mahāmudrā 39
    • 4. Sudden versus Gradual Paths 45
    • 5. Maitrīpa’s Gradual Path 49
    • 6. Nonconceptual Realization (Amanasikāra) 71
    • 7. The Ten Verses on True Reality in the Light of Sahajavajra’s Commentary 77
    • 8. Empowerment 95
    • 9. Mahāmudrā Practice 129
    • 10. The Four Signs of Mahāmudrā Meditation 139
  • Teachings: Maitrīpa’s Collection of Texts on Nonconceptual Realization
    • 11. A Summary of the Amanasikāra Texts 151
    • 12. The Destruction of Wrong Views 169
    • 13. A Commentary on the [Initial] Statement of The Destruction of Wrong
      Views
      185
    • 14. The Major Offenses 189
    • 15. The Gross Offenses 191
    • 16. A Jewel Garland of True Reality 193
    • 17. Explaining the Seals of the Five Tathāgatas 211
    • 18. A Presentation of Empowerment 221
    • 19. The Succession of the Four Seals 231
    • 20. A Summary of the Meaning of Empowerment 239
    • 21. The Five Aspects of Vajrasattva 247
    • 22. A Discourse on Illusion 255
    • 23. A Discourse on Dream 259
    • 24. An Elucidation of True Reality 263
    • 25. An Elucidation of Nonabiding 267
    • 26. An Elucidation of Indivisible Union 271
    • 27. The Manifestation of Great Bliss 275
    • 28. The Twenty Verses on True Reality 279
    • 29. The Twenty Verses on Mahāyāna 283
    • 30. The Five Verses on Penetrating Insight 287
    • 31. The Six Verses on the Middle Path 289
    • 32. The Five Verses on Transcendent Love 291
    • 33. The Ten Verses on True Reality 293
    • 34. A Justification of Nonconceptual Realization 295
    • 35. The Six Verses on the Coemergent 301
    • 36. A Pith Instruction on Reality Called A Treasure of Dohās 303
    • 37. A Pith Instruction on Settling the Mind: A Genuine Secret 307
  • Notes 311
  • Bibliography 345
  • Index 359
Manifestation of the Tathāgata
  • Forewordix
  • Prefacexiii
  • Acknowledgementsxvii

PART ONE: INTRODUCTION

  • The Conception of Buddhahood3
    • Some Meanings of the Term "Buddhahood"4
    • Significance for Religious Cultivation9
  • The Avataṃsakasūtra13
    • Origins and Transmission13
    • Distinctive Features16
    • Influence on Chinese Buddhism18
  • The "Manifestation of the Tathāgata" Chapter21
    • Chinese Translations and Commentaries21
    • Position in the Avataṃsaka Sūtra23
    • Content Summary26
    • Related Doctrines31
    • On Reading the Translation40

PART TWO: MANIFESTATION OF THE TATHĀGATA

    • Prologue47
    • The Characteristics of the Manifestation of the Tathāgata53
    • The Body of the Tathāgata69
    • The Voice of the Tathāgata81
    • The Mind of the Tathāgata97
    • The Realm of the Tathāgata110
    • The Activity of the Tathāgata114
    • The Accomplishment of Perfect Enlightenment of the Tathāgata117
    • The Turning of the Dharma-wheel122
    • The Parinirvāṇa of the Tathāgata125
    • The Wholesome Roots Planted by Seeing, Hearing, and Associating with
             the Tathāgata
      129
    • Epilogue135
  • Notes141
  • Glossary165
  • Bibliography169
Metaphysics and Mysticism in Mahāyāna Buddhism
  • Forewardv-vii
  • Prefaceix-xiii
  • Chapter 1: General Introduction1-34
  • Chapter 2: The Ratna-gotra-vibhāgo-mahāyānottara-tantra-śātaram:
       An Introduction
    35-59
  • Chapter 3: The First Three Vajra Points: The Three Jewels60-98
  • Chapter 4: The Fourth Vajra Point: Tathāgata-garbha99-162
  • Chapter 5: The Fifth and Sixth Vajra Points: The Bodhi and the Guna163-216
    • A. The Fifth Vajra Point: The Bodhi
    • A. The Sixth Vajra Point: The Guna(s)
  • Chapter 6: The Seventh Vajra Points: The Krtya-kriyā of the Tathāgata217-242
  • Chapter 7: The Advantage of Having Faith in the Tathāgata-garbha Teaching243-266
  • Chapter 8: Conclusion: Metaphysics and Mysticism in the Uttaratantra267-294
  • Epilogue295-296
  • Bibliography297-309
  • Glossary of Sanskrit Terms310-313
  • Index315-327
Middle Beyond Extremes
  • Foreword by Trulshik Rinpoche 9
  • Foreword by Chökyi Nyima Rinpoche 11
  • Introduction 13
  • Distinguishing the Middle from Extremes 19
  • Chapter One • The Characteristics 25
    • The Characteristics of Thorough Affliction 25
    • The Characteristics of Complete Purification 36
  • Chapter Two • The Obscurations 47
    • General Presentation 47
    • Detailed Explanation 49
      • Obscurations That Prevent Liberation 49
      • Obscurations That Inhibit the Ten Qualities 51
      • Obscurations That Inhibit the Three Remedies 59
    • Summary 67
  • Chapter Three • Reality 69
    • Brief Presentation 69
    • Detailed Explanation 70
      • The Reality of the Three Essential Natures 70
      • The Eight Principles 73
      • The Ten Topics of Knowledge 84
  • Chapter Four • The Path of Practice 103
    • The Thirty-seven Factors of Enlightenment 103
    • Phases of the Path 115
    • Results of the Path 119
  • Chapter Five • The Unsurpassable Vehicle 123
    • Unsurpassable Practice 124
      • The Eminent Practice 124
      • Directing the Mind 129
      • Concordant Factors 133
      • Eliminating Dualistic Extremes 148
      • The Specific and the General 154
    • Unsurpassable Observation 155
    • Unsurpassable True Accomplishment 157
  • Conclusion 161
  • Visual representation of Ju Mipham’s outline 166
  • Appendix: Ju Mipham’s Topical Outline of Distinguishing the
    Middle from Extremes
    167
  • Notes 173
  • English-Tibetan Glossary 179
  • Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary 189
  • Bibliography 203
  • Index 207
Mind Seeing Mind
  • Prefacexv
  • Permissions xxiii
  • Technical Notexxv
  • Introduction1
    • A Summary of the Book (10)
  • Part 1. The Background to Geluk Mahāmudrā
    • 1. Mahāmudrā in India: Hindus and Buddhists, Sūtras and Tantras17
      • Seals and Great Seals in Hindu Traditions (18)
      • Seals and Great Seals in Sūtras-Based Buddhism (23)
      • Tantric Buddhism (25)
      • Mahāmudrā in the "Lower" Buddhist Tantras (30)
      • Mahāmudrā in the Mahāyoga and Yoginī Tantras (34)
    • 2. Mahāmudrā in India: The Mahāsiddhas41
      • The Seven Attainment Texts (42)
      • Saraha: The Essential Trilogy and Beyond (44)
      • Śavaripa and Virūpa (48)
      • Tilopa and Nāropa (51)
      • Maitrīpa and the Practice of Nonmentation (56)
      • A Perfection Vehicle Mahāmudrā? (61)
    • 3. Mahāmudrā in Some Tibetan Renaissance Schools65
      • Transmitting Mahāmudrā to Tibet (63)
      • Atiśa and the Kadam (68)
      • Shiché and Chö (73)
      • Shangpa Kagyü (76)
      • Sakya (78)
      • Nyingma (79)
    • 4. Mahāmudrā in Early Marpa Kagyü83
      • Marpa and Milarepa (83)
      • Rechungpa and Gampopa (87)
      • Gampopa's Successors (92)
      • Shang Rinpoché and the Tsalpa Kagyü (93)
      • Phakmo Drupa Kagyü and Drigung Kagyü (93)
      • Drukpa Kagyü (98)
      • Early Karma Kagyü (101)
    • 5. Mahāmudrā in Later Marpa Kagyü105
      • Sakya Paṇḍita's Critique of Kagyü Mahāmudrā (105)
      • The Third Karmapa, Rangjung Dorjé (107)
      • Great Madhyamaka, Shentong, and the Jonang Tradition (109)
      • The Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries (111)
      • Sixteenth-Century Scholasticism (117)
      • Karma Trinlepa and Pawo Tsuklak Trengwa (117)
      • The Eighth Karmapa and Dakpo Tashi Namgyal (119)
      • Pema Karpo (122)
      • The Ninth Karmapa (124)
      • The State of Kagyü Discourse in 1600 (126)
      • The Kagyü-Geluk Conflict (128)
  • Part 2. Early Geluk Mahāmudrā
    • 6. Tsongkhapa, the Geluk, and Mahāmudrā133
      • Tsongkhapa's Life and Works (134)
      • Tsongkhapa's Secret Teachings (143)
      • From Tsongkhapa to Paṇchen Chögyen, and Back Again (147)
      • Tsongkhapa and Mahāmudrā: A Closer Took (149)
      • Mahāmudrā in Tsongkhapa's Tantric Writings (150)
      • Tsongkhapa's Views of His Contemporaries' Meditation Practices (153)
      • Did Tsongkhapa Teach His Own Mahāmudrā System? (159)
    • 7. From Tsongkhapa to Panchen Chögyen: Khedrup Jé and the Main Line of
          the Hearing Transmission
      165
      • Khedrup Jé (166)
      • Tokden Jampal Gyatso (170)
      • Baso Chökyi Gyaltsen (171)
      • Chökyi Dorjé (172)
      • The Great Ensapa (174)
      • Khedrup Sangyé Yeshé (176)
    • 8. From Tsongkhapa to Panchen Chögyen: Masters Outside the Main Line
          of the Hearing Transmission
      179
      • Gendun Drup, the First Dalai Lama (179)
      • Khedrup Norsang Gyatso (181)
      • Gendun Gyatso, the Second Dalai Lama (184)
      • Paṇchen Sönam Drakpa (187)
      • Sönam Gyatso, the Third Dalai Lama (193)
      • Khöntön Paljor Lhundrup (195)
    • 9. Paṇchen Chögyen in Focus199
      • Paṇchen Chögyen's Life and Works (199)
      • Highway of the Conquerors (202)
      • Lamp So Bright (206)
      • Mahāmudrā Lineage Prayer (215)
      • Like a Treasure Inventory (216)
      • Offering to the Guru (218)
      • Paṇchen Chögyen's Spiritual Songs (226)
      • Why Mahāmudrā? (235)
  • Part 3. Later Geluk Mahāmudrā
    • 10. Paṇchen Chögyen's Successors241
      • The Fifth Dalai Lama (243)
      • Shar Kalden Gyatso (245)
      • Jamyang Shepa (252)
      • Kalsang Gyatso, The Seventh Dalai Lama (254)
    • 11. Yeshé Gyaltsen257
      • Works Focused Mainly on Mahāmudrā (259)
      • Works Focused Mainly on the Madhyamaka View (270)
      • Works Focused Mainly on Guru Yoga (272)
      • Final Remarks (278)
    • 12. Four Later Commentators279
      • Gugé Losang Tenzin (279)
      • Gungthang Könchok Tenpei Drönmé (281)
      • Ngulchu Dharmabhadra (284)
      • Keutsang Losang Jamyang Mönlam (286)
    • 13. Later Lamas from Amdo and Kham291
      • Changkya Rölpai Dorjé (291)
      • Thuken Losang Chökyi Nyima (295)
      • Shabkar Tsokdruk Rangdröl (298)
      • Gyalrong Geshé Tsultrim Nyima (302)
      • Akhu Sherab Gyatso (304)
      • Choné Lama Lodrö Gyatso (306)
      • Losang Dongak Chökyi Gyatso (309)
    • 14. The Twentieth Century and Beyond313
      • Phabongkha Rinpoché (315)
      • Geshé Rabten (319)
      • Geshé Acharya Thubten Loden (321)
      • Gelek Rinpoché (323)
      • Geshé Kelsang Gyatso (327)
      • The Fourteenth Dalai Lama (331)
      • A Note on Recent Tibetan Editions (337)
  • Part 4. Perspectives on Geluk Mahāmudrā
    • 15. Three Issues in Geluk Mahāmudrā341
      • The Name of the Tradition (341)
      • Geluk and Kagyu Mahamudra Compared (346)
      • The Place of Mahāmudrā in Geluk Life (358)
    • 16. Archer Among the Yellow Hats: Geluk Uses of Saraha363
      • Tsongkhapa and Saraha (364)
      • Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Saraha (367)
      • Paṇchen Chögyen and Saraha (369)
      • Khöntön Paljor Lhundrup and Saraha (373)
      • Jamyang Shepa and Saraha (375)
      • Final Remarks (378)
    • 17. The Big Picture: Sixteen Questions381
      • 1. Is There Scriptural Warrant for Mahāmudrā? (382)
      • 2. To Which Dharma Wheel Does Mahāmudrā Belong? (384)
      • 3. Is There Mahāmudrā outside the Tantras? (386)
      • 4. Is Sudden Realization Possible? (389)
      • 5. Can a Single Realization Suffice? (391)
      • 6. Are We All Already Buddhas? (393)
      • 7. What Sort of Negation Is Emptiness? (396)
      • 8. Of What Is Buddha Mind Empty? (399)
      • 9. What Is Serenity and What Is Insight? (402)
      • 10. Is There a Place for Reason in Mahāmudrā? (403)
      • 11. Is There a Place for Devotion in Mahāmudrā? (409)
      • 12. Does Mahāmudrā Transcend Ritual? (412)
      • 13. Is There Room for Ethics in Mahāmudrā? (413)
      • 14. Is Mahāmudrā Expressible? (419)
      • 15. Is All Mahāmudrā Realization the Same? (423)
      • 16. What Is Mind? (427)
  • Part 5. Translations
    • 1. Synopsis of the Spiritual Practice Taught by the Exalted Mañjughoṣa435
      • Tsongkhapa Losang Drakpa
    • 2. Bright Lamp of the Excellent Path: An Excerpt439
      • Kachen Yeshé Gyaltsen
    • 3. Mahāmudrā Lineage Prayer457
    • 4. Highway of the Conquerors469
      • Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen
    • 5. Lamp So Bright481
      • Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen
    • 6. The Hundred Deities of Tuṣita539
      • Dulnakpa Palden Sangpo
    • 7. The Bright Lamp of Mahāmudrā543
      • Khedrup Norsang Gyatso
    • 8. Offering to the Guru567
      • Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen
    • 9. The Crystal Mirror of Tenet Systems: Excerpts597
      • Thuken Losang Chökyi Nyima
    • 10. Poetic Expressions611
      • Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen
  • Appendix A: The Geluk Mahāmudrā Uncommon Proximate Lineage643
  • Appendix B: The Geluk Mahāmudrā Uncommon Distant Lineage645
  • Appendix C: Keutsang Jamyang Mönlam's Outline of Highway of the Conquerors 647
  • Bibliography651
  • Index689
  • About the Author717
Mind at Ease
  • FOREWORD by Khenchen Thrangu xi
  • PREFACE xiii
  • INTRODUCTION xv

PART ONE: FUNDAMENTALS

    • 1 What Is Mahamudra? 3
    • 2 The Importance of Correct View 22
    • 3 The Spiritual Path 32
    • 4 Deluded Mind, Enlightened Mind 51
    • 5 The Four Preliminaries 60
    • 6 The Four Immeasurables 92

PART TWO GROUND MAHAMUDRA

    • 7 Buddha-Nature121

PART THREE: PATH MAHAMUDRA

    • 8 Tranquillity Meditation143
    • 9 Insight Meditation168

PART FOUR: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA

    • 10 The Four Yogas of Mahamudra209
    • 11 On the Spiritual journey225
  • APPENDIX: "PRECIOUS SUN"229
  • NOTES236
  • GLOSSARY239
  • RECOMMENDED READING247
  • TRALEG KYABGON'S CENTERS250
  • INDEX251
Mind in Comfort and Ease
  • Verses of Homage by Kyabjé Trulshik Rinpochevi
  • Foreword by Sogyal Rinpocheix
  • Prefacexv
  • PART ONE:
  • KEY PRINCIPLES OF THE BUDDHADHARMA1
    • 1 Introduction3
    • 2 Transforming the Mind15
    • 3 Appearance and Reality29
    • 4 The Question of Consciousness41
    • 5 Overcoming the Causes of Suffering49
  • PART TWO:
  • FINDING COMFORT AND EASE IN MEDITATION ON THE GREAT PERFECTION69
    • 6 The Ancient Tradition of the Nyingmapas71
    • 7 The Uniqueness of the Great Perfection77
    • 8 The Environment and Places Conducive to Meditation91
    • 9 The Individual Practitioner101
    • 10 Self and Selflessness117
    • 11 Life, Death, and Practice131
    • 12 The Dharma to Be Practiced: The Preliminaries139
    • 13 Bodhichitta, the Heart of the Awakened Mind143
    • 14 Taking the Bodhisattva Vow155
    • 15 The Empowerment of Padmasambhava and His Eight
          Manifestations
      173
    • 16 The Clear Light179
    • 17 A Review of the Teaching193
    • 18 The Wisdom of Rigpa205
  • THE ROOT TEXT
  • Finding Comfort and Ease in Meditation on the Great Perfection
        by Longchen Rabjam
    227
  • Appendix: Historical Perspectives253
  • Notes267
  • Glossary283
  • Bibliography289
  • Acknowledgments299
  • Index301
Mining for Wisdom within Delusion
  • Preface11
  • Introduction13
    • "The five dharmas of Maitreya" and their transmission from India to Tibet 15
    • Various assertions about the nature and the view of the five Maitreya texts
         in the Tibetan tradition
      21
    • The Dharmadharmatāvibhāga and its major topics47
      • The different versions of the text 47
      • A summary of the Dharmadharmatāvibhāga 48
      • The fundamental change52
      • Nonconceptual wisdom 132
    • The commentaries on the Dharmadharmatāvibhāga 149
  • Translations155
    • The Prose Version of The Distinction between Phenomena and the Nature of
         Phenomena
      157
    • The Versified Version of The Distinction between Phenomena and the Nature of
         Phenomena
      163
    • Vasubandhu's Commentary on The Distinction between Phenomena and the
         Nature of Phenomena
      173
    • The Third Karmapa's Ornament That Explains The Treatise on The Distinction
         between Phenomena and the Nature of Phenomena
      199
      • Presentation of the body of the text202
      • The actual topics205
        • Brief introduction205
        • General instruction 205
        • The distinction of both phenomena and the nature of phenomena 205
        • The explanation of the defining characteristic of phenomena 210
        • The defining characteristic of the nature of phenomena 213
        • The manner of being mistaken 214
        • If one does not exist, phenomena and the nature of phenomena are
             not tenable as two
          216
        • Not asserting phenomena and the nature of phenomena as being
             one or different
          217
      • Detailed explanation 219
        • The explanation of comprehending phenomena 219
          • The first three points being as in the brief introduction above 220
          • The matrix of phenomena 221
          • The manner of comprehending the nonexistence of the
            appearance of apprehender and apprehended
            223
        • The explanation of comprehending the nature of phenomena 228
          • Defining characteristic 229
          • The matrix of the nature of phenomena 230
          • The path of preparation 233
          • The path of seeing 236
          • Explanation of the path of familiarization 240
          • The path of completion (arrival) 249
          • Explanation of the fundamental change 250
            • Explanation of the nature of the fundamental change 251
            • Which entities undergo the fundamental change 252
            • The persons who undergo the fundamental change 254
            • Instruction on the distinctive features of the fundamental
                 change
              255
            • Explanation of comprehending the distinctive features of the
                 prerequisites
              256
            • Instruction on the foundation of all this, based on which the
                 fundamental change takes place
              257
            • Explanation of the mental engagement 274
            • Comprehending the training 280
            • Knowing the shortcomings if there were no fundamental
                 change
              292
            • Explanation of comprehending the benefits of there being
                 the fundamental change
              294
      • Explanation through examples and conclusion of the treatise 296
    • Gö Lotsāwa's Commentary on The Distinction between Phenomena and
         the Nature of Phenomena
      301
  • Appendix 1: The Dhāraṇī of Entering Nonconceptuality329
  • Appendix 2: Topical Outline Of OED337
  • Glossary: English–Sanskrit–Tibetan341
  • Glossary: Tibetan–Sanskrit–English345
  • Notes349
  • Bibliography467
  • Index479
Mipam on Buddha-Nature
  • Prefaceix
  • Introductionxi
    • Presence and Absencexii
    • Historical Surveyxvii
    • Monastic Education and the Nonsectarian Movementxx
    • Life and Works of Mipamxxiii
    • Summary of Contentsxxviii
    • The End of the Beginningxxxii
  • Chapter 1. Buddha-Nature and the Unity of the Two Truths1
    • Introduction1
    • Mipam’s Synthesis4
    • Two Truths6
    • Buddha-Nature as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness13
    • Buddha-Nature as the Definitive Meaning20
    • Conclusion26
  • Chapter 2. Middle Way of Prāsaṅgika and Yogācāra27
    • Introduction27
    • Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika28
    • Dialectical Ascent39
    • Foundations of Yogācāra45
    • Prāsaṅgika versus Yogācāra51
    • Conclusion53
  • Chapter 3. The Present Absence55
    • Introduction55
    • Other-Emptiness in the Jonang57
    • Other-Emptiness and the Nyingma: Lochen Dharmaśrī66
    • Another Emptiness? Emptiness of Self/Other71
    • Phenomena and Suchness73
    • De/limiting Emptiness81
    • Emptiness as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness85
    • Conclusion91
  • Chapter 4. Buddha-Nature and the Ground of the Great Perfection93
    • Introduction93
    • Distinguishing the Views on Buddha-Nature94
    • Buddha-Nature as Heritage, Buddha-Nature as the Ground99
    • Appearance and Reality107
    • Conclusion114
  • Chapter 5. The Indivisible Ground and Fruition117
    • Introduction117
    • Establishing Buddha-Nature: The Immanent Buddha118
    • Establishing Appearances as Divine124
    • Buddha-Nature and a Difference Between Sūtra and Mantra131
    • Conclusion139
  • Conclusion141
  • Translations of Primary Texts145
    • Appendix 1. Lion’s Roar: Exposition of Buddha-Nature147
      • Stating Other Traditions149
      • Presenting Our Authentic Tradition153
        • The Meaning of the First Verse "Because the body of the perfect
          Buddha is radiant"
          153
        • The Meaning of the Second Verse "Because thusness is indivisible"159
        • The Meaning of the Third Verse "Because of possessing heritage"162
      • Refuting the View that [the Basic Element] Is Truly Established and Not Empty167
      • Refuting the View that [the Basic Element] Is a Void Emptiness168
      • Refuting the Apprehension of [the Basic Element] as Impermanent and Conditioned170
    • Appendix 2. Notes on the Essential Points of [Mipam’s] Exposition
      [of Buddha-Nature]
      181
  • Notes191
  • Bibliography265
  • Index281
Moonbeams of Mahāmudrā
  • Outlines of Textsix
  • Foreword by His Holiness the Seventeenth Karmapaxxiii
  • Foreword by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpochexxv
  • Translator’s Introductionxxix
  • An Abbreviated Biography of Dakpo Tashi Namgyallxv
  • Moonbeams of Mahāmudrā
    • Introduction3
    • Part One: Common Samādhis13
      • 1. Śamatha and Vipaśyanā15
      • 2. Śamatha47
      • 3. Vipaśyanā63
      • 4. Removing Doubts87
    • Part Two: Uncommon Mahāmudrā111
      • 5. Generating Confidence 113
      • 6. Preliminaries149
      • 7. Mahāmudrā Approaches175
      • 8. Śamatha179
      • 9. Vipaśyanā215
      • 10. Pointing-Out Instructions259
      • 11. Sustaining Mahāmudrā305
      • 12. Eliminating Deviations and Strayings355
      • 13. Enhancement381
      • 14. Realization and the Four Yogas421
      • 15. The Four Yogas in Detail447
    • Colophon485
  • Mahāmudrā: Dispelling the Darkness of Ignorance
    • Introduction491
      • 1. Preliminaries493
      • 2. Main Practices501
        • Śamatha501
        • Vipaśyanā508
      • 3. Conclusion523
  • Abbreviations537
  • Notes539
  • Glossary635
  • Glossary of Enumerations643
  • Translation Equivalents657
  • Tibetan Transliterations683
  • Bibliography693
  • Index729
Mountain Doctrine: Tibet's Fundamental Treatise on Other-Emptiness and the Buddha-Matrix
  • Detailed Outline of the Mountain Doctrinevi
  • Technical Notesxxii
  • Introduction 1
  • MOUNTAIN DOCTRINE, OCEAN OF DEFINITIVE MEANING: FINAL
    UNIQUE QUINTESSENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS
    45
  • OVERVIEW 46
  • PART ONE: THE BASIS 55
  • PART TWO: THE PATH 191
  • PART THREE: THE FRUIT 413
  • CONCLUSION 537
  • ABRIDGED MOUNTAIN DOCTRINE 545
  • ABRIDGED OVERVIEW 547
  • PART ONE ABRIDGED: THE BASIS 553
  • PART TWO ABRIDGED: THE PATH 581
  • PART THREE ABRIDGED: THE FRUIT 683
  • ABRIDGED CONCLUSION 719
  • Detailed Outline in Tibetan 725
  • Backnotes 759
  • List of Abbreviations 782
  • Bibliography 783
  • Index 810
Multivariant Levels of Interpretations on Selected Caryās
  • Approvalii
  • Abstractiii
  • Acknowledgementsiv
  • Dedicationv
  • Abbreviationsvi
  • I. Introduction4
  • II. Comparative Doctrines10
    • 1. Essential ideology10
    • 2. Early Buddhist Schools11
    • 3. Tāntric concepts that stem from Mahāyāna14
      • a. Śūnyatā15
      • b. Prajñā and Upāya17
      • c. The three kāyas19
    • 4. Vajrayāna Buddhism20
      • a. Mantra23
      • b. Mudrā23
      • c. Maṇḍala25
      • d. The three higher classes of tāntra: Mahāyoga27
      • e. Anuyoga/ Mother Tāntra level28
      • f. Mahāmudra30
      • g. The three lower tāntras: Kriyāyoga30
      • h. The Buddhist Cakras31
      • i. Consort Practice34
  • III. History of Buddhism in Bengal38
    • 1. Socio-economic Background38
    • 2. The Rise and fall of Buddhist Dynasties in Bengal41
  • IV. Definitions of Buddha Nature47
    • 1. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory47
      • a. Definition of tathāgatagarbha51
      • b. Tathāgatagarbha as already Buddha55
      • c. Conventional and Higher Truths56
    • 2. The Sahaja Theory57
    • 3. Mahāsukha58
    • 4. Mahāmudrā59
    • 5. The meanings of terms summarized61
  • IV. SANDHABHĀṢĀ (twilight language)62
  • VI. Transliterated Verses of the Caryāgitīs69
    • 1. CARYĀ THREE: A Grog Shop69
      • a. Part One: About the Author: Birūpa69
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and Translations71
      • c. Translations:73
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā :75
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā81
    • 2. CARYĀ NINE: A Mad Elephant83
      • a. Part one: About the author: Kānhā83
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation84
      • c. Translations:86
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:87
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā93
    • 3. CARYĀ THIRTY-SIX: A Carefree Stalwart96
      • a. Part one: About the author: Kṛṣṇācarya96
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation96
      • c. Translations:97
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā :98
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā100
    • 4. CARYĀ FORTY: Futility of Religiosity102
      • a. Part one: About the author: Kāṇhu102
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation102
      • c. Translations:103
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā :103
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā105
    • 5. CARYĀ FORTY-TWO: Life and Death107
      • a. Part one: About the author: Kāha107
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation107
      • c. Translations:107
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:108
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣa109
    • 6. CARYĀ FIFTEEN: A Benighted Traveler111
      • a. Part one: About the author: Śānti111
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation111
      • c. Translations:113
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:116
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā118
    • 7. CARYĀ TWENTY-EIGHT: A Couple of Savara Lovers120
      • a. Part one: About the author: Śavaripa120
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation121
      • c. Translations:122
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā :124
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā129
    • 8. CARYĀ TWENTY-NINE: The Unreal Reality131
      • a. Part one: About the author: Lūipā131
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation131
      • c. Translations:132
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:133
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā134
    • 9. CARYĀ THIRTY: The Rising Moon136
      • a. Part one: About the author: Bhusuku136
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation136
      • c. Translations:137
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:137
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā139
    • 10. CARYĀ THRITY-SEVEN: An Experience of the Innate140
      • a. Part one: About the author: Tāṛakapā140
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation140
      • c. Translations141
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā142
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā144
    • 11. CARYĀ THIRTY-EIGHT: Paddling and towing a boat146
      • a. Part one: About the author: Saraha146
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation147
      • c. Translations:148
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:149
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā150
    • 12. CARYĀ THIRTY-NINE: A Hapless Householder152
      • a. About The Author: Saraha152
      • b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation152
      • c. Translation:154
      • d. Sandhabhāṣā:155
      • e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā157
  • VII. Conclusion159
  • VIII. Bibliography165
Music of the Sphere of Definitive Meaning

PART ONE

  • Mahamudra Prayer of Definitive Meaning1

PART TWO

  • Music of the Sphere of Definitive Meaning9

PART THREE

  • Music of the Speech of Definitive Meaning125
My Heart Is a Golden Buddha
  • Foreword6
  • Introduction10
  • About Daehaeng Kun Sunim13
  • 1. The Four Wives16
  • 2. Dog Meat and the Seon Master22
  • 3. A Greedy Daughter-in-law26
  • 4. Red Bean Porridge32
  • 5. Making a Mirror40
  • 6. Parents' Endless Love44
  • 7. The Man Who Ran Out of Merit54
  • 8. The General's Strange Dream60
  • 9. The Fox that Fell in a Hole64
  • 10. The Man who Became a Cow68
  • 11. Ananda and the Keyhole74
  • 12. Worm Soup80
  • 13. Buckwheat Dumplings86
  • 14. Wonhyo's Awakening92
  • 15. Wisdom Guides the Way96
  • 16. Letting Go102
  • 17. Like a Centipede108
  • 18. All by Yourself112
  • 19. Three Grains of Millet118
  • 20. The Same Dream124
  • 21. The Good for Nothing Son130
  • 22. The Travels of a Seon Master136
  • 23. Even a Tree Understands Gratitude144
  • 24. The Pure-hearted Sculptor148
  • 25. The Scholar and the Regent156
  • 26. Bodhidharma's Sandal162
  • 27. It's Hard to Say168
  • 28. Mother-in-law Saves the Family172
  • 29. The Man with Two Sets of Parents178
  • 30. The King and the Blacksmith184
  • 31. The Examination190
  • 32. Carrying the Sheep on Your Shoulders198
  • 33. True Giving204
ཟབ་མོ་ནང་དོན་དང་རྒྱུད་བརྟག་གཉིས་དང་རྒྱུད་བླ་མའ་བསྟན་བཅོས།
Natural Great Perfection (1995)
  • Preface7
  • Prologue—Free and Easy: A Spontaneous Vajra Song by Lama Gendun Rinpoche11
    • 1. Enlightened Vagabond: An Autobiographical Sketch13
  • Teachings
    • 2. Basic Buddhadharma: A Teaching in the Kingdom of Bhutan31
    • 3. You Are Dzogpa Chenpo: A Teaching on Relative and Absolute
          Bodhicitta at a Two-Month Dzogchen Retreat in America
      56
    • 4. Ground, Path, and Fruition: Mind-Nature Teachings Concerning
          the View, Meditation, and Action of Dzogpa Chenpo, the Innate Great
          Perfection
      69
    • 5. Dzogchen and the Buddhism of Tibet: A Teaching in Cambridge,     Massachusetts83
  • Songs and Commentary
    • 6. The Mirror of Essential Points: A letter in Praise of Emptiness, from
          Khenpo Jamyang Dorje to His Mother
      93
    • 7. Khenpo Comments on "The Mirror of Essential Points: A Letter in Praise
          of Emptiness"
      102
    • 8. The Vajra Mirror of Mindfulness: A Spontaneous Song123
    • 9. Deer Park Retreat125
    • 10. The Song of Illusion: Khenpo Jamyang Dorje's Letter of Instructions to
           His Holiness
      128
    • 11. A Spontaneous Song to My Wife: Sacred Heart Essence of
           Pith Instructions
      134
    • 12. The Essential Meaning151
  • History
    • 13. The Dzogchen Lineage of Nyoshul Khenpo by Lama Surya Das155
  • Glossary187
  • Notes195
  • A Long Life Prayer for Nyoshul Khenpo Rinpoche197
Nibbāna as True Reality beyond the Debate
  • I. INTRODUCTION
    • 1.1 A Historical Introduction1
    • 1.2 Background of the Debate4
      • 1.2.1 Buddhadāsa5
      • 1.2.2 Saṅgharāja (Phae Tissadevo)12
      • 1.2.3 Luang Pho Wat Paknam, Phra Mongkhon Thepmuni (Sot Candasaro)19
      • 1.2.4 P.A. Payutto27
      • 1.2.5 Phra Rajyanvisith29
    • 1.3 The Cause of the Debate31
  • II. NIBBĀNA IS ANATTĀ:
  • PAYUTTO'S DHAMMAKĀYA CASE
    • 2.1 Introduction33
    • 2.2 Payutto's Characterisation of Western Scholarship on Attā/Anattā37
    • 2.3 Payutto on Attā/Anattā41
      • 2.3.1 General41
      • 2.3.2 Sections 1-644
      • 2.3.3 Sections 7 -1150
      • 2.3.4 Sections 12-1560
      • 2.3.5 Sections 16-2472
  • III. NIBBĀNA IS ATTĀ:
  • THE PRINCIPLE OF EXAMINATION OF NIBBĀNA DHĀTU
    • 3.1 Introduction74
    • 3.2 Principle of Examination88
      • 3.2.1 Chapter 4: what is nibbāna?88
      • 3.2.2 Chapter 5: the meaning of anattā97
      • 3.2.3 Chapter 6: the meaning of attā122
      • 3.2.4 Chapter 7: consideration130
  • IV. COMMENTARY
    • 4.1 Patterns in the Background of the Advocators138
    • 4.2 Differences in Basic Understanding140
    • 4.3 Repetition of OldArguments and Canonical Passages145
    • 4.4 NewArguments and References150
    • 4.5 The Perspective of Phra Thamwisutthimongkhon154
    • 4.6 The Context of This Debate157
    • 4.7 Conclusion166
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY173
  • APPENDICES
    • A. Beginning Meditation Practice179
    • B. Phra Rajyanvisith188
    • C. Wat Luang Phor Sodh Dhammakayaram191
    • D. Meditation Retreats in English199
Nirvana Sutra (Yamamoto)
  • Chapter One: IntroductoryV1
  • Chapter Two: On CundaV58
  • Chapter Three: On GriefV93
  • Chapter Four : On Long LifeV136
  • Chapter Five : On the Adamantine BodyV179
  • Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the NameV199
  • Chapter Seven: On the Four AspectsV204
  • Chapter Eight : On the Four DependablesV321
  • Chapter Nine: On Wrong and RightV373
  • Chapter Ten: On the Four TruthsV408
  • Chapter Eleven: On the Four InversionsV413
  • Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the TathagataV417
  • Chapter Thirteen: On LettersV465
  • Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the BirdsV479
  • Chapter Fifteen : On the Parable of the MoonV494
  • Chapter Sixteen: On the BodhisattvaV505
  • Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the CrowdV559
  • Chapter Eighteen: On Actual IllnessV601
  • Chapter Nineteen: On Holy Actions (a)V627
  • Chapter Twenty: On Holy Actions (b)V686
  • Chapter Twenty-One: On Pure Actions (a)V782
  • Chapter Twenty-Two : On Pure Actions (b)V823
  • Chapter Twenty-Three : On Pure Actions (c)V859
  • Chapter Twenty-Four: On Pure Actions (d)V900
  • Chapter Twenty-Five : On Pure Actions (e)V927
  • Chapter Twenty-Six: On the Action of the ChildV944
  • Chapter Twenty-Seven: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (a)V946
  • Chapter Twenty-Eight: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (b)V972
  • Chapter Twenty-Nine: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (c)V994
  • Chapter Thirty : Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (d)V1014
  • Chapter Thirty-One: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (e)V1039
  • Chapter Thirty-Two : Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (f)V1067
  • Chapter Thirty-Three : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (a)V1091
  • Chapter Thirty-Four: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (b)V1116
  • Chapter Thirty-Five : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (c)V1147
  • Chapter Thirty-Six : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (d)V1160
  • Chapter Thirty-Seven : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (e)V1174
  • Chapter Thirty-Eight: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (f)V1199
  • Chapter Thirty-Nine: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (g)V1233
  • Chapter Forty: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (a)V1266
  • Chapter Forty-One : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (b)V1302
  • Chapter Forty-Two : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (c)V1337
  • Chapter Forty-Three : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (d)V1365
  • Chapter Forty-Four: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (e)V1369
  • Chapter Forty-Five: On Kaundinya (a)V1404
  • Chapter Forty-Six: On Kaundinya (b)V1438
No River to Cross
  • Forewordix
  • Editor's Introductionxi
  • A Brief Biography of Daehaeng Kun Sunimxiii
  • PART ONE: PRINCIPLES
  • Chapter 1: Fundamental Questions3
    • Who Am I?3
    • What Is Buddha?4
    • What Is Buddha-nature?5
    • What Is Buddha-Dharma?6
    • What Is Buddhism?6
  • Chapter 2: Eternal Truth9
    • Hanmaum9
    • Juingong10
    • My True Reality12
    • Non-Duality15
    • Cause and Effect16
    • The Principle of Evolution19
    • The Essence of Truth22
  • Chapter 3: Mind and Science25

PART TWO: CULTIVATING MIND

  • Chapter 4: The Essence of Mind31
    • What Is Mind?31
    • The Profound Ability of Mind33
    • The Thoughts that We Give Rise To34
  • Chapter 5: Belief Is the Key39
  • Chapter 6: Entrust and Observe41
    • Entrust and Let Go of Everything41
    • How to Let Go47
    • The Virtue and Merit of Letting Go49
    • Unceasing Practice51
    • Gwan (Observing)56
  • Chapter 7: Enlightenment59
    • The Path to Awakening59
    • Seeing Your Inherent Nature60
    • Becoming a Buddha62
    • Nirvana63
    • The Middle Path64
    • The Virtue and Merit of Awakening65
  • PART THREE: APPLYING THE PRINCIPLE OF ONE MIND
  • Chapter 8: The Essence of Buddhism Lies in Applying and Experiencing69
  • Chapter 9: Practice in Daily Life71
    • Life Itself Is Dharma71
    • Handling Difficulties and Suffering72
    • Illness73
    • Money and Prosperity75
    • Family76
    • True Love78
    • Happiness and Harmony78
  • Chapter 10: Religion and Daily Life81
    • Teachers and Learning the Path81
    • Bowing82
    • Keeping the Precepts84
    • Sutras85
    • Reciting the Buddha's Name and Chanting Sutras87
    • One With Your Ancestors87
    • True Giving89
    • Fate and Destiny90
    • Believing in Outer Powers91
    • Religious Conflict92
  • Glossary93
  • A Note about the Current Text99
  • Notes101
Not Always So
  • Introductionvii
  • Shikantaza: Living Fully in Each Moment
    • Calmness of Mind5
    • Express Yourself Fully8
    • Freedom from Everything12
    • Jumping off the 100-Foot Pole16
    • Changing Our Karma21
    • Enjoy Your Life25
    • Walk like an Elephant29
  • Letters from Emptiness
    • Letters from Emptiness35
    • Brown Rice is just Right40
    • The Zen of Going to the Rest Room42
    • Caring for the Soil47
    • Everyday Life is like a Movie49
    • Resuming Big Mind53
    • Ordinary Mind, Buddha Mind58
  • Practicing Zen
    • Supported from Within65
    • Open Your Intuition69
    • Find Out for Yourself72
    • Be Kind with Yourself77
    • Respect for Things81
    • Observing the Precepts85
    • Pure Silk, Sharp Iron89
  • Not Always So
    • Not Always So95
    • Direct Experience of Reality99
    • True Concentration103
    • Wherever l Go, l Meet Myself107
    • The Boss of Everything111
    • Sincere Practice115
    • One with Everything120
  • Wherever You Are, Enlightenment is There
    • Wherever You Are, Enlightenment is There127
    • Not Sticking to Enlightenment131
    • The Teaching Just for You134
    • Stand Up by the Ground139
    • Just Enough Problems143
    • Sun-Faced Buddha, Moon-Faced Buddha146
    • Sitting like a Frog151
  • Notes about Editing the Lectures155
  • Further Reading159
  • Acknowledgments161
Nyoraizō to Busshō
  • Chapter 1 Toward a New Understanding of Buddha's Thought of Buddha (Masahiro Shimoda)
  • Revisiting Chapter 2 "Buddha of Nyorai"--Focusing on the Nine Metaphors of Buddha (Michael Zimmermann)
  • Chapter 3 Declaration of Buddha-- -Nirvana Sutra (Hiromi width width)
  • Chapter 4 Development of Buddha nature-Maruka Nakao and Daiho drum (Takayasu Suzuki)
  • Chapter 5 Development of the theory of treasure (Kazuo Kano)
  • Chapter 6 Nyorai and Sora (Shiro Matsumoto)
  • Chapter 7 Nirvana and East Asia (Fujii Norio)
  • Chapter 8 Defining Anxiety and Perception--The Origins of Two Disorders of Intuition and Nyoraizo (Charles Muller)
Nyoraizō to Daijō kishinronTable of Contents Unavailable
On Being Buddha
  • Foreward by Frank E. Reynoldsxiii
  • Prefacexvii
  • Acknowledgementsxxi
  • Chapter One: The Doctrinal Study of Doctrine
  • 1.0 Prolegomena1
  • 1.1 Primary Doctrines6
  • 1.2 Secondary Doctrines12
    • 1.2.1 Rules of Recognition and Patterns of Derivation12
    • 1.2.2 Rules of Interpretation and Combination20
  • 1.3 The Doctrinal Uses of Primary Doctrines21
  • 1.4 Applying the Theory23
  • Chapter Two: Buddhist Doctrine
  • 2.0 Prolegomena27
  • 2.1 The Doctrinal Digests27
  • 2.2 The Authority of the Doctrinal Digests33
  • 2.3 The Content and Subject-Matter of the Doctrinal Digests41
  • 2.4 The Goals of the Doctrinal Digests43
  • 2.5 Theories of Doctrine in the Doctrinal Digests46
    • 2.5.1 Rules of Recognition46
    • 2.5.2 Rules of Interpretation51
  • Chapter Three: Buddhalogical Doctrine
  • 3.0 Prolegomena57
  • 3.1 Buddhalogy and Maximal Greatness58
  • 3.2 Titles and Epithets of Buddha60
  • 3.3 Properties of Buddha66
  • 3.4 Analytical and Organizational Schemata75
  • 3.5 Metaphysical Embeddedness and Systematic Location82
  • Chapter Four: Buddha in the World
  • 4.0 Prolegomena87
  • 4.1 The Buddha-Legend87
  • 4.2 Bodies of Magical Transformation90
  • 4.3 Buddha's Perfections of Appearance in the World97
  • 4.4 Buddha's Perfections of Action in the World101
    • 4.4.1 Spontaneity and Effortlessness103
    • 4.4.2 Endlessness and Omnipresence107
    • 4.4.3 Excursus: Buddha's Consumption of Food110
  • 4.5 Buddha's Perfections of Cognition in the World115
    • 4.5.1 Omnilinguality116
    • 4.5.1 Awareness of What Is Possible and What Is Impossible118
  • 4.6 One Body of Magical Transformation at a Time? A Controversy119
  • Chapter Five: Buddha in Heaven
  • 5.0 Prolegomena127
  • 5.1 Ornamenting Heaven128
  • 5.2 Bodies of Communal Enjoyment134
  • Chapter Six: Buddha in Eternity
  • 6.0 Prolegomena147
  • 6.1 Epistemic Predicates151
    • 6.1.1 Awareness Simpliciter151
    • 6.1.2 Buddha's Awareness153
  • 6.2 Metaphysical Predicates173
  • Chapter Seven: Doctrinal Criticism
  • Doctrinal Criticism181
  • Notes203
  • Glossary229
  • Bibliography233
  • Index253
On Supreme Bliss: A Study of the History and Interpretation of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra
  • 1. The Study of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra: Contextualizing the Tantric1
    • 1. "Tantrism" and Colonialism9
    • 2. Defining "Tantrism" and the Tantric25
    • 3. Tantrism in Context
      • 1. Non-Origins39
      • 2. Buddhist Origins45
      • 3. Hindu Origins53
  • 2. Passion, Compassion and Self-Mastery: Approaches to Tantric Buddhism65
    • 1. Purity66
    • 2. Transformation and Perfection
      • 1. The Alchemy of Passion and Compassion86
      • 2. Union and Self-Consecration95
    • 3. The Way of Great Bliss
      • 1. Joy and Asceticism103
      • 2. Transgression and Self-Mastery
        • 1. Interpretation and Ambiguity113
        • 2. The Logic of Mastery128
    • 4. Concluding Models147
  • 3. Competing Discourses in Theory and Practice152
    • 1. The Discourse on Varṇa
      • 1. Hegemonic and Counter-Hegemonic Ideologies153
      • 2. Myth, Counter-myth and Ritual161
      • 3. On Dissent, Protest and Counter-Culture: Resistance or
            Reproduction?
        178
    • 2. The Practice of Dissent
      • 1. Heresies193
      • 2. Renunciation and Liminality
        • 1. Liminal Persons200
        • 2. Liminal Places223
    • 3. Cosmic Mastery: Visions of Authority Within and Beyond the World
      • 1. Cosmology and Awakening240
      • 2. The Collapse of Time and Space in the Maṇḍala250
      • 3. Mastery in and of the World
        • 1. The Guru, the King and the Maṇḍala262
        • 2. Lineage and the Transmission of Alternate Modes of
             Authority
          280
  • 4. Revelation and Taxonomy: Categorizing Tantric Literature293
    • 1. Modes of Tantric Discourse
      • 1. Primary Revelation299
      • 2. Primary Exegesis303
      • 3. Secondary Revelation309
      • 4. Secondary Exegesis313
    • 2. Tantric Doxography
      • 1. Compilations314
      • 2. Classification Schemes319
    • 3. Tantric Taxonomy and Early Medieval Indian Society348
  • 5. Tantric Historiography
    • 1. Traditional Histories364
    • 2. Modem Chronologies389
  • 6. The Cakrasaṃvara Tantra and the Origins of Heruka
    • 1. The Texts of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
      • 1. Description of Texts 431
      • 2. Survey of Contents438
    • 2. A Geneology of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra
      • 1. Buddhist Sources446
      • 2. Hindu Sources464
    • 3. Heruka
      • 1. The Origin of Heruka473
      • 2. The Purification of Heruka496
  • Bibliography: Primary Sources505
  • Bibliography: Secondary Sources525
  • Appendix A: An Edition of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra, Chapters One to Four588
  • Appendix B: A Translation of the Cakrasrupvara TantTai Chapters One to
                         Four
    614
  • Appendix C: Tsongkhapa's Total Illumination of the Hidden Meaning, Ch. 1-4622
  • Appendix D: Sumatikīrti's Laghusaṃvaratantrapaṭalābhisandhi760
  • Appendix E: Cakrasamvara Lineage Lists765
Original Enlightenment and the Transformation of Medieval Japanese Buddhism
  • Charts and Illustrationsix
  • Prefacexi
  • Acknowledgmentsxv
  • Abbreviations and Conventionsxix

Part One: Perspectives and Problems
  • Chapter One: What Is "Original Enlightenment Thought"?3
  • Chapter Two: Tendai Hongaku Thought and the New Kamakura
          Buddhism: Rival Theories
    55

Part Two: The World of Medieval Tendai
  • Chapter Three: The Culture of Secret Transmission97
  • Chapter Four: Hermeneutics, Doctrine, and "Mind-Contemplation"153
  • Chapter Five: Tendai Hongaku Thought and the New Kamakura
          Buddhism: A Reappraisal
    190

Part Three: Nichiren and His Successors
  • Chapter Six: Nichiren and the New Paradigm239
  • Chapter Seven: Hokke-Tendai Interactions and the
          Emergence of a Nichiren Hongaku Discourse
    300
  • Conclusion356
  • Notes369
  • Character Glossary461
  • Bibliography481
  • Index523
Ornament of Precious Liberation (Holmes)
  • Foreword by His Holiness the Karmapa vii
  • Editor’s Preface ix
  • Translator’s Introduction 1


  • Ornament of Precious Liberation: A Wish-Fulfilling Gem of Sublime Dharma
  • Gampopa Sonam Rinchen (1079–1153)
    • Author’s Preface 11
  • I. The Prime Cause
    • 1. Buddha Nature 15
  • II. The Basis
    • 2. A Precious Human Existence25
  • III. The Condition
    • 3. Relying on the Dharma Master 37
  • IV. The Means:
  • The Dharma Master’s Instruction
    • 4. The Impermanence of Conditioned Existence 47
    • 5. The Suffering of Samsara 59
    • 6. Karma and Its Effects 77
    • 7. Loving Kindness and Compassion 89
    • 8. Taking Refuge 99
    • 9. The Proper Adoption of Bodhicitta 111
    • 10. Precepts for Generating Aspiring Bodhicitta 145
    • 11. Presentation of the Six Perfections 151
    • 12. The Perfection of Generosity 155
    • 13. The Perfection of Moral Discipline 169
    • 14. The Perfection of Forbearance 181
    • 15. The Perfection of Diligence 191
    • 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration 199
    • 17. The Perfection of Wisdom 215
    • 18. The Presentation of the (Five) Paths 247
    • 19. The Presentation of the Levels 253
  • V. The Result
    • 20. The Bodies of Perfect Buddhahood 275
  • VI. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas
    • 21. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas 291


  • Notes 297
  • Glossary 319
  • Bibliography 331
  • Index 341
  • About the Contributors357
Ornament of Stainless Light
  • General Editor's Prefacexiii
  • Translator's Introduction1
  • Technical Note19

ORNAMENT OF STAINLESS LIGHT An Exposition of the Outer, Inner, and Other Kālacakra

  • Introduction
    • Compilation of the Root and Condensed Tantra25
    • The Primordial Mind and Body53
  • Part 1. The External World
    • The Three Themes of Kālacakra Tantra75
    • The Formation of the External World and Its Dimensions79
    • The Inhabitants of This World91
    • The Stars and the Planets105
    • Resolving Contradictions between Kālacakra and Abhidharma Cosmology145
  • Part 2. The Inner World of Sentient Beings
    • The Development of the Body161
    • Channels, Winds, and Drops177
    • Discrepancies between Kālacakra and Other Tantras195
  • Part 3. Initiations
    • Qualifications of Master and Disciple211
    • Description of the Mandala225
    • The Initiations231
    • The Seven Childhood Initiations243
    • The Four Higher Initiations247
    • The Higher-than-High Initiations257
  • Part 4. Sādhana: Methods of Accomplishment
    • The Two Stages271
    • The Generation Stage277
    • The Two Accumulations281
    • The Body Vajra285
    • Analysis of the Colors of the Lunar-Day Deities303
    • Resolving Doubts Concerning the Process of Generation317
    • The Speech Vajra341
    • The Mind Vajra369
    • The Gnosis Vajra375
  • Part 5. Gnosis: The Completion Stage
    • The Six-Branched Yoga391
    • Withdrawal: Night Yoga411
    • Withdrawal: Day Yoga439
    • The Yoga of Meditative Absorption461
    • Prāṇāyāma: The Yoga of the Winds475
    • Vajra Recitation483
    • Vase Yoga495
    • The Yoga of Retention513
    • The Yoga of Recollection523
    • The Yoga of Meditative Concentration553
    • The Fruits of the Two Stages585

APPENDIXES

    • Table of Tibetan Transliteration595
    • Enumerations Mentioned in the Text598
    • Time Measurement602
    • Linear Measurement604
    • Kālacakra Word-Numerals605
    • Approximation and Accomplishment in the Six-Branched Yoga610
    • The Six Elements and the Inner World611
    • Diagram: The Kālacakra World Realm615
    • Diagram: The Sun's Path over the Earth and Water Mandalas616
  • Notes617
  • Glossary673
  • Bibliography681
    • Works Cited by the Author681
    • Kangyur (Canonical Scriptures)681
    • Tengyur (Canonical Treatises)683
    • Tibetan Works688
    • Works Consulted by the Translator 691
  • Index693
  • About the Contributors709
Ornament of the Great Vehicle Sūtras
  • Translators’ Introduction vii
  • Ornament of the Great Vehicle Sūtras 1
  • Title and Translator’s Homage 4
    • 1. How the Scripture Was Composed 5
    • 2. Establishing the Teachings of the Great Vehicle 21
    • 3. Going for Refuge 41
    • 4. Potential 59
    • 5. Developing the Enlightened Mind 77
    • 6. Practice 109
    • 7. Reality 125
    • 8. Power 145
    • 9. Full Maturation 157
    • 10. Enlightenment 181
    • Summary of Chapters 1 through 10 261
    • 11. Inspiration 265
    • 12. Investigation of the Dharma 285
    • 13. Teaching 397
    • 14. Practice 429
    • 15. Practical Instructions and Advice 453
    • Summary of Chapters 11 through 15 489
    • 16. Skillful Means 491
    • 17. Transcendences and Means of Attraction 497
    • 18. Worship, Reliance, and the Immeasurables 571
    • 19. The Factors That Accord with Enlightenment 639
    • 20. The Qualities 777
    • 21. Activity and Perfection 863
    • Colophons 927
  • Appendix: A Visual Representation of Mipham’s Topical Outline 931
  • Notes 963
  • English-Tibetan Glossary 969
  • Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary 977
  • Bibliography 987
  • Index 991
Our Human Potential
  • Translator's Prefacevii
    • 1. The Buddhist Analytical Attitude1
    • 2. The Situation of Cyclic Existence17
    • 3. The Psychology of Cyclic Existence37
    • 4. More about Consciousness and Karma55
    • 5. Cessation and Buddha Nature79
    • 6. Paths and the Utilization ofBliss101
    • 7. Techniques for Meditation121
    • 8. Altruism139
    • 9. Valuing Enemies161
    • 10. Wisdom181
  • Notes203
  • Bibliography219
  • Books by the Dalai Lama233
  • Index235
Path to Buddhahood: Teachings on Gampopa's Jewel Ornament of Liberation
    • Foreword xi
    • Preface xv
    • Acknowledgments xix
    • Homage to Manjushri xxi
    • Introduction 1
  • 1. THE CAUSE: Buddha Nature 7
  • 2. THE BASIS: A Precious Human Life 15
  • 3. THE CONDITION: The Spiritual Friend 23
    • Why We Need a Spiritual Friend 24
    • The Different Categories of Spiritual Friends 25
    • The Qualities of Ordinary Spiritual Friends 26
    • The Master-Disciple Relationship 27
    • Receiving the Teachings in the Right Way 29
  • 4. THE METHOD: The Instructions of the Spiritual Friend 37
    • First Antidote: Contemplating Impermanence 32
    • Second Antidote 37
      • Contemplating the Misery of Samsara 37
      • Understanding Karma 44
    • Third Antidote: Love and Compassion 50
      • The Development of Loving-Kindness 51
      • The Development of Compassion 60
    • Fourth Antidote: Bodhichitta 64
      • The Bodhichitta of Aspiration 67
        • Refuge 67
        • Taking Refuge in the Buddha 68
        • Taking Refuge in the Dharma 70
        • Taking Refuge in the Sangha 70
        • The Three Kayas 72
        • The Refuge Ceremony 74
      • The Bodhichitta of Commitment 76
      • The Bodhisattva Vows 76
      • Instructions for Developing the Bodhichitta of Commitment: The Six Paramitas 80
        • First Paramita: Generosity 82
        • Second Paramita: Ethics or Right Conduct 87
        • Third Paramita: Forbearance 88
        • Fourth Paramita: Diligence 93
        • Fifth Paramita: Meditation 99
        • Sixth Paramita: Wisdom 108
      • The Five Levels of the Bodhisattva Path 138
        • Accumulation 139
        • Integration 140
        • Insight 141
        • Meditation 142
        • Complete Accomplishment 142
      • The Ten Bodhisattva Levels 143
  • 5. THE RESULT: Perfect Buddhahood149
  • 6. The Activities of a Buddha 163


  • Conclusion 169
  • Dedication of Merit 171
  • Notes 173
  • Index 179
Perfect or Perfected? Rongtön on Buddha-Nature
  • Forewordvii
  • Preface and Acknowledgmentsix
  • I - Translator's Introduction: The Doctrine of Buddha-nature1
    • Overview1
    • Sources4
      • The Sutras4
      • The Sastras8
  • The Ratnagotravibhaga11
    • The Text of the Ratnagotravibhaga11
    • The Question of the Authorship of the Ratnagotravibhaga12
    • The Ratnagotravibhaga in India13
    • The Ratnagotravibhaga in Tibet15
      • The Analytical School of Loden Sherab15
      • The Meditative School of Tsen Khaboche19
    • Previous Studies and the Aim of the Present work20
  • Rongton and His Presentation of Buddha-nature22
    • A Brief Biography of Rongton Sheja Kiinrig22
    • Rongton's Presentation of Buddha-nature23
      • Introduction23
      • The Buddha Qualities and the Dharmakaya26
      • The Dhatu as a Cause28
      • The Gotra and the Luminous Nature of the Mind29
      • Rongton and the Ratnagotravibhagavyakhya33
      • Summary34
    • Notes on the Translation35
  • II - Translation: An Extensive Exposition of the Dhatu: All Sentient Beings Have Buddha-Nature37
  • Determining the Dhatu by Means of a Tenfold Presentation44
    • Essential nature and cause44
    • Result and function50
    • Connection62
    • Manifestation65
    • States67
    • All-pervasiveness69
    • Immutability71
    • Inseparable qualities97
  • Summary106
  • Appendix: Detailed Outline of the Commentary107
  • Glossary113
  • Tibetan Names and Places125
  • Bibliography129
  • Index137
Philosophy, Grammar, and Indology: Essays in Honour of Professor Gustav Roth
    • Prefacev
    • Bio-data of Dr. phil., Dr. h.c. Gustav Rothxi
    • Bibliography of Professor Gustav Rothxxi
  • 1. Sibjiban Bhattacharya: Meaning and Scepticism: Some Indian Themes and Theories1
  • 2. S.S. Barlingay: The Grammar of (Indian) Moral Concepts21
  • 3. Rajendra P. Pandey: Language and Significance37
  • 4. G.L. Pandit: Rediscovering Indian Philosophy: Out of Text and Into Text41
  • 5. K.N.Tiwari: Logicalism and Anthropocentrism in Linguistic Meaning53
  • 6. P.R. Bhat: Philosophical Problems and Language in Wittgenstein61
  • 7. N.K. Devaraja: Self and Freedom: The Vedantic and Phenomenological Perspectives79
  • 8. Arvind Kumar Rai: The Positive Dimension of Śunyatā in Nāgārjuna87
  • 9. Vijay Bharadwaja: Svadharma and Mokṣa: A Critique95
  • 10. Deepkant Prasad: The Concept of Justification and Svataḥprāmāṇya-
         Parataḥprāmāṇya Debate
    103
  • 11. R.I. Ingalalli: Pramanya (Validity of Knowledge)143
  • 12. Raghunath Ghosh: Some Problems Concerning the Comprehension of Meaning157
  • 13. Tulsi Ram Kanaujia: Heterogeneity of Arthāpatti165
  • 14. Rajesh Kumar Jha: Advaitism as Revealed in the Saudarya-laharī of Śaṃkara85
  • 15. Ramesh Kumar Sharma: Reality of the External World: Yoga vs.
         Buddhist Idealism
    221
  • 16. H. S. Prasad: Śāntideva on Roots and Resolutions of Violence233
  • 17. Hajime Nakamura: Buddhist Influence as is Noticed in the Fourth Chapter of the
         Gauḍapādīya-Kārikā-s
    241
  • 18. Harsh Narain: Nibbāna: Extinction or Emancipation259
  • 19. N.H. Samtani: Mahāyāna Elements in Thai Buddhism267
  • 20. S.C. Goswami: The Monistic Absolute of the Uttaratantra and Modem Science275
  • 21. Sanghasen Singh: On the Restoration of the Śrīghanācārasaṃgraha283
  • 22. K.T.S. Sarao: Did the Buddha Really Belong to the Sixth-fifth Century B.C.303
  • 23. Hisashi Matsumura: A Story of Seeking after the Dharma and a Verse on
         Impermanence-Another Mahāyāna Element in Sri Lanka Literature
    319
  • 24. K.R. Norman: The Nasalisation of Vowels in Middle Indo-Aryan331
  • 25. Georg von Simson: Gaṇeśa and Vṛtra339
  • 26. Utz Podzeit: Indian Manuscripts in Vienna351
  • 27. Lokesh Chandra & Sudarshan Devi Singhal: Avalokiteśvara in Tun-Huang
         Painting
    359
  • 28. Chandra B. Varma: A Translator's Approach with Reference to the
         Abhidhammatthasaṅgahasarūpa
    373
  • 29. T.S. Rukmani: Upaniṣadic Philosophy and the Pañcakośa Concept
         Compared with Recent Humanistic Psychology in the West
    383
  • 30. S.C. Goswami: Complementarity of Opposites: The Undercurrent of Upaniṣadic
         Thought
    389
  • 31. V.N. Jha: Jayanta on Prātibhajñāna399
  • 32. Keshab Chandra Dash: Pronominal Reference and Inferential Mechanism in Micro-
         Structural Representation
    403
  • 33. K. Maheswaran Nair: On the Hindu Thinking on Conversion to Buddhism in
         Kerala
    413
  • 34. Ashok Kumar Goswami: Contributions of Anundoram Borooah to Sanskrit423
  • 35. List of Contributors 437
Plants in Early Buddhism and the Far Eastern Idea of the Buddha-Nature of Grasses and Trees
  • Preface9
  • Technical Remarks17

  • Pt. I: Reconsidering the Status of Plants in Early Buddhism19
  • 1. Plants as a Borderline Case between Sentient and Insentient19
  • 2. Alternative Proposals30
  • 3. Plants as Living Beings with One Sense-Faculty in the Vinaya36
    • Philological Excursus on the phrase 'jīvasaññino manussā rukkhasmiṁ' (§ 16)42
  • 4. Plants as Insentient Living Beings (Fujimoto)48
  • 5. Additional Arguments for the Sentience of Plants Revisited58
    • 5.1. Findly's Arguments58
    • 5.1.1. Additional Passages Referring to Plants as Sentient Beings59
    • 5.1.2. Additional Arguments for Plants Possessing the Sense of Touch65
    • 5.1.3. Arguments for Plants as Complex Sentient Beings69
    • 5.2. Okada's Arguments for Plants as Sentient Beings76
    • 5.2.1 Tree Deities and Numinous Trees77
    • 5.2.2. Plants Reacting to Extraordinary Events84
    • 5.3 Résumé89
  • 6. Plants as Saintly Beings?89
    • 6.1 Discussion of Findly's Arguments90
    • 6.2. Systematic difficulties94
  • 7. Résumé98

  • Pt. II: The Problem of the Relationship between the Idea of the Buddha-Nature
        of Grasses and Trees and Early Buddhism
    101
  • Pt. II.A: The Question of Textual Continuity103
    • Excursus: Remarks on 'Buddha-nature' (§ 53)106
  • 1. General Passages122
    • 1.1 Gaṇḍavyūhasūtra: Maitreya's Palace123
    • 1.2. Sāgaramatiparipṛcchā124
    • 1.3. Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra (1): *Ayuṣparivarta129
    • 1.4. Viṁśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi136
    • 1.5. Buddhāvataṁsaka (1): Cittamātra Passages140
    • 1.5.1. Daśabhūmika-sūtra VI141
    • 1.5.2. 'Verses Recited in the Palace of Suyāma'148
    • 1.5.3. The 'Chapter on Religious Practice'160
    • 1.6. Vimalakīrti-nirdeśa161
    • 1.7. Buddhāvataṁsaka (2): 'Eulogies on Mount Sumeru'163
    • 1.8. Saddharmapuṇḍarīka: Oṣadhiparivarta167
    • 1.9. Résumé168
  • 2. Specific passages169
    • 2.1. Dharmadhātu-prakṛty-asaṁbheda-nirdeśa170
    • 2.2. Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra (2): 'Chapter on Religious Practice'176
    • 2.3. 'Amitābha-sūtra' 185
    • 2.4. Buddhāvataṁsaka (3): Samantabhadracaryā-nirdeśa189
    • 2.4.1. First Explanation197
    • 2.4.2. Second Explanation201
    • 2.4.3. Third Explanation224
    • 2.4.4. Conclusions Regarding the Buddhāvataṁsaka226
    • 2.5. Résumé238
  • Pt. II.B: An Attempt at a Structural Comparison241
  • 1. Facets of the Far Eastern Idea of the 'Buddha-Nature of Grasses and Trees'
       and their Indian Background
    247
    • 1.1. Buddha-Nature as the Essential Nature of Plants249
    • 1.2. The Buddha-Nature of Plants as Experienced by Awakened Beings275
    • 1.3. The Omnipresence of Vairocana280
    • 1.4. Plants Miraculously Transformed into Buddhas290
    • 1.5. Plants Becoming Buddhas292
  • 2. New Aspects of the Buddha-Nature and Sentience of Plants in Japanese
       Buddhism
    294
  • 3. The Question of Practical Consequences308
  • 4. Résumé322
  • Conclusion327
  • Abbreviations329
  • References341
  • Index367
Poetic Thought, the Intelligent Universe, and the Mystery of Self: The Tantric Synthesis of rDzogs Chen in Fourteenth Century Tibet
Part I: Introduction
  • Acknowledgmentsiii
  • Forewordvi
  • Abstractviii
  • Dedicationxi
  • Introduction1
  • Chapter One: Overview of the Great Perfection3
  • Chapter Two: The Corpus of Longchenpal0
  • Chapter Three: The Seventeen Tantras39
  • Chapter Four: The Essentials of the Great Perfection in Eleven Adamantine Topics51
  • Chapter Five: The First Adamantine Topic: the Ground and Ground-presencing60
  • Chapter Six: The Second Adamantine Topic: the Process of Straying68
  • Chapter Seven: The Third Adamantine Topic: the Enlightened Nucleus Pervading all
    Living Beings
    77
  • Chapter Eight: The Fourth Adamantine Topic: the Location of Primordial Gnosis
    within Us
    83
  • Chapter Nine: The Fifth Adamantine Topic: the Pathways of Primordial Gnosis
    Within Us
    90
  • Chapter Ten: The Sixth Adamantine Topic: the Gateways of Primordial Gnosis
    Within Us
    95
  • Chapter Eleven: The Seventh Adamantine Topic: the Objective Sphere of Primordial
    Gnosis' Shining Forth
    109
  • Chapter Twelve: The Eighth Adamantine Topic: Contemplatively Taking Primordial
    Gnosis into your own Experience
    114
  • Chapter Thirteen: The Ninth Adamantine Topic: the Signs and Measures of
    Contemplative Realization
    128
  • Chapter Fourteen: The Tenth Adamantine Topic: Dying and Post-death
    Opportunities in the Intermediate States
    130
  • Chapter Fifteen: The Eleventh Adamantine Topic: the Fruit of Buddhahood as the
    Universe's Self-Exploration comes to a Climax in the Enlightenment Experience
    135


Part II: Translation of Longchenpa's "Treasury of Words and Meanings"
  • Introduction139
  • Chapter One: The Ground, Ground-presencing, and Liberation of the Totally
    Positive One
    143
  • Chapter Two: Straying into Fictive Existence and the Structure of the Consequently Neuroticized Existence Therein175
  • Chapter Three: How Enlightened Energy "Buddhahood" Continues to Holistically
    Pervade all Living Beings
    214
  • Chapter Four: This Gnostic Energy's Presence and Location in Human Existence231
  • Chapter Five: This Gnostic Energy's Pathways in Human Existence261


Part III: Annotation-Commentary to Longchenpa's
"Treasury of Words and Meanings"
  • Introduction277
  • Chapter One289
  • Chapter Two395
  • Chapter Tnree557
  • Chapter Four604
  • Chapter Five704
  • Mini-encyclopedia of Terminology807
  • Glossary: Tibetan tenns with English translations965
  • Abbreviations of Titles Used in the Thesis983
  • Bibliography of Secondary Literature985
  • Bibliography of Reference Materials992
  • Bibliography of Texts in Sanskrit and Tibetan993
Prajñāpāramitā, Indian "gzhan stong pas", and the Beginning of Tibetan gzhan stong
  • Preface7
  • Introduction9
  • 1. The Indian texts
    • 1.1. The exegetical source for the three natures in the prajñāpāramitā sūtras: the "Maitreya Chapter"19
    • 1.2. Vasubandhu and Sthiramati on the three kinds of phenomena in the
      "Maitreya Chapter" and the three natures
      24
    • 1.3. The Bṛhattīkā26
    • 1.4. The Āmnāyanusāriṇī47
    • 1.5. The Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā116
    • 1.6. Other Indian commentaries on the prajñāpāramitā sūtras and the AA122
    • 1.7. Ratnākaraśanti's Prajñāpāramitopadeśa, Madhyamakālaṃkāropadeśa, Madhyamakālaṃkāravṛtti, and Sūtrasamuccayabhāṣya133
    • 1.8. Vinītadeva's Triṃśikaṭīkā on 25a158
    • 1.9. Sajjana's Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa160
  • 2. The transmission of the five works of Maitreya and early gzhan stong in Tibet163
  • 3. Early gzhan stong texts in Tibet
    • 3.1. Kun dga' grol mchog's synopsis of Btsan kha bo che's gzhan stong175
    • 3.2. The Ye shes kyi 'jog sa180
    • 3.3. The Theg chen rgyud bla ma'i gdams pa192
  • 4. Conclusion195
  • Abbreviations199
  • Bibliography199
Presenting Japanese Buddhism to the West
        • Introduction: Japan in Chicago1
  • Chapter 1. Japan Faces the West16
  • Chapter 2. Manifest Destiny: Christianity and American Imperialism45
  • Chapter 3. The Rules of the Parliament: Securing the Truth65
  • Chapter 4. Alterity: Buddhism as the "Other" of Christianity85
  • Chapter 5. Buddhism and Modernity in Meiji Japan115
  • Chapter 6. Buddhist Revival and Japanese Nationalism137
  • Chapter 7. Deploying Western Authority I: Henry Steel Olcott in Japan155
  • Chapter 8. Buddhism and Treaty Revision: The Chicago Project172
  • Chapter 9. Defining Eastern Buddhism198
  • Chapter 10. Paul Carus: Buddhism and Monist Mission222
  • Chapter 11. Deploying Western Authority II: Carus in Translation245
  • Chapter 12. From Eastern Buddhism to Zen: A Postscript259
        • Notes279
        • Bibliography323
        • Index345
Prince Shōtoku's Commentary on the Śrīmālā Sutra
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword, MAYEDA Sengakuvii
  • Publisher's Foreword, John R. McRaeix
  • Translator's Introduction, Mark W. Dennisxiii
  • Conventions for the Translationxix
  • Prince Shōtoku's Commentary on the Śrīmālā Sutra
  • Introduction
    • The Contents of the Sutra3
    • The Title of the Sutra3
    • The Three Divisions of Buddhist Sutras4
  • Part I. Commentary on the Introductory Teaching
    • The General Introduction7
    • The Specific Introduction9
  • Part II. Commentary on the Main Teaching
    • Chapter One: Praising the True Merits of the Tathāgata13
    • Chapter Two: The Ten Main Ordination Vows21
    • Chapter Three: The Three Great Vows29
    • Chapters Four and Five: "Other-Practice"30
    • Chapter Four: Embracing the True Dharma31
    • Divisions of Chapter Four32
    • Chapter Five: The One Vehicle51
    • Part Two of the Sutra's Main Teaching93
    • The General Explanation94
    • Chapter Six: The Unlimited Noble Truths94
    • Chapter Seven: The Tathāgatagarbha97
    • Chapter Eight: The Dharma Body107
    • Chapter Nine: The Concealed Truth: The Meaning of Emptiness109
    • The Specific Explanation111
    • Chapter Ten: The One Noble Truth112
    • Chapter Eleven: The One Refuge115
    • Chapter Twelve: The Distorted Truths117
    • Chapter Thirteen: The Intrinsically Pure121
    • Chapter Fourteen: The True Children of the Tathāgata128
  • Part III. The Propagation of the Teaching 
    • Propagation of the Teaching 1: The Buddha Returns to Śrāvastī131
    • Propagation of the Teaching 2: Transmitting the Sutra131
    • Propagation of the Teaching 3: The Sixteen Names for the Sutra132
  • Notes135
  • Glossary137
  • Bibliography151
  • Index157
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)167
Progressive Stages of Meditation on Emptiness (2016)
  • Preface to the 2016 Edition1
  • Introduction5
  • Stage One: Shravaka Meditation on Not-Self15
  • Stage Two: Chittamatra Mind Only39
  • Stage Three: Svatantrika Madhyamaka63
  • Stage Four: Prasangika Madhyamaka75
  • Stage Five: Shentong Emptiness-of-Other87
  • Explanation of Some Key Terms107
  • Translator's Notes in Regard to 2016 Edition110
Pruning the Bodhi Tree
  • Introduction by Jamie HUBBARDvii
  • List of Contributorsxxiii
  • Source Creditsxxvii
  • Bibliographic and Linguistic Conventionsxxixi
PART ONE
The What and Why of Critical Buddhism
  • Why They Say Zen Is Not Buddhism: Recent Japanese Critiques of
    Buddha-Nature
    3
    • Paul L. Swanson
  • Critical Buddhism and Returning to the Sources30
    • Dan LUSTHAUS
  • Critical Philosophy versus Topical Philosophy56
    • HAKAMAYA Noriaki
  • Topophobia81
    • Jamie HUBBARD
  • Scholarship as Criticism113
    • HAKAMAYA Noriaki
  • The Limits of Criticism145
    • Paul J. GRIFFITHS
  • Comments on Critical Buddhism161
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō
PART TWO
In Search of True Buddhism
  • The Doctrine of Tathāgata-garbha Is Not Buddhist165
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō
  • The Doctrine of Buddha-Nature Is Impeccably Buddhist174
    • Sallie B. KING
  • The Idea of Dhātu-vāda in Yogacara and Tathāgata-garbha Texts193
    • YAMABE Nobuyoshi
  • A Critical Exchange on the Idea of Dhātu-vāda205
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō & YAMABE Nobuyoshi
  • The Core Elements of Indian Buddhism Introduced into Tibet: A Contrast with Japanese Buddhism220
    • YAMAGUCHI Zuihō
  • The Meaning of "Zen"242
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō
  • Critical Buddhism and Dōgen’s Shōbōgenzō: The Debate over the 75-Fascicle and 12-Fascicle Texts251
    • Steven HEINE
  • Is Critical Buddhism Really Critical?286
    • Peter N. GREGORY
  • Metaphysics, Suffering, and Liberation: The Debate between Two Buddhisms298
    • LIN Chen-kuo
  • Thoughts on Dhātu-vāda and Recent Trends in Buddhist Studies314
    • TAKASAKI Jikidō
  • A Reexamination of Critical Buddhism321
    • SUEKI Fumihiko
PART THREE
Social Criticism
  • Thoughts on the Ideological Background of Social Discrimination339
    • HAKAMAYA Noriaki
  • Buddhism and the Kami: Against Japanism356
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō
  • Tendai Hongaku Doctrine and Japan’s Ethnocentric Turn374
    • Ruben L. F. HABITO
  • The Lotus Sutra and Japanese Culture388
    • MATSUMOTO Shirō
  • Notes407
  • Bibliography491
  • Index501
rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab's Summary of the Ratnagotravibhāga
  • Introduction1

  • PART I: Historical and Doctrinal Background15
  • Chapter 1: Indian Historical and Doctrinal Background17
  • Chapter 2: Six Tibetan Translations of the Ratnagotravibhāga89
  • Chapter 3: Life and Works of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab113
  • Chapter 4: rNgog-lo's philosophical position129
  • Chapter 5: rNgog-lo's Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the 11th through
                      14th centuries
    175
  • Chapter 6: rNgog-lo's Impact on Doctrinal Development in the 15th and 16th
                       centuries
    217
  • Conclusion255

  • PART II: An Edition of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab's rGyud bla ma'i don
                    bsdus pa
    261
  • 1: Introduction to the Edition263
  • 2: Topical Outline267
  • 3: Critical Edition277

  • PART III: An Annotated Translation367
  • APPENDICES497
  • Appendix A: rNgog-lo's Topical Outline of the Ratnagotravibhāga Discovered at
                          Kharakhoto
    499
  • Appendix B: Sajjana's Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa505
  • Appendix C: Vairocanarakṣita's Mahāyānottaratantraṭippaṇī537
  • Appendix D: Translations of relevant passages from Jñānaśrīmitra's Sakārasiddhi
                           and Sākarasaṃgraha
    577
  • Appendix E: On Blo-gros-mtshungs-med599
  • Appendix F: Nidānaparivarta of the Dhāraṇīśvararājasūtra605
  • Appendix G: A List of Commentaries of the Ratnagotravibhāga611
  • Appendix H: Records of Transmission Lineages (gsan yig) of the
                          Ratnagotravibhāga
    619
  • Abbreviations625
  • Bibliography631
Radiant Emptiness
  • 1. Introduction 1
    • 1.1. Starting Points 1
    • 1.2. Introducing Shakya Chokden 7
    • 1.3. Introducing Shakya Chokden’s Thought 12
    • 1.4. Introducing the Texts 21


  • 2. Profound Thunder amidst the Clouds of the Ocean of Definitive Meaning: Differentiation of the Two Systems of the Great Madhyamaka Deriving from the
    Two Great Chariot Ways
    51


  • 3. Rain of Ambrosia: Extensive Auto-Commentary on the Treatise That, Explaining Differentiation of the Two Ways of Great Chariots, Establishes the Definitive
    Meaning Approved by Them as One
    63
    • 3.1. Setting the Framework of the Meaning through Explaining the General Meaning 65
      • 3.1.1. Identification of My Own Opinions 65
      • 3.1.2 Extensive Explanation of Scriptural Statements and Reasoning Establishing Them 67
      • 3.1.3. Conclusion Reached by Demonstrating the Established Meaning 115
    • 3.2. Extensive Explanation of the Meaning of the Words of Individual Textual Passages 134
      • 3.2.1. The Meaning of the Treatise’s Title 134
      • 3.2.2. The Actual Treatise with That Title 142
      • 3.2.3. Providing the Author’s Name in Order to Avoid Confusion with
        Other Texts
        265
    • 3.3. Conclusion upon Generating Respect for the Definitive Meaning of the
      Third Dharmacakra
      266
      • 3.3.1. Demonstrating the Way That Definitive Meaning Emerged in Valid Treatises 266
      • 3.3.2. Demonstrating That That Same Definitive Meaning Also Emerges
        from the Texts of Quintessential Instructions by Indian and Tibetan
        Scholars
        271
      • 3.3.3. Demonstrating the Transmission Sources I Myself Followed 273


  • 4. Great Path of the Ambrosia of Emptiness: Explanation of Profound Pacification Free from Proliferations 281
    • 4.1. Identification of the Ambrosia That Flowed from the Excellent Words of
      Our Compassionate Teacher Alone
      282
    • 4.2. How Each Group of Proponents of the Buddhist Tenets Partakes in Its
      Share of the Ambrosia
      283
    • 4.3. Systems That Having Understood Emptiness Are Posited as the Pinnacle
      of Tenet Systems
      286
      • 4.3.1. Determining the Presentation of Emptiness 286
      • 4.3.2. Explanation of Divisions of the Path Purifying Stains of the
        Dharma-Sphere
        362
      • 4.3.3. Entity of Buddhahood Attained by That Path 387


  • English-Tibetan Glossary 393
  • Glossary of Tibetan Names 433
  • Chapter Outlines 435
  • Bibliography 447
  • Index 459
Rainbow Painting
  • Foreword11
  • Preface15
  • Background19
  • The View & the Nine Vehicles32
  • The Three Vajras43
  • The Vital Point49
  • Space59
  • Samaya67
  • Application79
  • Devotion & Compassion91
  • The Qualified Master100
  • Mindfulness111
  • Tiredness123
  • The True Foundation132
  • Straying147
  • Unity158
  • Purity168
  • Accomplishment176
  • Bardo188
  • Conduct199
Rays of Sunlight
  • Foreword7
  • Acknowledgement10
Ayang Thubten Rinpoche
Rays of Sunlight
A Commentary on
The Heart of the Mahayana Teachings
    • Homage13
    • Commitment14
    • Textual Outline of the Treatise Itself15
  • The Initial Virtue - Introduction16
  • The Middle Virtue - Subject Matter of the Text18
  • Part One: THE GROUND23
    • How Buddha Nature Abides23
    • How Buddha Nature Is Obscured by Adventitious Stains When It Is Not
      Realized
      24
    • Showing the Purpose of Realizing This Very Buddha Nature27
  • Part Two: THE PATH28
    • What Should Be Known28
    • What Should Be Reflected Upon34
    • What Should Be Trained In42
    • What Should Be Meditated Upon118
  • Part Three: THE RESULT134
    • The Final Virtue -Conclusion143
    • The Reason of Being Profound and Thus Dedicating Its Virtues143
    • The Act of Completing the Treatise: The Colophon144
Appendix
  • Bibliography149
  • Glossary154
  • Detailed Table of Contents162
Record of the Transmission of Illumination by the Great Ancestor, Zen Master Keizan
Refining Our Perception of Reality
  • Forewordix
  • Translator’s Introductionxi
  • The Excellent Path to Liberation1
    • I. General Guidance on How to Listen to the Teachings
    • II. Specific Guidance on How to Listen to the Teachings
  • The Necklace That Delights Fortunate Disciples13
    • Introductory Verses15
    • The Introduction19
    • The Main Text27
      • I. The Foundation, Arriving at Certainty Through the View28
        • Nonexistence28
        • A Single Nature104
        • Pervasive Insubstantial Evenness127
        • Spontaneous Presence156
      • II. The Spiritual Path, How to Cultivate Experience in Meditation216
      • III. The Conduct That Accompanies the View and Meditation225
      • IV. The Final Result, Arrival at the Stage of Eternal Liberation241
  • Acknowledgments257
  • Appendix: The Excellent Path of Devotion259
        • An autobiography by Sera Khandro
  • Index299
Religions of Korea in Practice
  • Princeton Readings in Religionsv
  • Contents by Themeix
  • Contents by Chronology xi
  • Prefacexiii
  • Major Periods in Korean Historyxv
  • Note on Transliterations and Conventionsxvii
  • Contributorsxix

  • Introduction ⋅ Don Baker1

Buddhism
  • 1. King Mu and the Making and Meanings of Mirǔksa ⋅ Jonathan W. Best35
  • 2. Wǒn’gwang and Chajang in the Formation of Early Silla Buddhism
        ⋅ Pankaj N. Mohan
    51
  • 3. A Miraculous Tale of Buddhist Practice during the Unified Silla
        ⋅ Richard D. McBride II
    65
  • 4. Buddhism as a Cure for the Land ⋅ Sem Vermeersch76
  • 5. The P’algwanhoe: From Buddhist Penance to Religious Festival
        ⋅ Sem Vermeersch
    86
  • 6. Hell and Other Karmic Consequences: A Buddhist Vernacular Song
        ⋅ Younghee Lee
    100
  • 7. A Buddhist Rite of Exorcism ⋅ Patrick R. Uhlmann112
  • 8. "A Crazy Drunken Monk": Kyǒnghǒ and Modern Buddhist Meditation
        Practice ⋅ Jin Y. Park
    130
  • 9. Educating Unborn Children: A Sǒn Master's Teachings on T’aegyo
        ⋅ Chong Go Sǔnim
    144

Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism
  • 10. A Party for the Spirits: Ritual Practice in Confucianism ⋅ Hongkyung Kim163
  • 11. The Great Confucian-Buddhist Debate ⋅ Charles Muller177
  • 12. Confucianism and the Practice of Geomancy ⋅ Hong-key Yoon205
  • 13. Voices of Female Confucians in Late Chosǔn Korea ⋅ Youngmin Kim 223

Shamanism
  • 14. Yi Kyubo’s "Lay of the Old Shaman" ⋅ Richard D. McBride II233
  • 15. The Creation of the World and Human Suffering ⋅ Boudewijn Walraven244
  • 16. Sending Away the Smallpox Gods ⋅ Antonetta Lucia Bruno259
  • 17. Village Deities of Cheju Island ⋅ Boudewijn Walraven284
  • 18. Shamans, the Family, and Women ⋅ Boudewijn Walraven306
  • 19. A Shamanic Ritual for Sending On the Dead ⋅ Antonetta Lucia Bruno325

Christianity
  • 20. Martyrdom and Social Activism: The Korean Practice of Catholicism
         ⋅ Inshil Choe Yoon
    355
  • 21. Catholic Rites and Liturgy ⋅ Franklin Rausch and Don Baker376
  • 22. Conversion Narratives in Korean Evangelicalism ⋅ Timothy S. Lee 393
  • 23. A New Moral Order: Gender Equality in Korean Christianity
         ⋅ Hyaeweol Choi
    409
  • 24. Indigenized Devotional Practices in Korean Evangelicalism
         ⋅ Timothy S. Lee
    421
  • 25. The Grieving Rite: A Protestant Response to Confucian Ancestral Rituals
         ⋅ James Huntley Grayson
    434

New Religions
  • 26. The Great Transformation: Religious Practice in Ch’ǒndogyo
         ⋅ Don Baker
    449
  • 27. The Korean God Is Not the Christian God: Taejonggyo's Challenge to
          Foreign Religions ⋅ Don Baker
    464
  • 28. The Wǒn Buddhist Practice of the Buddha-Nature ⋅ Jin Y. Park476
  • 29. Renewing Heaven and Earth: Spiritual Discipline in Chǔngsan'gyo
         ⋅ Don Baker
    487
  • 30. Rites of Passage in the Unification Church ⋅ Don Baker497
  • 31. Internal Alchemy in the Dahn World School ⋅ Don Baker508

North Korea
  • 32. The Sociopolitical Organism: The Religious Dimensions of Juche Philosophy
         ⋅ Eun Hee Shin
    517
  • Index535
རྒྱུད་བླ་མའི་རྣམ་བཤད་ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ་སེང་གེའི་ང་རོ།
Rong-ston on Buddha-Nature: A Commentary on the Fourth Chapter of the Ratnagotravibhāga
  • Foreword and acknowledgements 3
  • Introduction 5
  • 1. The doctrine of buddha-nature7
    • 1.1. Overview7
    • 1.2. Sources8
      • 1.2.1. The sūtras8
      • 1.2.2. The śāstras11
  • 2. The Ratnagotravibhāga14
    • 2.1. The text of the Ratnagotravibhāga14
    • 2.2. The question of the authorship of the Ratnagotravibhāga15
    • 2.3. The Ratnagotravibhāga in India16
    • 2.4. The Ratnagotravibhāga in Tibet17
      • 2.4.1. The analytical school of Blo-ldan shes-rab18
      • 2.4.2. The meditative school of Btsan Kha-bo-che21
    • 2.5. Previous studies and the aim of the present work22
  • 3. Rong-ston and his presentation of buddha-nature25
    • 3.1. A short glimpse at the life of Rong-ston Shes-bya kun-rig25
    • 3.2. Rong-ston’s presentation of buddha-nature31
      • 3.2.1. Introduction31
      • 3.2.2. The buddha excellences and the dharmakāya33
      • 3.2.3. The dhātu as a cause36
      • 3.2.4. The gotra and the luminous nature of the mind37
      • 3.2.5. Rong-ston and the Ratnagotravibhāgavyākhyā40
      • 3.2.6. Summary41
  • 4. Translation of Rong-ston’s commentary on RGV I.27–95[a]43
    • 4.1. Notes on the translation43
    • 4.2. The translation45
  • Bibilography109
  • Appendices119
    • Appendix I: Outline of the translation (sab cad)119
    • Appendix II: Zusammenfassung und Lebenslauf (German)123, 125
    • Appendix III: Tibetan text129
Rong-zom-pa's Discourses on Buddhology
  • Preface13
Part One
Introduction
  • Chapter 1: Rong-zom-pa's Discussion of the Controversy Surrounding the
                      Constituents of Buddhahood: An Overview
    23
    • 1. Introductory Remarks23
    • 2. Various Positions regarding the Constituents of Buddhahood25
    • 3. The Conceptions of Buddhahood Contained in Various Scriptural
          Systems
      27
    • 4. The Buddhist Doxographical Systems and Schools as the Basis of
          the Various Positions
      33
      • A. Three Incorrect Positions regarding the Substratum of Appearances34
        • (i) Undisputed (rtsod gzhi med pa) Positions35
        • (ii) Disputed (rtsod gzhi beas pa) Positions36
      • B. The Fourth and Correct Position regarding the Substratum of
            Appearances
        37
    • 5. Discussions of the Issue Found in Other Works of Rong-zom-pa38
    • 6. Concluding Remarks43
  • Chapter 2: Buddhology in Its Historical and Philosophical Context:
                      An Overview
    45
    • 1. Introductory Remarks45
    • 2. Non-Mahāyāna Buddhology47
      • A. Nirvāṇa without Remains and the Indirect Activities of the
            Buddha in the World
        47
      • B. The Notions of Transcendental and Multiple Buddhas and
            Their Fields
        51
    • 3. Non-Tantric Mahāyāna Buddhology53
      • A. The True Nature of the World as Nirvāṇa and the Inconceivability of
             Buddhahood
        56
      • B. Buddhahood as Defined by Qualities and the Notion of Unfixed
             Nirvāṇa
        57
      • C. The Theory of the Three Kāyas61
      • D. The Four Gnoses68
      • E. The Notion of Bliss70
    • 4. Tantric Buddhology76
      • A. Mantras, Vidyās, and Dhāraṇīs81
      • B. Mudrās88
      • C. Manifold Expressions of Buddhahood106
        • (i) Multiple Bodies108
        • (ii) Multiple Gnoses114
        • (iii) Multiple Buddha Families119
      • D. The Notion of Ādibuddha125
      • E. Wrathful Manifestations128
      • F. Maṇḍalas130
      • G. The Notion of Great Bliss134
    • 5. Concluding Remarks137
  • Chapter 3: The Controversy Surrounding the Existence of Gnosis at
                       the Stage of a Buddha
    139
    • 1. Introductory Remarks139
    • 2. The Problem of Ascribing a Mental Element to the Absolute139
    • 3. The Mental Element of the Absolute and Yogācāra Theories of
          Knowledge
      142
    • 4. A Buddha's Knowledge (jñāna: ye shes): A Brief Discussion of
          the Key Terms
      160
      • A. On the Tibetan Term ye shes160
      • B. Non-conceptual Gnosis and Pure Mundane Gnosis163
    • 5. Unfixed Nirvāṇa: The Absolute and Its Activity in the World171
    • 6. The Various Positions and Their Proponents176
      • A. Indian Authors177
        • (i) Proponents of the Purified Dharmadhātu as the Sole
              Constituent of Buddhahood (Position 1)
          177
          • (a) *Madhyamaka-Siṃha177
          • (b) Mañjuśrīmitra178
          • (c) Atiśa179
          • (d) Candraharipāda180
          • (e) Bhavya180
        • (ii) Proponents of the Existence of the Purified Dharmadhātu and
                Non-Conceptual Gnosis (Position 2)
          181
          • (a) Nāgamitra and Jñānacandra181
          • (b) Dharmamitra182
        • (iii) Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane
                Gnosis (Positions 3-6)
          184
          • (a) Śrīgupta184
      • B. Tibetan Authors up until the Eleventh or Early Twelfth Century185
          • (a) Ye-shes-sde185
          • (b) Gro-lung-pa186
          • (c) sGam-po-pa186
    • 7. Concluding Remarks187
  • Chapter 4: Rong-zom-pa's Position on Whether Gnosis Exists at the
                       Stage of a Buddha
    189
    • 1. Introductory Remarks189
    • 2. Rong-zom-pa's View regarding the Existence of Gnosis at the
          Stage of a Buddha as Addressed by Mi-pham
      193
      • A. The Main Points of Mi-pham's Argumentation193
      • B. Mi-pham's Discussion: A Translation199
    • 3. Self-occurring Gnosis206
      • A. Occurrences of the Term in Indian Sources206
      • B. Rong-zom-pa on Self-occurring Gnosis215
    • 4. Rong-zom-pa on How the Buddhas Act220
    • 5. Rong-zom-pa's Madhyamaka Affiliation226
    • 6. Concluding Remarks232
Part Two
Annotated Translations
  • A Note on the Annotated Translations235
  • The Sangs rgyas kyi sa chen mo 237
    • 1. An Outline of the Text237
    • 2. An Annotated Translation239
  • The Discussion in the dKon cog 'grel 277
    • 1. An Outline of the Text277
    • 2. An Annotated Translation278
  • Works by Indian Authors299
    • 1. Proponents of the Purified Dharmadhātu as the Sole
          Constituent of Buddhahood
      299
      • A. *Madhyamaka-Siṃha's Dṛṣṭivibhāga299
      • B. Mañjuśrīmitra's Bodhicittabhāvanānirdeśa306
      • C. Atiśa's Ekasmṛtyupadeśa310
      • D. Candraharipāda's Ratnamālā311
      • E. Bhavya's Madhyamakapradīpa315
    • 2. Proponents of the Existence of the Purified Dharmadhātu and
          Non-Conceptual Gnosis
      319
      • A. Nāgamitra's Kāyatrayāvatāramukha and Jñānacandra's
            Commentary, the Kāyatrayavṛtti
        319
      • B. Dharmamitra's Prasphuṭapadā336
    • 3. Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane Gnosis41
      • A. Śrīgupta's Tattvāvatāravṛtti341
  • Works by Tibetan Authors343
    • 1. Ye-shes-sde's lTa ba'i khyad par343
    • 2. Gro-lung-pa's bsTan rim chen mo347
    • 3. sGam-po-pa's Thar rgyan352
Part Three
The Tibetan Texts: Critical Editions
  • Introductory Remarks on the Critical Editions363
  • Tibetan Texts Cited in the Introduction367
    • 1. Passages Cited in Chapter Two367
    • 2. Passages Cited in Chapter Four383
  • The Sangs rgyas kyi sa chen mo 391
    • 1. A Note on the Edition391
    • 2. A Critical Edition392
  • The Discussion in the dKon cog 'grel 411
    • 1. A Note on the Edition411
    • 2. A Critical Edition413
  • Works by Indian Authors425
    • 1 . Proponents of the Purified Dharmadhātu as the Sole
          Constituent of Buddhahood
      425
      • A. *Madhyamaka-Siṃha's Dṛṣṭivibhāga425
      • B. Mañjuśrīmitra's Bodhicittabhāvanānirdeśa430
      • C. Atiśa's Ekasmṛtyupadeśa435
      • D. Candraharipāda's Ratnamālā436
      • E. Bhavya's Madhyamakapradīpa438
    • 2. Proponents of the Existence of the Purified Dharmadhātu and
          Non-Conceptual Gnosis
      440
      • A. Nāgamitra's Kāyatrayāvatāramukha and Jñanacandra's
            Commentary, the Kāyatrayavṛtti
        440
      • B. Dharmamitra's Prasphuṭapāda453
    • 3. Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane Gnosis455
      • A. Śrīgupta's Tattvāvatāravṛtti455
  • Works by Tibetan Authors457
    • 1. Ye-shes-sde's lTa ba'i khyad par457
    • 2. Gro-Iung-pa's bsTan rim chen mo460
    • 3. sGam-po-pa's Thar rgyan463
Appendix
  • Klong-chen-pa's Presentation of Various Conceptions of Buddhahood in
    His Yid kyi mun sel
    475
    • 1. Introductory Remarks475
    • 2. A Translation478
    • 3. The Tibetan Text482
  • Abbreviations and Bibliography485
    • 1.1. Sigla Used in the Critical Editions and in Citations of Tibetan
           Texts
      485
    • 1.2. Journals, Collections, Series, and Institutes486
    • 1.3. Primary Sources: Indian Works487
    • 1.4. Primary Sources: Tibetan Works500
    • 1.5. Secondary Sources507
  • Index527
Ryōgen and Mount Hiei
    • List of Tables and Figuresix
    • Prefacexi
    • Abbreviationsxv
  • 1. Ryōgen's Place in the History of the Tendai School1
  • 2. The Early History of Factionalism within the Tendai School: From Saicho
        through the Mid-tenth Century
    15
  • 3. Ryōgen's Early Years45
  • 4. Ryōgen's Rise to Prominence56
  • 5. Ryōgen and the Fujiwaras: Patronage and Esoteric Buddhist Ritual71
  • 6. The Owa Debates94
  • 7. Ryōgen's Appointments as Head of the Tendai School and to the Office of
        Monastic Affairs
    118
  • 8. The Significance of Ryōgen's Revival of the Examination System128
  • 9. Rebuilding the Tendai Establishment on Mount Hiei167
  • 10. Ryōgen as Zasu: Financing the Spread of Tendai Influence190
  • 11. Factionalism and Ryōgen's Efforts to Control the Order218
  • 12. Ryōgen and the Role of Nuns in Ninth- and Tenth-century Japan245
  • 13. Epilogue: Ryōgen's Posthumous Career289
  • Appendix 1. Ennin and Yokawa305
  • Appendix 2. A Note on Morosuke's Interests311
  • Appendix 3. Dying Instructions of the Great Archbishop Jie313
  • Appendix 4. Takamitsu’s Retreat to Tonomine 327
  • Appendix 5. A Record of the Owa Debates331
  • Appendix 6. Ten Doubts concerning the Hosso School337
  • Appendix 7. Zoga as an Eccentric341
  • Appendix 8. Invocation of Tendai Abbot Ryogen345
    • Notes367
    • Glossary463
    • Bibliography491
    • Index511
Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra: L'Explication des mystères (Lamotte 1935)
Saṃsāra, Nirvāṇa, and Buddha Nature
  • Preface by Bhikṣuṇī Thubten Chodron xiii
  • Abbreviations xxi
  • Introduction by His Holiness the Dalai Lama i
    • 1. The Self, the Four Truths, and Their Sixteen Attributes 5
      • Three Questions about the Self 5
      • The Four Truths 10
      • The Coarse and Subtle Four Truths 18
      • The Sixteen Attributes of the Four Truths of Āryas 19
    • 2. Revolving in Cyclic Existence: The Truth of Duḥkha 39
      • Knowing Duḥkha for What It Is 39
      • Realms of Existence 41
      • Three Types of Duḥkha 47
      • Feelings, Afflictions, and Duḥkha 50
      • Six Disadvantages of Cyclic Existence 51
      • Eight Unsatisfactory Conditions 53
      • Examining True Duḥkha via Ten Points 54
      • Our Human Value 57
    • 3. True Origins of Duḥkha 63
      • The Six Root Afflictions 64
      • More Types ofDefilements 87
      • Afflictions 88
      • Underlying Tendencies 88
      • Auxiliary Afflictions 92
      • Fetters 97
      • Pollutants 98
      • Hindrances 99
    • 4. Afflictions, Their Arising, and Their Antidotes 101
      • Eighty-Four Thousand Afflictions 101
      • The Order in Which Afflictions Arise 104
      • Factors Causing Afflictions to Arise 106
      • Feelings That Accompany Afflictions 109
      • The Ethical Dimension of Afflictions 110
      • Counterforces to the Afflictions 112
      • Afflictions, Our Real Enemy 119
    • 5. Afflictions and Karma, Their Seeds and Latencies 123
      • Acquired and Innate Afflictions 124
      • Coarse and Subtle Afflictions 126
      • Seeds, Latencies, and Having-Ceased 126
      • Latencies and Ideas in Other Religions and in Psychology 135
      • Virtue, Nonvirtue, Merit, and Roots of Virtue 137
    • 6. Karma, the Universe, and Evolution 141
      • The Origin of the Universe 141
      • Mind and the External World 144
      • The Laws of Nature and the Law of Karma and Its Effects 148
      • Karma and Our Present Environment 150
      • Karma, Instinctual Behavior, and Our Bodies 152
    • 7. Revolving in Cyclic Existence: The Twelve Links of Dependent
         Origination
      155
      • Dependent Arising 156
      • How Cyclic Existence Occurs 158
      • 1. Ignorance (avidyā) 159
      • 2. Formative Action (saṃskāra karman) 165
      • 3. Consciousness (vijñāna) 168
      • 4. Name and Form (nāma-rūpa) 170
      • 3. Six Sources (ṣaḍāyatana) 172
      • 6. Contact (sparśa) 176
      • 7. Feeling (vedanā) 176
      • 8. Craving (tṛṣṇā) 179
      • 9. Clinging (upādanā) 182
      • 10. Renewed Existence (bhava) 183
      • 11. Birth (jāti) 188
      • 12. Aging or Death (jarāmaraṇa) 190
    • 8. Dependent Origination: Cycling in Saṃsāra 193
      • How the Twelve Links Produce a Life 193
      • An Example 197
      • Flexibility 200
      • Pali Tradition: How We Cycle 200
      • An Example from a Pāli Sūtra 202
      • Who Revolves in Cyclic Existence? 204
      • The Ultimate Nature of the Twelve Links 211
    • 9. The Determination to Be Free 217
      • The Benefits of Meditating on the Twelve Links 217
      • Invigorating a Dry Dharma Practice 219
      • Can a Leper Find Happiness? 222
      • Compassion for Ourselves and Others 223
      • The Demarcation of Generating the Determination to Be Free 227
    • 10. Seeking Genuine Peace 231
      • The "Ye Dharmā" Dhāraṇī 232
      • Forward and Reverse Orders of the Afflictive and Purified Sides of
        the Twelve Links
        234
      • Transcendental Dependent Origination (Pāli Tradition) 238
      • Karma in Samsara and Beyond 249
    • 11. Freedom from Cyclic Existence 233
      • Stages Leading to Liberation and Full Awakening 254
      • The Two Obscurations 259
      • Nirvāṇa 262
      • Pāli Tradition: Nirvāṇa 266
      • Bodhi 274
    • 12. The Mind and Its Potential 277
      • The Mind's Potential 277
      • Is Liberation Possible? 279
      • Excellent Qualities Can Be Cultivated Limitlessly 281
      • Afflictive Mental States and the Nature of the Mind 283
      • The Equality of Saṃsāra and Nirvāṇa 284
      • Levels of Mind 286
    • 13. Buddha Nature 291
      • The Mind's Potential according to the Pāli Tradition 291
      • Ārya Disposition according to the Vaibhāṣikas and Sautrāntikas 292
      • Buddha Nature according to the Cittamātra School 293
      • Buddha Nature according to the Madhyamaka School 296
      • Buddha Nature according to Tantra 301
      • Nine Similes for Tathāgatagarbha 302
      • Three Aspects of the Tathāgatagarbha 310
      • Three Aspects of Buddha Disposition 314
      • A Puzzle 315
    • 14. Going Deeper into Buddha Nature 319
      • The Three Turnings of the Dharma Wheel and Buddha Nature 319
      • A Link between Sūtra and Tantra 322
      • Nothing Is to Be Removed 325
      • The Capacity Giving Rise to the Three Kāyas 327
      • A Buddha's Nature Dharmakāya 328
      • Pristine Wisdom Abiding in the Afflictions 330
      • Causal Clear Light Mind 332
      • What Continues to Awakening? 332
      • Dzogchen and Mahāmudrā 334
      • Are We Already Buddhas? 337
      • Awareness of Our Buddha Nature Eliminates Hindrances 341
  • Notes 343
  • Glossary 353
  • Further Reading 367
  • Index 371
  • About the Authors 409
Self and Non-Self in Early Buddhism
  • PrefaceV
  • List or Sources and AbbreviationsXI
  • Introduction1
  • Part One: The Existential Self
    • 1. Preliminary Remarks7
      • How to translate the term attā7
      • Has the term attā a mere conventional sense in the Nikāyas?10
      • The Nikayan approach to the term attā17
    • 2. Attā as Man's Highest Value20
      • The self as refuge20
      • The self is best26
      • In love with the self34
      • Look for the self37
      • Paccattaṁ40
      • Ajjhattaṁ43
    • 3. The Self as the Moral Agent49
      • Moral energy of the self50
      • Salvation in general and the self56
      • The chariot and the charioteer57
      • Knowledge of the self63
      • Manifestation of the self67
    • 4. The Self and Moral Evil77
      • The metaphysical self, as such, is above moral good and evil77
      • The moral self as the cause of moral evil80
      • The moral self under the influence of moral shortcomings82
      • The moral self 'wounded and killed' by evil83
      • Asmimāna as the root of all moral evil85
    • 5. Towards Perfection90
      • The self as related to moral good90
      • Self-exertion94
      • Self-control98
      • Purification of the self104
    • 6. The Self and Perfection108
      • Perfection of the self108
      • Self-stability109
      • 'He dwells with a self brahma-become'113
      • Full blossoming of the self118
      • The self and nibbāna122
      • Nibbutatto129
    • 7. The Self as Related to Kamma and Rebirth131
      • The self and kamma131
      • The self and rebirth143
    • 8. A Brief General Assessment of the First Part148
  • Part Two: The Metaphysical Self
    • 9. The Doctrine of Anattā can co-exist with the Reality of Attā153
    • 10. The Doctrine of Non-self Taught Through
      the Denial of Positive Terms
      158
      • This is not my self158
      • He does not regard the khandas, etc., either as the self or the self as
        qualified by them
        173
      • Void of the self or belongs to the self183
      • What is not your own186
      • Permanence, happiness, self vs. impermanence, pain, non-self189
      • As alien, not as the self190
    • 11. The Doctrine of the Non-Self Taught Through the Predication of the
      Negative Term Anattā.
      195
      • Connection with the preceding chapter196
      • Scope of the' annattā statements'198
      • Intimate relationship between anattā' and dukkha204
      • The awareness of non-self205
      • Anattā proclaimed by means of universal statements208
      • Reasons given to assert that something is annattā222
    • 12. Asmimāna, Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, Sassatavāda and Ucchedavāda227
    • 13. Self and Non-Self After Liberation268
      • Buddha was not a nihilist269
      • Transcendence of the self276
      • Moral transcendence of the self278
      • Metaphysical transcendence of the self280
      • The abyākatā pañhā and the sakkāyaddiṭṭi unanswered294
      • Reasons for keeping the abyākatā pañhā unanswered294
    • 14. Recapitulation301
  • Notes306
  • Selected Bibliography384
  • Glossary of Terms388
  • Table of Scriptural Passages Commented or Quoted393
  • Index of Names and Subjects401
Selfless Persons
      • Prefacepage ix
      • Introduction1
  • Part 1 The cultural and social setting of Buddhist thought27
    • 1 The origins of rebirth29
    • 1.1 Buddhism and early Indian religion29
    • 1.2 Time: saṃsāra41
    • 1.3 Action and the person: karma53
    • 1.4 Timelessness: mokṣa (nirvāṇa)58
    • 2 Varieties of Buddhist discourse65
    • 2.1 Buddhist thought in context65
    • 2.2 Different ways of talking about 'self and 'person'71
    • 2.3 Elements of personality and (not-)self78
  • Part II The doctrine of not-self85
    • 3 The denial of self as 'right view'87
    • 3.1 Different kinds of 'right view'87
    • 3.2 Arguments in support of anattā95
    • 3.3 The denial of self as a strategy in 'mental culture'111
    • 4 Views, attachment, and 'emptiness'116
    • 4.1 Views and attachment117
    • 4.2 The Unanswered Questions131
    • 4.3 Quietism and careful attention138
  • Part III Personality and rebirth145
    • 5 The individual of 'conventional truth'147
    • 5.1 'Conventional' and 'ultimate truth'147
    • 5.2 Attabhāva 'individuality', puggala 'person'156
    • 5.3 House imagery165
    • 6 'Neither the same nor different'177
    • 6.1 'A person is not found'178
    • 6.2 Images of identity and difference185
    • 6.3 Self and other: compassion188
  • Part IV Continuity197
    • 7 Conditioning and consciousness199
    • 7.1 The construction(s) of temporal existence200
    • 7.2 The stations of evolving consciousness213
    • 7.3 Vegetation imagery218
    • 8 Momentariness and the bhavaṅga-mind225
    • 8.1 impermanent are conditioned things'226
    • 8.2 The 'ultimate' extent of a lifetime: momentariness 234
    • 8.3 The bhavaṅga-mind238
    • 8.4 River imagery247
      • Conclusion262
      • Notes267
      • Bibliography310
      • Glossary and index of Pali and Sanskrit terms318
      • General index321
Shōbōgenzō: Zen Essays by Dōgen
  • Forewordvii
  • Introduction1
  • Great Transcendent Wisdom23
  • The Issue at Hand29
  • The Nature of Things36
  • The Whole Works43
  • Such47
  • One Bright Jewel57
  • Flowers in the Sky64
  • The Ocean Seal Concentration76
  • The Scripture of Mountains and Waters87
  • Being Time102
  • The Eight Awarenesses of Great People111
  • The Four Integrative Methods of Bodhisattvas116
  • Birth and Death121
Silent Illumination
  • Prefaceviii
  • Part One: Silent Illumination
    • 1. A Parable for Silent Illumination3
    • 2. Starting from Where We Are13
    • 3. The Underlying Feeling Tones19
    • 4. Supporting Attitudes to Cultivate31
    • 5. Meditation39
    • 6. Approaches to Silent Illumination47
    • 7. Caveats and Pitfalls65
  • Part Two: Commentaries
    • 8. The Vacant Field85
    • 9. The Investigation97
    • 10. Multitasking109
  • Part Three: Translations
    • 11. Hongzhi’s Collected Writings on Silent Illumination123
    • Notes137
    • Index145
Songs of Naropa
Foreword by Thrangu Rinpoche
7
The View, Concisely Put
9
Commentary
17
A Summary of Mahamudra
95
Commentary
101
Acknowledgements
199
Soûtra de l'Entrée à Lankâ
Soûtra du dévoilement du sens profond
Stages of the Buddha’s Teachings
  • General Editor’s Prefacexiii
  • Translators’ Introductioni
  • Acknowledgments29
  • Technical Note31
  • Abbreviations35


  • PART I: THE BLUE COMPENDIUM
  • Dölpa Sherap Gyatso (1059–1131)
  • Translated by Ulrike Roesler
    • 1. Preliminaries39
    • 2. The Training for Individuals at the Initial Level51
    • 3. The Training for Individuals at the Middle Level63
    • 4. The Training for Excellent Individuals67
    • 5. The Practice of the Perfections73
    • 6. Wisdom85
    • 7. Enhancing the Conditions for Practice97


  • PART II: ORNAMENT OF PRECIOUS LIBERATION
  • Gampopa (1079–1153)
  • Translated by Ken Holmes and edited by Thupten Jinpa
  • Author’s Preface121
  • I. The Prime Cause
    • 1. Buddha Nature123
  • II. The Basis
    • 2. A Precious Human Existence131
  • III. The Condition
    • 3. Relying on the Spiritual Teacher141
  • IV. The Means: The Dharma Master’s Instruction
    • 4. The Impermanence of Conditioned Existence149
    • 5. The Suffering of Samsara161
    • 6. Karma and Its Effects177
    • 7. Loving Kindness and Compassion189
    • 8. Taking Refuge199
    • 9. The Proper Adoption of Bodhicitta211
    • 10. Precepts for Generating Aspiring Bodhicitta243
    • 11. Presentation of the Six Perfections249
    • 12. The Perfection of Generosity253
    • 13. The Perfection of Moral Discipline265
    • 14. The Perfection of Patience277
    • 15. The Perfection of Diligence 285
    • 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration293
    • 17. The Perfection of Wisdom309
    • 18. The Presentation of the (Five) Paths339
    • 19. The Presentation of the Levels 343
  • V. The Result
    • 20. The Bodies of Perfect Buddhahood 363
  • VI. Buddha Activity
    • 21. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas 377


  • PART III: CLARIFYING THE SAGE'S INTENT
  • Sakya Paṇḍita Kunga Gyaltsen (1182–1251)
  • Translated by David P. Jackson
    • 1. Spiritual Potential385
    • 2. Taking Refuge389
    • 3. Generating the Resolve to Attain Awakening401
    • 4. The Perfection of Generosity415
    • 5. The Perfection of Moral Discipline427
    • 6. The Perfection of Patience437
    • 7. The Perfection of Diligence447
    • 8. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration457
    • 9. The Perfection of Wisdom485
    • 10. The Four Means of Attraction529
    • 11. The Paths and Levels537
    • 12. The Ultimate Fruit 571
  • The Conclusion of the Treatise601


  • Appendix 1. Table of Tibetan Transliteration603
  • Appendix 2. Outline of Clarifying the Sage’s Intent613
  • Notes631
  • Glossary717
  • Bibliography729
  • Index752
  • About the Contributors793
Steps on the Path to Enlightenment, Vol. 4
  • Foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lamavii
  • Editor's Acknowledgmentsxi
  • Technical Notesxiii
  • Introduction1

  • 1 Śamatha and Vipaśyanā9
  • 2 Preparing for Śamatha Meditation39
  • 3 Focusing Your Mind83
  • 4 Dealing with Laxity and Excitement95
  • 5 Attaining Śamatha123
  • 6 Śamatha as Part of the Path151

  • Appendix: Outline of the Text171
  • Glossary175
  • Notes183
  • Bibliography187
  • Index193
Sthiramati's Interpretation of Buddhology and Soteriology
  • PART I. STHIRAMATI'S INTERPRETATION OF YOGĀCĀRA ONTOLOGY AND SOTERIOLOGY

  • INTRODUCTION1

  • CHAPTER I: STHIRAMATI'S AND HIS WORKS
  • 1. Sthiramati’s Life and Times13
  • 2. Sthiramati’s Works23
    • The Kāśyapaparivartaṭīkā25
    • The Dasheng zhongguan shilun33
    • The Abhidharmasamuccayavyākhyā39
    • The Pañcaskandhaprakaraṇavibhāṣa43
    • The Abhidharmakośabhāṣyaṭīkā Tattvārthanāma45
    • The Triṃśikāvijñaptibhāṣya47
    • The Madhyāntavibhāgaṭīkā53
    • The Sūtrālaṃkāravṛttibhāṣya56

  • CHAPTER II: STHIRAMATI'S AND THE YOGĀCĀRA ONTOLOGY
  • Introduction84
  • 1. Fundamental Categories in Yogācāra Ontology92
  • 2. An Analysis of the Three Identities104
  • 3. The Relationship among the Three Identities120
  • 4. The Three Identities and Representation-Only128
  • 5. The Three Kinds of Identitylessness147
  • 6. Basis-Transformation159
  • Conclusion169

  • CHAPTER III: STHIRAMATI'S INTEPRETATION OF BUDDHOLOGY AND SOTERIOLOGY
  • 1. Concept, Source Material, and Method Recapitulated204
  • 2. Buddhahood and the Structure of Reality207
  • 3. The Implicit Hermeneutics of the Structure of Yogācāra Buddhology218
  • 4. An Analysis of the Categories of Buddhahood233
  • 5. The Four Liberative Wisdoms241
  • 6. The Three Buddha-Bodies252
  • 7. Buddha is neither Singular nor Plural267
  • 8. The Nature of Buddha's Salvific Activities272
  • 9. Conclusion278

  • CONCLUSION: YOGĀCĀRA BUDDHOLOGY IN A COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE
  • 1. Yogācāra Philosophy in its own Terms317
  • 2. Conceptual Structure of Yogācāra Buddhology320
  • 3. A Comparison of Christian Ideas of God and Yogācāra Ideas of Buddha324
  • 4. The Study of Yogācāra Buddhology and Methodological Implications for
    Buddhist Studies and Comparative Religion
    327

  • PART II: AN ANNOTATED TRANSLATION OF CHAPTER IX (ON ENLIGHTENMENT) OF THE SUTRĀLAṂKĀRAVṚTTIBHĀṢYA

  • INTRODUCTION TO THE TRANSLATION338
  • Introduction340
  • 1. On Omniscience342
  • 2. On the Nonduality of Buddhahood347
  • 3. On Buddhahood as the Supreme Refuge353
  • 4. On Basis-transformation364
  • 5. On the Activities of Buddha as Effortless and Uninterrupted375
  • 6. On the Profundity of the Pure Realm379
  • 7. On the Divisions of Mastery396
  • 8. On Buddhahood as the Cause of Bringing Sentient Beings to Maturity411
  • 9. On the Realm of Ultimate Reality424
  • 10. On the Divisions of Buddha-Body432
  • 11. On the Divisions of Buddha-Wisdom440
  • 12. That Buddha is neither Singular nor Plural453
  • 13. On the Skillful Means to Buddhahood456
  • 14. On the Unity of the Mutual Activity of the Buddhas459
  • 15. On the Exertion for Buddhahood463
  • 16. Summary465

  • APPENDIX522
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY523
Studies in Ch’an and Hua-yen
  • Forewardvii
  • Prefaceix
  • Early Ch'an Schools in Tibet1

      Jeffrey Broughton

  • The Direct and Gradual Approaches of Zen Master Mahāyāna: Fragments of the Teachings of Mo-ho-yen69

      Luis O. Gomez

  • The Ox-head School of Chinese Ch'an Buddhism: From Early Ch'an
    to the Golden Age
    169

      John R. McRae

  • The Teaching of Men and Gods: The Doctrinal and Social Basis of Lay Buddhist Practice in the Hua-yen Tradition253

      Peter N. Gregory

  • Li T'ung-hsüan and the Practical Dimension of Hua-yen321

      Robert M. Gimello

  • Contributors391
Studies in Indian and Tibetan Madhyamaka Thought Part 1
  • PART 1


  • LIST OF MAIN SANSKRIT AND TIBETAN SOURCES WITH SIGLA OF ABBREVIATED TITLES xi


  • SECTION I
  • AN OUTLINE OF THE EARLIER HISTORY OF THE TIBETAN
    MADHYAMAKA (DBU MA) FROM ITS ORIGINS IN THE EIGHTH
    CENTURY TO THE BEGINNING OF ITS 'CLASSICAL PERIOD' IN THE
    EARLY FIFTEENTH CENTURY
    1
    • 1. PERIODIZATION IN THE HISTORY OF MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT
      IN TIBET
      1
    • 2. THE TRANSMISSION TO TIBET OF THE MAIN INDIAN SOURCES
      OF THE MADHYAMAKA
      9
    • 3. EARLY TIBETAN DOXOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS OF THE MADHYAMAKA 23
    • 4. THE INDIGENOUS TIBETAN SOURCES OF THE MADHYAMAKA BEGINNING IN THE ELEVENTH CENTURY 26
      • 4.1. THE ANTECEDENTS OF THE TIBETAN RAN RGYUD PA ('SVĀTANTRIKA') TRADITION IN THE EARLIER phyi dar PERIOD 27
      • 4.2. THE ANTECEDENTS OF THE TIBETAN THAL 'GYUR BA ('PRĀSANGIKA') TRADITION IN THE EARLIER phyi dar PERIOD 41
      • 4.3. DOXOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS OF THE MADHYAMAKA IN
        THE EARLIER phyi dar PERIOD AND THEIR TIBETAN
        REPRESENTATIVES
        55
    • 5. THE Ratnagotravibhāga-Mahāyānottaratantraśāstra, THE gŽan stoṅ AND
      THE 'THEORY OF THE HVA ŠAṄ' IN RELATION TO MADHYAMAKA
      SCHOOL TRADITIONS
      72
    • 6. TSOṄ KHA PA'S ARRIVAL AT HIS MADHYAMAKA THEORY 88


  • SECTION II
  • THESES, PHILOSOPHICAL POSITIONS AND CONTENTION IN MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT 105
    • 1. THE PROBLEM 105
    • 2. THE THESIS AND ASSERTION WITH NĀGĀRJUNA, ĀRYA-DEVA
      AND CANDRAKĪRTI
      115
    • 3. Dṛṣṭi AND darśana AND THE EXPRESSION avācaka 133
    • 4. THE PROCEDURE OF APAGOGIC AND MAIEUTICAL
      prasaṅgāpādana AND THE QUESTION OF vitaṇḍā
      136
    • 5. ASSERTION, DISCURSIVITY, FREEDOM FROM EXTREME
      POSITIONS AND THE 'TETRALEMMA' (catuṣkoṭi)
      139
    • 6. NON-CONTENTIOUSNESS, PHILOSOPHICAL EIRENICISM AND THEIR ETHICAL AND SOTERIOLOGICAL DIMENSIONS 148
    • 7. THE avyākṛtavastus AND THE ĀRYAN SILENCE 152
    • 8. Pakṣa, abhyupagama AND prasaṅga IN THE MADHYAMAKA
      ACCORDING TO JAYĀNANDA
      156
    • 9. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO PA TSHAB ÑI MA GRAGS 159
    • 10. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO KHu MDO SDE 'BAR 161
    • 11. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO RMA BY A BYAṄ CHUB YE ŠES
      AND RMA BYA BYAṄ CHUB BRTSON 'GRUS
      163
    • 12. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO SA SKY A PAṆḌI TA 169
    • 13. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO DBUS PA BLO GSAL 172
    • 14. THESIS, ASSERTION AND PHILOSOPHICAL POSITION
      ACCORDING TO MKHAS GRUB RJE
      173
    • 15. THE QUESTION OF THE THESIS IN TSOṄ KHA PA's Lam rim chen mo AND IN 'JAM DBYAṄS BŽAD PA'S COMMENTS 187
    • 16. THE APPLICATION OF POSITIVE DETERMINATION (pariccheda)
      AND NEGATIVE DETERMINATION (vyavaccheda) IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S
      Draṅ ṅes legs Mad sñiṅ po
      195
    • 17. NOTES ON SOME LATER TIBETAN SCHOLARS' VIEWS ON THE THESIS, ASSERTION AND DISCURSIVITY 199
    • 18. SOME THEORETICAL ISSUES IN PHILOSOPHICAL AND
      HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
      207
    • 19. SOME LOGICAL, EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND SEMIOTIC ISSUES
      IN A MODERN PERSPECTIVE
      219
    • 20. CONCLUSION 228


  • SECTION III
  • ON EPISTEMOLOGICAL-LOGICAL (pramāṇa) THEORY AND THE
    ONTIC IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S MADHY AMAKA PHILOSOPHY
    233
    • 1. INTRODUCTION 233
    • 2. SOME FUNDAMENTAL LOGICAL AND EPISTEMOLOGICAL
      ISSUES IN MADHYAMAKA: prayoga(vākya) VS. prasaṅga AND THE
      PROBLEM OF pramāṇa IN RELATION TO prameya
      240
    • 3. THE STATUS OF THE THESIS (pratijñā) IN THE MADHYAMAKA244
    • 4. INFERENCE (rjes su dpag pa equals anumāna) IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT247
    • 5. Svatantra-anumāna AS PROBATIVE INFERENCE, prasaṅgāpādana AS APAGOGIC REASONING, AND THE PROBLEM OF MUTUAL AGREEMENT (ubhaya[pra]siddhatva) 250
    • 6. Prasaṅgavākya, prakṛtārthaviparyaya, prasaṅgaviparītārthāpatti AND THE
      USE OF prasajya-pratiṣedha IN THE prasaṅga-STATEMENT OF NON-ORIGINATION IN THE MADHYAMAKA
      252
    • 7. TSOṄ KHA PA ON bzlog don AND thal bzlog: prasaṅga-REVERSAL (prasaṅgaviparīta) AND prasaṅga-CONTRAPOSITION (prasaṅgaviparyaya) 257
    • 8. Prasaṅgāpādana (thal ba (b]sgmb pa ~ thal ba 'phen pa) AS A SPECIAL
      FORM OF INFERENCE ACCORDING TO TSOṄ KHA PA
      266
    • 9. ON REFUTATION (dūṣaṇa) AND PROOF (sādhana) WITH
      CANDRAKĪRTI AND TSOṄ KHA PA
      269
    • 10. Pramāṇa-THEORY, ERROR AND ASCERTAINMENT IN TSOṄ
      KHA PA's MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT
      272
    • 11. THE LOGICAL-EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND ONTIC STATUS
      OF THE PRĀSAṄGIKA's paraprasiddha-ARGUMENT ACCORDING TO
      TSOṄ KHA PA
      282
    • 12. THE paraprasiddha-anumāna AND THE prasaṅgāpādana AS pramāṇa
      AND AS MAIEUTICS
      286
    • 13. THE PROCEDURES OF vyavaccheda AND pariccheda IN
      MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT
      287
    • 14. THE USE OF THE bādhakapramāṇa AND CONTRAPOSITION IN ATTAINING THE MADHYAMAKA THEORY OF NON-
      SUBSTANTIALITY (niḥsvabhāvatā)
      288
    • 15. CONCLUSION 296


  • INDICES
  • INDEX OF MAIN INDIAN AND TIBETAN PERSONAL NAMES 305
  • INDEX OF SELECTED PLACE NAMES 310
  • INDEX OF SELECTED INDIAN TEXTS 310
  • INDEX OF SELECTED TIBETAN TEXTS 311
  • INDEX OF MAIN SANSKRIT KEY-TERMS 312
  • INDEX OF MAIN TIBETAN KEY-TERMS 318
Studies in the Lankavatara Sutra (1930)
  • BODHIDHARMA by 牧谿 (Mu-ch'i)Frontispiece
  • Prefacev
  • Abstracts of Studiesxi

I
  • AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE
       LANKAVATARA SUTRA
    3

II
  • THE LANKAVATARA SUTRA AND THE TEACHING
       OF ZEN BUDDHISM
    89
    • I. General Survey of the Principal Ideas Expounded in
          the Sutra
      90
    • II. (A) The Intellectual Contents of the Buddhist
          Experience
      153
    •      (B) The Psychology of the Buddhist Experience169
    • III. Life and Works of the Bodhisattva202

III
  • SOME OF THE IMPORTANT THEORIES EXPOUNDED
       IN THE LANKAVATARA SUTRA
    239
    • (I} The Doctrine of Mind-Only241
    • (II} The Conception of No-Birth283
    • (III) The Triple Body of the Buddha308
    • (IV) The Tathagata339
    • (V) Other Minor Subjects357

  • A SANSKRIT-CHINESE-ENGLISH GLOSSARY373
  • INDEX459
Study of the Tathāgatagarbha as True Self and the True Selves of the Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina Traditions
  • Contents i-vi
  • Abbreviations vii-ix
  • Introduction 1
    • Methodology 9
    • Sources 20
    • Formulation of the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and composition of the Ratnagotravibhāga and its Commentary 28
    • Significance of this study 35
  • Part 1
    • Chapter 1. Salient Features of the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine41
    • 1.1. Meaning of the compound ʻtathāgatagarbhaʼ 41
    • 1.2. Nature of the tathāgatagarbha 46
    • 1.3. tathāgatagarbha as ontic element 51
    • 1.4. ʻtathatāʼ a synonym of ʻtathāgatagarbhaʼ 65
    • 1.5. tathāgatagarbha as consciousness 68
    • 1.6. gotra as Three Jewels 72
    • 1.7. Impediments to the perception of the Tathāgataʼs Essence 74
    • 1.8. dharmakāya of the Tathāgata 87
    • 1.9. Recapitulation 99
    • 1.10. Conclusion 103
  • Chapter 2. Self and Not-Self in the Śrāvakayāna 107
    • 2.1. (i) Not-self in the Pāli-suttas 108
      • 2.1. (ii) Rejection of all theories of self 111
      • 2.1. (iii) Buddhaʼs silence on ontological questions 115
      • 2.1. (iv) parinibbāna of the 22
      • 2.1. (v) Recapitulation 125
    • 2.2. (i) Inderminate self of the Pudgalavāda 127
      • 2.2. (ii) Three designations of the pudgala 130
      • 2.2. (iii) Nature of the conditional pudgala 134
      • 2.2. (iv) Real or conceptual pudgala 140
      • 2.2. (v) pudgala and parinirvāṇa 145
      • 2.2. (vi) Recapitulation 149
    • 2.3. Comparison of the pudgala and the tathāgatagarbha 150
    • 2.4. Conclusion 155
  • Chapter 3. Self in the Mahāyāna 160
    • 3.1 a. (i) Emptiness of everything 161
      • 3.1a. (ii) Uncreated nature of empty things 166
      • 3.1a. (iii) Synonyms of emptiness 168
      • 3.1a. (v) Recapitulation 170
    • 3.1b. (i) Madhyamaka interpretation of emptiness 170
    • 3.1b. (ii) Meaning of emptiness 173
    • 3.1b. (iii) Indeterminate nature of empty things 175
    • 3.1b. (iv) Emptiness is not nihilism 179
    • 3.1b. (v) Recapitulation 181
    • 3.2a. (i) tathatā according to the Mahāyāna-sūtras 182
    • 3.2a. (ii) tathatā and the designation ʻTathāgataʼ 188
    • 3.2a. (iii) Recapitulation 189
    • 3.2b. (i) Madhyamaka interpretation of tathatā 190
    • 3.3a. (ii) nirvāṇa according to the Mahāyāna-sūtras 192
    • 3.3a. (iii) Inexpressible nirvāṇa 196
    • 3.3a. (v) dharmakāya of the Tathāgata 198
    • 3.3a. (vi) Recapitulation 201
    • 3.3b. (i) nirvāṇa as Absolute in the Madhyamaka discourse 203
    • 3.3b. (ii) nirvāṇa as knowledge of existence 208
    • 3.3b. (ii) parinirvāṇa of the Tathāgata 210
    • 3.3b. (iii) Recapitulation 212
    • 3.4. Conclusion 214
  • Part 2
  • Chapter 4. tathāgatagarbha as true self and comparison of its nature with the true selves of the Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina Traditions222
    • 4.1a. tathāgatagarbha as inherent, complete Buddhahood223
    • 4.1b. Obscuration and inalterability of the tathāgatagarbha229
    • 4.1c. tathāgatagarbha is tathatā 232
    • 4.1d. tathāgatagarbha as innately luminous consciousness 236
    • 4.1e. Is the tathāgatagarbha the true self? 242
    • 4.1f. Is the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine a provisional teaching? 267
    • 4.1g. Recapitulation 274
    • 4.2a. Nature of the Brahmanic true self 278
    • 4.2b. Embodiment and obscuration of the true self 286
    • 4.2c. Two co-existing aspects of the self 297
    • 4.2d. Recapitulation 299
    • 4.3a. Nature of the Sāṅkhya true self 301
    • 4.3b. Embodiment of the self 306
    • 4.3c. Ignorance, bondage and transmigration 312
    • 4.3d. Recapitulation 315
    • 4.4a. Jaina ontological conceptions 317
    • 4.4b. Nature of the Jaina true self 324
    • 4.4c. Karmic bondage and obscuration of the intrinsic nature of the self 334
    • 4.4d. Recapitulation 344
    • 4.5. Conclusion 346
  • Chapter 5. Cosmic Self in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Early Sāṅkhya and
    Jaina Traditions
    361
    • 5.1a. One Essence of all sentient beings and dharmas 361
    • 5.1b. Scholarly debate on the nature of the dharmadhātu 368
    • 5.1c. Tathāgata as Supreme Self 374
    • 5.1d. Tathāgata as īśvara 378
    • 5.1e. Recapitulation 381
    • 5.2a. Cosmic Self in the Brahmanic Tradition 385
    • 5.2b. Indwelling-controller and His relations with individual beings 392
    • 5.2c. Non-duality and non-conceptuality of Brahman 396
    • 5.2d. Brahman as īśvara 398
    • 5.2e. Recapitulation 400
    • 5.3a. Cosmic Self in the Early Sāṅkhya discourses 401
    • 5.3b. Scholarly debate on Brahman in the Early Sāṅkhya discourses 409
    • 5.3c. Recapitulation 414
    • 5.4. Conclusion 416
  • Chapter 6. Concept of Liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya
    and Jaina Traditions
    421
    • 6.1a. Knowledge as means to liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine 422
    • 6.1b. Manifestation of compassion and mode of existence of the
              Tathāgata
      429
    • 6.1c. Transformation of consciousness 436
    • 6.1d. Manifestation of basis and transformation of basis 443
    • 6.1e. Recapitulation 448
    • 6.2a. Knowledge as means to liberation in the Brahmanic Tradition 453
    • 6.2b. Liberation through Divine Grace 460
    • 6.2c. Transformation of consciousnes 464
    • 6.2d. Recapitulation 471
    • 6.3a Knowledge as means to liberation in the Sāṅkhya tradition 474
    • 6.3b. Transformation of consciousness 479
    • 6.3c. Recapitulation 485
    • 6.4a. Knowledge and rigorous austerities as means to liberation in
              Jainism
      487
    • 6.4b. Omniscience of Mahāvīra 498
    • 6.4c. Transformation of consciousness 503
    • 6.4d. Recapitulation 506
    • 6.5. Conclusion 509
  • Chapter 7. Conclusion 520
    • Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and the Śrāvakayāna teachings 524
    • tathāgatagarbha and the pudgala 530
    • Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and Early Mahāyāna teachings 537
    • Conceptual correspondences and differences in the nature of the
      tathāgatagarbha and the natures of true self in the Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and
      Jaina traditions
      567
    • Conceptual correspondences and differences in the nature of the Cosmic
      Self in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina traditions
      575
    • Correspondences and differences in the concept of liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina traditions 580
  • Bibliography 592
Sudden and Gradual
  • Forewordv
  • Acknowledgmentsix
  • Abbreviationsxi
  • Introduction1
    • Peter N. Gregory
            • I . The Sudden and Gradual Debates
  • The Mirror of the Mind13
    • Paul Demiéville
  • Sudden Illumination or Simultaneous Comprehension: Remarks on Chinese and Tibetan Terminology41
    • R. A. Stein
  • Purifying Gold: The Metaphor of Effort and Intuition in Buddhist Thought and Practice67
    • Luis O. Gomez
        • II. Sudden and Gradual Enlightenment in Chinese Buddhism
  • Tao-sheng’s Theory of Sudden Enlightenment Re-examined169
    • Whalen Lai
  • Sudden and Gradual Intimately Conjoined: Chih-i’s T’ien-t’ai View201
    • Neal Donner
  • Shen-hui and the Teaching o f Sudden Enlightenment in Early Ch’an
    Buddhism
    227
    • John R. McRae
  • Sudden Enlightenment Followed by Gradual Cultivation: Tsung-mi’s Analysis
    of Mind
    279
    • Peter N . Gregory
  • The "Short-cut" Approach o f K'an-hua Meditation: The Evolution of a Practical Subitism in Chinese Ch'an Buddhism321
    • Robert E . Buswell, Jr.
            • III. Analogies in the Cultural Sphere
  • The Sudden and the Gradual in Chinese Poetry Criticism: An Examination of the Ch’an-Poetry Analogy381
    • Richard John Lynn
  • Tung Ch’i-ch'ang's "Southern and Northern Schools" in the History and Theory of Painting: A Reconsideration429
    • James Cahill
  • Afterword by Tu Wei-ming447
  • Contributors457
  • Index461
Sun-Face Buddha
  • Prefacexiii
  • PART ONE: INTRODUCTION1
    • Formation of the Ch'an School6
    • The Life and Teaching of Ma-tsu14
    • The Monastic Tradition29
    • Tsung-mi's Evaluation of the Hung-chou School37
    • A Note on the Translations42
  • PART TWO: THE RECORD OF MA-TSU57
    • Biography59
    • Sermons62
    • Dialogues69
  • PART THREE: MA-TSU'S DISCIPLES95
    • Hsi-t'ang Chih-tsang97
    • Pai-chang Huai-hai100
    • Nan-ch'üan P'u-yüan107
    • Ta-chu Hui-hai113
    • Shih-kung Hui-tsang117
    • Ma-ku Pao-ch'e119
    • Ta-mei Fa-ch'ang121
    • Fen-chou Wu-yeh125
    • Wu-tai Yin-feng134
    • Hung-chou Shui-lao137
    • Layman P'ang-yün138
    • Kuei-tsung Chih-ch'ang140
  • Appendix: Sources for the Translations145
  • Glossary147
  • Bibliography151
Tao-sheng's Commentary on the Lotus Sūtra
  • Prefacevii
  • Prolegomenaxi


  • Part I: Introduction1
  • Chapter 1. Tao-sheng's Prehistory: The State of Buddhist Studies in China3
  • Chapter 2. Tao-sheng's Biography13
  • Chapter 3. Tao-sheng's Works23
  • Chapter 4. Tao-sheng's Doctrines29
  • Chapter 5. Tao-sheng's Influence and the Impact of His Doctrines57


  • Part II: A Critical Study of Tao-sheng's Commentary on the Lotus Sūtra 75
  • Chapter 6. Tao-sheng and the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka77
  • Chapter 7. Literary Aspects81
  • Chapter 8. Central Ideas121
  • Chapter 9. Traces of Tao-sheng's Doctrines137
  • Chapter 10. Conclusions145


  • Part III: Translation151
  • Preface153
  • Roll the First (Chapters 1-4)161
  • Roll the Second (Chapters 5-27)241
  • Abbreviations339
  • Glossary of Chinese Characters341
  • Bibliography351
  • Index365
Tao-sheng's Commentary on the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka-Sūtra: A Study and Translation
  • ABSTRACTiii
  • ACKNOWLEDGEMENTSvi


  • PART I: AIMS AND METHOD1
  •               NOTES TO PART I16


  • PART II: INTRODUCTION20
    • A. Tao-sheng's Pre-history: the State of Buddhist Studies in China20
    • B. Tao-sheng's Biography36
      • 1. Biographical Sources36
      • 2. Tao-sheng's Life38
        • a. Early Years in Chien-k'ang under Chu Fa-t'ai38
        • b. The First Sojourn at Lu-shan with Hui-yüan40
        • c. Study with Kumārajīva in Ch'ang-an43
        • d. Return to Lu-shan45
        • e. The Second Sojourn at Chien-k'ang46
        • f. The Third Sojourn at Lu-shan and Death47
        • g. Evaluation of Tao-sheng's Life48
    • C. Tao-sheng's Works53
    • D. Tao-sheng's Doctrines60
      • 1. Sudden Enlightenment61
      • 2. The Buddha-nature and Related Ideas74
      • 3. Miscellaneous84
        • a. The Good Deed Entails No Retribution85
        • b. There is No Pure Land in [the Realm of] the Buddha89
        • c. The Dharmakāya is Formless94
        • d. On the Two Truths101
    • E. Tao-sheng's Influence and the Impact of his Doctrines106
      • 1. The Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment107
        • a. The Contemporary and Following Period107
        • b. Tao-sheng's Doctrine and the Ch'an School111
        • c. Tao-sheng's Doctrine and the Hua-yen School121
      • 2. The Doctrine of Buddha-nature125
      • 3. Tao-sheng and Other Schools129
        • a. Tao-sheng and the T'ien-t'ai School129
        • b. Tao-sheng and the San-lun School133
    • NOTES TO PART II137


  • PART III: A CRITICAL STUDY OF TAO-SHENG'S COMMENTARY ON
    THE SADDHARMAPUṆḌARĪKA
    156
    • A. Tao-sheng and the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka156
    • B. Literary Aspects163
      • 1. Structure163
        • a. General163
        • b. Preface164
        • c. Interpretation of Chapters 1–27165
      • 2. Style and Exegetical Method167
        • a. Style167
        • b. Exegetical Method169
      • 3. Vocabulary: The Language of the Text with Special Reference to Neo-Taoism171
        • a. Introduction171
        • b. Analysis of the Concepts174
          • (1) Li174
          • (2) Fen180
          • (3) The Role of Language183
          • (4) The "Sage" and Related Terms188
          • (5) The Emotional Factor207
          • (6) Lei212
          • (7) One Ultimate214
          • (8) Middle Way (Chung-tao)218
          • (9) Tao222
        • c. Concluding Remarks224
    • C. Central Ideas228
      • 1. Main Themes228
      • 2. An Overview of the Internal Stucture of the Commentary via the
        Term Li
        235
        • a. Introduction235
        • b. Syntactical and Contextual Position237
        • c. Predicates, Properties, and Epistemic Implications239
        • d. Li Viewed in Connection with Other Concepts242
        • e. Li and the Process of Enlightenment256
        • f. Concluding Remarks264
    • D. Traces of Tao-sheng's Doctrines268
      • 1. Sudden Enlightenment269
      • 2. Buddha-nature274
      • 3. Miscellaneous275
    • E. Select Chapters for a Comprehensive Textual Analysis283
      • 1. Chapter 3284
      • 2. Chapter 15301
      • 3. Chapter 24308
      • 4. Summary and Conclusion311
    • NOTES TO PART III317


  • PART IV: CONCLUSION339
    • NOTES TO PART IV346


  • PART V: TRANSLATION348
    • Preface348
    • Roll the First (Chapts. 1–4)352
    • Roll the Second (Chapts. 5–27)453
    • NOTES TO TRANSLATION535
  • ABBREVIATIONS580
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY581
Text as Father: Paternal Seductions in Early Mahayana Buddhist Literature
    • Acknowledgmentsxi
    • Introduction1
  • 1. Text as Father25
  • 2. Who's Your Daddy Now? Reissued Paternity in the Lotus Sūtra48
  • 3. The Domino Effect: Everyone and His Brother Convert to the Lotus Sūtra99
  • 4. "Be All You Can’t Be" and Other Gainful Losses in the Diamond Sūtra160
  • 5. Sameness with a Difference in the Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra197
  • 6. Vimalakīrti, or Why Bad Boys Finish First236
    • Conclusion: A Cavalier Attitude
    • Toward Truth-Fathers327
    • Bibliography347
    • Index351
The Active Self: A Philosophical Study of the "Buddha Nature Treatise" and Other Chinese Buddhist Texts
  • Acknowledgmentsvii
  • List of Abbreviationsix
  • Chapter
  • 1. Introduction1
  •                                               Part One: The Texts14
  • 2. The Buddha Nature Treatise24
    • A. Introduction and Refutation of Other Views30
      • 1. Introduction30
      • 2. Refutation of Other Views31
        • a. Refuting Hinayana Views: Buddha Nature Neither Exists Nor
          Does Not Exist
          32
        • b. Refuting Non-Buddhist Philosophies: Buddha Nature is Not an
          Own-Nature
          42
        • c. Clarification of Mahayana Views: The True Meaning of the Two
          Truths Doctrine
          48
      • 3. Evaluation56
    • B. The Essence of Buddha Nature: Bodhicitta, True Nature and
      Tathagatagarbha
      59
      • 1. Introduction59
      • 2. Analysis60
        • a. The Three Causes60
        • b. The Three Natures61
        • c. Tathagatagarbha68
      • 3. Evaluation77
    • C. Characteristics of Buddha Nature, I: Action and
      Non-Substantiality
      82
      • 1. Introduction82
      • 2. Analysis84
        • a. Transformation of the Basis84
        • b. Dharmakaya and Nirvana98
        • c. The Non-Substantiality of Self and Mind108
      • 3. Evaluation120
    • D. Characteristics of Buddha Nature, II: Soteriology122
      • 1. Introduction122
      • 2. Analysis122
        • a. The Man-Buddha Relationship122
        • b. The Middle Path127
        • c. The Trikāya144
      • 3. Evaluation161
    • E. Conclusion166
  • 3. Two Other Texts172
    • A. The No Increase, No Decrease Sūtra172
      • 1. Introduction172
      • 2. Analytic Summary175
      • 3. Evaluation181
    • B. The Supreme Basis Sūtra189
      • 1. Introduction189
      • 2. Analysis192
      • 3. Concluding Evaluation212
  •                                               Part Two: The Philosophy215
  • 4. Ontology219
    • A. Introduction219
    • B. Contra Monism222
    • C. Nondualism—Other Aspects250
    • D. Conclusion258
  • 5. Action261
    • A. Introduction261
    • B. Action262
      • 1. The Supreme Basis Sūtra262
      • 2. The Buddha Nature Treatise264
    • C. Non-Substantiality270
      • 1. Own-Nature270
      • 2. Mind274
      • 3. Consciousness -Only277
    • D. Conclusion279
  • 6. Practice280
    • A. Introduction280
    • B. Analysis281
      • 1. The Buddha Nature Treatise281
      • 2. The Supreme Basis Sūtra289
    • C. Conclusion290
  •                                               Part Three: The Influence293
  • 7. The Influence of Buddha Nature Thought on Chinese Buddhism294
    • A. Introduction294
    • B. Ch'an299
    • C. Pure Land303
    • D. The Positive Valuation of Phenomenal Reality305
    • E. Conclusion317
  • 8. Conclusion: The Significance of Buddha Nature Thought319
  • Appendix: Buddha Nature Thought and Mysticism331
  • Glossary349
  • Bibliography357
The Awakening of Faith (1967)
    • Foreword, by Wm. Theodore de Baryv
    • Prefacevii
    • Introduction1
  •                                                       The Awakening of Faith21
    • Invocation23
    • The Contents of the Discourse24
  • Part 1 The Reasons for Writing25
  • Part 2 Outline28
  • Part 3 Interpretation31
    • Chapter One: Revelation of True Meaning31
      • I. One Mind and Its Two Aspects31
        • A. The Mind in Terms of the Absolute32
          • 1. Truly Empty34
          • 2. Truly Nonempty35
        • B. The Mind in Terms of Phenomena36
          • 1. The Storehouse Consciousness36
            • a. The Aspect of Enlightenment37
              • (1) Original Enlightenment37
              • (2) The Process of Actualization of Enlightenment38
                • (a) Purity of Wisdom41
                • (b) Suprarational Functions41
              • (3) The Characteristics of the Essence of Enlightenment42
            • b. The Aspect of Nonenlightenment43
            • c. The Relationships Between Enlightenment and Nonenlightenment45
              • (1) Identity45
              • (2) Nonidentity46
          • 2. The Cause and Conditions of Man’s Being in Samsara46
            • a. Mind47
            • b. Consciousness49
            • c. Defiled States of Mind51
            • d. Comments on the Terms Used in the Foregoing Discussion52
          • 3. The Characteristics of Beings in Samsara54
            • a. Permeation of Ignorance56
            • b. Permeation of Suchness58
              • (1) Permeation Through Manifestation of the Essence of Suchness59
              • (2) Permeation Through Influences61
                • (a) The Specific Coordinating Causes61
                • (b) The General Coordinating Causes63
      • II. The Essence Itself and the Attributes of Suchness, or The Meanings of Mahā64
        • A. The Greatness of the Essence of Suchness64
        • B. The Greatness of the Attributes of Suchness65
        • C. The Greatness of the Influences of Suchness67
      • III. From Samsara to Nirvana72
    • Chapter Two: The Correction of Evil Attachments73
      • I. The Biased Views Held by Ordinary Men74
      • II. The Biased Views Held by the Hinayanists78
    • Chapter Three: Analysis of the Types of Aspiration for Enlightenment, or The Meanings of Yāna80
      • I. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through the Perfection of Faith80
      • II. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through Understanding and Deeds86
      • III. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through Insight87
  • Part 4 On Faith and Practice92
    • On Four Faiths92
    • On Five Practices93
    • The Practice of Cessation96
    • The Practice of Clear Observation100
  • Part 5 Encouragement of Practice and the Benefits Thereof103
    • Notes105
    • A Selected Bibliography119
    • Index123
The Awakening of Faith (2005)
  • Contents
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka by NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword by MAYEDA Sengakuvii
  • Publisher’s Foreword by Francis H. Cookix
  • Note on the BDK English Tripiṭaka Series Reprint Editionxi
  • Foreword to the Original Edition by Wm. Theodore de Baryxvi
  • Preface to the Original Edition by Yoshito S. Hakedaxix
  • Translator’s Introduction by Yoshito S. Hakedaxxi
  • The Awakening of Faith
  • Invocation3
  • The Contents of the Discourse3
  • Part One. The Reasons for Writing5
  • Part Two. Outline7
  • Part Three. Interpretation11
  • Chapter I. Revelation of True Meaning11
    • I. One Mind and Its Two Aspects11
      • A. The Mind in Terms of the Absolute12
        • 1. Truly Empty14
        • 2. Truly Nonempty15
      • B. The Mind in Terms of Phenomena16
        • 1. The Storehouse Consciousness16
          • a. The Aspect of Enlightenment17
            • (1) Original Enlightenment17
            • (2) The Process of Actualization of Enlightenment17
              • (a) Purity of Wisdom20
              • (b) Suprational Functions21
            • (3) The Characteristics of the Essence of Enlightenment21
          • b. The Aspect of Nonenlightenment23
          • c. The Relationships between Enlightenment and
               Nonenlightenment
            25
            • (1) Identity25
            • (2) Nonidentity26
        • 2. The Cause and Conditions of Humankind’s Being in Samsara26
          • a. Mind27
          • b. Consciousness29
          • c. Defiled States of Mind31
          • d. Comments on the Terms Used in the Foregoing Discussion32
        • 3. The Characteristics of Beings in Samsara34
          • a. Permeation of Ignorance36
          • b. Permeation of Suchness37
            • (1) Permeation through Manifestation of the Essence of
                 Suchness
              39
            • (2) Permeation through Influences41
              • (a) The Specific Coordinating Causes41
              • (b) The General Coordinating Causes42
    • II. The Essence Itself and the Attributes of Suchness, or the Meaning of Mahå44
      • A. The Greatness of the Essense of Suchness44
      • B. The Greatness of the Attributes of Suchness44
      • C. The Greatness of the Influences of Suchness46
    • III. From Samsara to Nirvana51
  • Chapter II. The Correction of Evil Attachments53
    • I. The Biased Views Held by Ordinary People53
    • II. The Biased Views Held by the Hinayanists57
  • Chapter III. Analysis of the Types of Aspiration for Enlightenment, or the
       Meanings of Yåna
    59
    • I. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through the Perfection of Faith60
    • II. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through Understanding and Deeds65
    • III. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through Insight66
  • Part Four. On Faith and Practice71
    • On Four Faiths71
    • On Five Practices72
    • The Practice of Cessation74
    • The Practice of Clear Observation78
  • Part Five. Encouragement of Practice and the Benefits Thereof81
  • Notes83
  • Glossary91
  • Bibliography95
  • Index99
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)
The Awakening of Faith in Mahayana (Ta-ch'eng ch'i-hsin lun): A Study of the Unfolding of Sinitic Mahayana Motifs
  • PREFACEi
  • INTRODUCTION1
    • The Religious Situation in the Sixth Century A.D. in China
  • CHAPTER ONE49
    • The Awakening of Faith in Mahayana: A Basic Summary
  • CHAPTER TWO92
    • Ideological Roots of the Awakening of Faith in Mahayana
  • CHAPTER THREE189
    • The Theory of "Dynamic Suchness" and the Book of Changes: The Awakening
      of Faith as Interpreted by Fa-tsang
  • CHAPTER FOUR238
    • The Legacy of the Awakening of Faith in Mahayana
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY259
The Awakening of Faith in the Mahayana Doctrine
  • Translator's IntroductionV
  • Translator's SynopsisXVII
  • The Opening HymnXXVI

Chapter I
  • Reasons for writing the Book1

Chapter II
  • The Fundamental Doctrine of the New Buddhism—the Mahayana Faith3

Chapter III
  • Exposition of the Faith4

Chapter IV
  • The Practice of the Faith35

Chapter V
  • The Advantages of the Faith44
The Aṅguttara-Nikâya: Part 1, Ekanipâta, Dukanipâta, and Tikanipâta
  • Preliminary remarksvii
  • Correctionsxv

  •                                                     I. EKA-NIPĀTA1–40
  • I. Rūpa Vagga1
  • II. Nīvaraṇa Vagga3
  • III. Akammanīya Vagga5
  • IV. Adanta Vagga6
  • V. Paṇihita Vagga8
  • VI. Accharāsaŋghāta Vagga10
  • VII. Viriyārambha Vagga12
  • VIII. Kalyāṇamitta Vagga14
  • IX. Pamāda Vagga15
  • X. XI. Adhamma Vagga16
  • XII. Anāpatti Vagga20
  • XIII. Ekapuggala Vagga22
  • XIV. Etadagga Vagga23
  • XV. Aṭṭhāna Vagga24
  • XVI. Ekadhamma Vagga30
  • XVII. Bīja Vagga30
  • XVIII. Makkhali Vagga33
  • XIX. Appamattaka Vagga35
  • XX. XXI. Jhāna Vagga38

  •                                                     II. DUKA-NIPĀTA47–100
  • I. Kammakāraṇa Vagga47
  • II. Adhikaraṇa Vagga52
  • III. Bāla Vagga59
  • IV. Samacitta Vagga61
  • V. Parisā Vagga71
  • VI. Puggala Vagga76
  • VII. Sukha Vagga81
  • VIII. Nimitta Vagga82
  • IX. Dhamma Vagga83
  • X. Bāla Vagga84
  • XI. Āsā Vagga86
  • XII. Āyācana Vagga89
  • XIII. Dāna Vagga91
  • XIV. Santhāra Vagga93
  • XV. Kodha Vagga95
  • XVI. Atthavasa Vagga98

  •                                                     III. TIKA-NIPĀTA101–300
  • I. Bāla Vagga101
  • II. Rathakāra Vagga106
  • III. Puggala Vagga118
  • IV. Devadūta Vagga132
  • V. Cūḷa Vagga150
  • VI. Brāhmaṇa Vagga155
  • VII. Mahā Vagga173
  • VIII. Ānanda Vagga215
  • IX. Samaṇa Vagga229
  • X. Loṇaphala Vagga239
  • XI. Sambodhi Vagga258
  • XII. Āpātika Vagga265
  • XIII. Kusiṅāra Vagga274
  • XIV. Yodhājīva Vagga284
  • XV. Maṅgala Vagga292
  • XVI. Acelaka Vagga295
  • Uddāna300
  • Index of Subjects305
  • Index of Proper Names331
  • Index of Gāthās334
The Blue Annals Parts I & II
  • IntroductionI
  • PART I
  • Book I: The Beginning of the story of the Doctrine.—The Royal
                 Chronicle.—The Period of the Early Spread of the Doctrine
    1
    • II: Later Spread of the Doctrine: The story of the Beginning of the Period of
           the Later Spread of the Doctrine
      63
    • III: The Early Translations of the Mantrayāna Tantras ...102
    • IV: The New Tantras (gsan-snags gsar-ma) and the Followers of the "Path
            and Fruit" (Lam-'Bras) Doctrine
      204
    • V: The Venerable Lord (Jo-bo-rje, Atisa) and his spiritual Lineage241
    • VI: rNog lo-tsa-ba, Pa-tshab lo-tsa-ba and their Lineage. The origin (of the
            teaching) of the Mādhyamika, the Nyāya and the "Five Treatises" of
            Maitreya-Asaṅga
      328
    • VII: The Preaching of the Tantras351
  • PART II
    • VIII: The Spiritual Lineage of the Lord Translator Mar-pa which
               was known as Dwags-po bKa-brgyud
      399
    • IX: The Book on Ko-brag-pa and Ni-gu726
    • X: The Kālacakra753
    • XI: The Mahāmudrā839
    • XII: The Early, Later and Intermediate Lineages of zi-byed867
    • XIII: The (system) of gCod-yul and Kha-rag-pa982
    • XIV: The Cycle of the Mahākaruṇika and that of the Vajrāvali1006
    • XV: The origin of religious schools such as the four Tshogssde, and others,
              Queries and replies (concerning the "Blue Annals", zu-Ian). The story
              of the printing of this edition
      1062
  • INDEXES
  • Sūtras & Sastras (Sanskrit)1095
  • Personal Names (Sanskrit)1104
  • Book Titles (Tibetan)1123
  • Personal Names (Tibetan)1138
  • Chinese Names1265
  • Mongol Names1267
  • List of Errata1269
The Brahmā's Net Sutra
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword, Kenneth K. Tanakavii
  • Publisher's Foreword, A. Charles Mullerix
  • Translators' Introduction, A. Charles Muller and Kenneth K. Tanakaxvii
  • The Brahmā's Net Sutra
  • Fascicle 1. Exposition of the Brahmā's Net Sutra
    • (Preface)3
    • Preface to the Brahmā's Net Sutra by Śramaṇa Sengzhao3
    • The Forty Stages4
      • (Convocation)4
      • Ten Departures for the Destination6
      • Ten Nourishing Mental States6
      • Ten Adamantine Mental States6
      • Ten Grounds7
    • The Ten Departures toward the Destination8
      • 1. The Mental State of Detachment8
      • 2. The Mental State of Morality8
      • 3. The Mental State of Patience9
      • 4. The Mental State of Zeal9
      • 5. The Mental State of Concentration10
      • 6. The Mental State of Insight10
      • 7. The Mental State of Making Vows11
      • 8. The Mental State of Guarding11
      • 9. The Mental State of Joy12
      • 10. The Summit Mental State12
    • The Ten Nourishing Mental States13
      • 1. The Mental State of Kindness13
      • 2. The Mental State of Pity13
      • 3. The Mental State of Joy14
      • 4. The Mental State of Nonattachment14
      • 5. The Mental State of Giving15
      • 6. The Mental State of Caring Speech15
      • 7. The Mental State of Beneficence15
      • 8. The Mental State of Sameness16
      • 9. The Mental State of Concentration16
      • 10. The Mental State of Insight16
    • The Ten Adamantine Mental States17
      • 1. The Mental State of Faith17
      • 2. The Mental State of Mindfulness18
      • 3. The Profound Mental State18
      • 4. The Mental State of Penetrating Illumination18
      • 5. The Direct Mental State19
      • 6. The Mental State of Nonretrogression19
      • 7. The Mental State of the Great Vehicle19
      • 8. The Markless Mental State20
      • 9. The Mental State of Wisdom20
      • 10. The Indestructible Mental State21
    • The Ten Grounds21
      • 1. The Ground of the Equality of the Essence21
      • 2. The Ground of the Skillful Wisdom of the Essence23
      • 3. The Ground of the Luminosity of the Essence25
      • 4. The Ground of the Knowability of the Essence26
      • 5. The Ground of the Wisdom-illumination of the Essence28
      • 6. The Ground of the Floral Radiance of the Essence29
      • 7. The Ground of the Completion of the Essential Nature31
      • 8. The Ground of the Buddha’s Roar of the Essential Nature32
      • 9. The Ground of the Flower Ornamentation of the Essence34
      • 10. The Ground of Entry into the Buddha Realm of the Essential Nature35
  • Fascicle 2. The Precepts
    • Preface to the Bodhisattva Precepts of the Brahmā's Net Sutra37
    • Invocation38
    • The Teaching Transmitted to the Transformation-body Buddhas38
    • Repayment of Kindness and a Separate Iteration of the Teaching39
    • The Exhortation40
    • The Bodhisattva Precepts41
      • The Transmission and Remembrance of the Founding Teacher41
    • Preface to the Formation of the Precepts42
      • Interlocutor’s Preface42
      • The Preface of the World-honored One42
        • The Preface of the Preceptor42
        • The Dharma Preface43
        • The Preface for the Disciples43
    • The Main Sermon43
      • Introduction of the Exhortation to Uphold43
    • The Ten Grave Precepts44
      • 1. Prohibition of Killing for Pleasure44
      • 2. Prohibition of Stealing Others’ Property44
      • 3. Prohibition of the Heartless Pursuit of Lust44
      • 4. Prohibition of Intentional Lying45
      • 5. Prohibition of the Sale of Alcohol45
      • 6. Prohibition of Speaking of the Faults of Others45
      • 7. Prohibition of Praising Oneself and Disparaging Others46
      • 8. Prohibition of Parsimony and Abuse of Others46
      • 9. Prohibition of Holding Resentments and Not Accepting Apologies46
      • 10. Prohibition of Denigration of the Three Treasures47
    • Conclusion47
    • The Minor Precepts48
      • Division of Ten Precepts48
        • Precepts Concerning the Guarding of One's Own Thoughts
          • 1. Do Not Show Disrespect to Senior Teachers48
          • 2. Do Not Drink Alcohol48
        • Protecting Other’s Mental Functions
          • 3. Do Not Eat Meat49
          • 4. Do Not Eat the Five Pungent Roots49
          • 5. Do Not Fail to Encourage Others to Repent49
        • Reversing and Cultivating the Buddha-dharma
          • 6. Do Not Fail to Request Instruction in the Dharma from Visiting Teachers50
          • 7. Do Not Miss a Chance to Attend Dharma Lectures50
          • 8. Do Not Abandon the Great Vehicle and Regress to the Lesser Vehicle50
        • Saving and Protecting Sentient Beings
          • 9. Do Not Fail to Care for the Ill51
          • 10. Do Not Amass Weapons51
      • Division of Ten Precepts51
        • Guarding One's Own Virtue
          • 11. Do Not Serve as a Negotiator for the Military52
          • 12. Do Not Get Involved in Trade and Business that Causes Trouble for Others52
          • 13. Do Not Make Groundless Accusations52
          • 14. Do Not Harm Living Beings by Setting Fires52
        • Bringing Others into the Fold and Protecting Them
          • 15. Do Not Teach Non-Buddhist Doctrines53
          • 16. Do Not be Parsimonious with Offering Material Wealth or the Dharma53
          • 17. Do Not Seek to Gain Political Influence54
          • 18. Do Not Pretend to Be An Accomplished Teacher54
          • 19. Do Not Get Involved in Treachery54
          • 20. Do Not Fail to Help Both the Living and the Deceased55
      • Division of Ten Precepts55
        • The Shared Cultivation of the Three Karmic Activities
          • 21. Do Not Be Intolerant of Wrongs Done by Others56
          • 22. Do Not Arrogantly Despise Your Dharma Teacher56
          • 23. Do Not Despise Beginning Practitioners57
        • Practicing with Those Who Hold the Same Vows
          • 24. Do Not Fear the Superior and Follow the Inferior58
        • Properly Maintaining the Sangha
          • 25. Do Not Fail to Properly Fulfill Administrative Duties58
          • 26. Do Not Receive Guests Improperly58
          • 27. Do Not Accept Personal Invitations59
          • 28. Do Not Extend Personal Invitations to Monks59
        • Harmonizing and Polishing the Precepts
          • 29. Do Not Engage in Improper Livelihood60
          • 30. Do Not Hurt People While Feigning Intimacy with Them60
      • Division of Nine Precepts60
        • Making Proper Donations
          • 31. Do Not Be Lax in Rescuing Vulnerable Articles and People from Harm61
        • Not Doing As One Pleases
          • 32. Do Not Deviously Confiscate Others’ Property61
        • Avoiding Harmful Influences
          • 33. Do Not Pass Your Time in Idleness62
        • Advancing in the True Vehicle
          • 34. Do Not Abandon the Aspiration for Enlightenment62
        • Not Avoiding Making Vows
          • 35. Do Not Fail to Make Vows63
        • Making Vows
          • 36. Do Not Fail to Initiate Vows on Your Own63
        • Avoiding Danger
          • 37. Do Not Intentionally Go to Dangerous Places65
        • Not Creating Confusion
          • 38. Do Not Take Your Place Out of Order66
        • Profit and Happiness
          • 39. Do Not Pursue Personal Gain66
      • Division of Nine Precepts67
        • Using Moral Discipline to Gather (Believers)67
        • Gathering in People of Various Capacities
          • 40. Do Not Err in Terms of Who Can Be Taught67
        • Separating Out Wrong Situations
          • 41. Do Not Seek Disciples for the Wrong Reasons68
        • Guarding the External
          • 42. Do Not Give the Precepts to Unsuitable People70
        • Guarding the Internal
          • 43. Do Not Intentionally Break the Holy Precepts70
        • Showing Respect
          • 44. Do Not Fail to Revere the Sutras and Vinayas71
        • Teaching By Means of Compassion
        • Being Proactive71
          • 45. Do Not Fail to Teach Sentient Beings71
        • Teaching Others
          • 46. Do Not Preach the Dharma Using Improper Protocol71
        • Warding Off Evil
          • 47. Do Not Establish Systems that Undermine the Dharma72
        • Maintaining Orthodoxy
          • 48. Do Not Undermine the Dharma from Within73
    • General Conclusion73
    • Dissemination Section74
      • Concluding Exhortation for Faithful Practice74
  • Notes77
  • Glossary81
  • Bibliography87
  • Index89
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)101
The Buddha Nature: A Study of the Tathāgatagarbha and Ālayavijñāna
  • Foreword by Alex Waymanv
  • Introduction
    • Part Onexv
    • Part Twoxxviii
    • Part Threexxxvi
  • Part One
  • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra and the Ratnagotravibhāga
  • Chapter
  • I. Analysis of the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra3-41
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Ontic Subjectivity4
    • Tathāgatagarbha and Soteriology8
    • The Status of the Buddha15
    • Tathāgatagarbha and Epistemology17
    • The Nescience Entrenchment20
    • The Buddha Natures22
    • The Four Noble Truths25
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Both Śūnya and Aśūnya31
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Self-explicating Knowledge Evaluation38
  • II. The Ratnagotravibhāga43-67
    • The Jewels of the Dharma and the Sangha47
    • Samalā and Nirmalā Tathatā53
    • Threefold Meaning of the Tathāgatagarbha55
    • The Meaning of Gotra59
  • III. Characteristics of the Embryo Reality: Its Self-Nature69-100
    • The Cause of the Embryo's Purification70
    • The Four Supreme Virtues: Antidotal Methogology72
    • Ātma-Pāramitā: Supreme Unity81
    • Nitya-Pāramitā: Supreme Eternity90
    • Supreme Bliss and Supreme Purity95
    • The Result of the Embryo's Self-purification98
    • The Union with the purifying Factors99
  • IV. Further Characteristics of the Embryo101-123
    • The Function of the Embryo Towards Self-purification101
    • The Embryo's Manifestation104
    • Cittaprakrti: the Innate Mind108
    • Buddhahood and Nirvāna118
  • VI. Nine Illustrations of the Garbha125-134
    • Threefold Nature of the Tathāgatagarbha130
  • VI. Tathāgatagarbha as Śūnyatā135-159
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Śūnya and Aśūnya,141
    • The Ratnagotra and the Prajñapāramitā Tradition150
  • VII. The Properties of the Buddha161-176
    • Nirmalā Tathatā163
    • Evaluation171
  • Part Two
  • The Ālayalavijñāna in the Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra and the Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun
  • VIII. The Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra179-194
    • The Union of the Tathāgatagarbha and the Ālayavijñana179
    • The Confusion of Epistemology and Ontology in the Laṅkāvatāra185
  • IX. The Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun195-211
    • The Metaphysics of Mere-Consciousness195
    • The Ālayavijñana and the Bījas202
  • X. The Ālayavijñana and Ignorance213-226
    • Ātmagrāha and Dharmagrāha213
    • The "Manas and Manovijñāna214
    • The Ultimate Origin of Ignorance223
  • XI. The Holy Path of Attainment227-244
    • The Stage of Moral Provisioning227
    • The Stage of Intensified Effort228
    • The Stage of Unimpeded Penetrating Understanding230
    • The Stage of Exercising Cultivation232
    • The Stage of Ultimate Realization241
  • Part Three
  • The Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna: Summary and Comparison
  • XII. Conclusion247-292
    • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra247
    • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Ratnagotravibhāga251
    • The Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra260
    • The Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun263
    • The Ultimate Status of Ignorance in the Theory of the Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna266
    • The Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna and the Hegelian Absolute Spirit273
  • Appendix 1: Numerical Listings from the Srī-Mālā Sūtra and the
    Ratnagotravibhāga
    293
  • Appendix 2: Numerical Listings from the Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun299
  • Selected Bibliography303
  • Index311
The Buddha Nature: A Study of the Tathāgatagarbha and Ālayavijñāna (Dissertation)
  • Chapter
  • I. Introduction1
    • Part One4
    • Part Two23
    • Part Three34
Part One
The Tathāgatagarbha in the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra
and the Ratnagotrabibhāga
  • II. Analysis of the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra39
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Ontic Subjectivity41
    • Tathāgatagarbha and Soteriology45
    • The Status of the Buddha54
    • Tathāgatagarbha and Epistemology58
    • The Nescience Entrenchment61
    • The Buddha Natures64
    • The Four Noble Truths67
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Both Śūnya and Aśūnya75
    • Tathāgatagarbha as Self-Explicitating Knowledge81
    • Evaluation86
  • III. The Ratnagotravibhāga91
    • The Jewels of the Dharma and the Saṃgha97
    • Samalā and Nirmalā Tathatā105
    • Threefold Meaning of the Tathāgatagarbha108
    • The Meaning of Gotra112
  • IV. Characteristics of the Embryo Reality: Its Self-Nature125
    • The Cause of the Embryo's Purification126
    • The Four Supreme Virtues: Antidotal Methodology129
    • Ātma-Pāramitā: Supreme Unity142
    • Nitya-Pāramitā: Supreme Eternity154
    • Supreme Bliss and Supreme Purity161
    • The Result of the Embryo's Self-Purification164
    • The Union with the Purifying Factors166
  • V. Further Characteristics of the Embryo169
    • The Function of the Embryo Towards Self-Purification169
    • The Embryo's Manifestation173
    • Cittaprakṛti: the Innate Mind178
    • Buddhahood and Nirvāṇa192
  • VI. Nine Illustrations of the Garbha201
    • Threefold Nature of the Tathāgatagarbha207
  • VII. The Tathāgatagarbha and Śūnyatā215
    • The Tathāgatagarbha as Śūnya and Aśūnya224
    • The Ratnagotra and the Prajñāpāramitā Tradition235
  • VIII. The Properties of the Buddha249
    • Nirmalā Tathatā252
    • Evaluation262
Part Two
The Alayavijñāna in the Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra
And the Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun
  • IX. The Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra271
    • The Union of the Tathāgatagarbha and the Ālayavijñāna271
    • The Confusion of Epistemology and Ontology in the Laṅkāvatāra279
  • X. The Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun292
    • The Metaphysics of Mere-Consciousness292
    • The Ālayavijñāna and the Bījas301
  • XI. The Ālayavijñāna and Ignorance314
    • Ātmagrāha and Dharmagrāha314
    • The Manas and Manovijñāna316
    • The Ultimate Origin of Ignorance326
  • XII. The Holy Path of Attainment332
    • The Stage of Moral Provisioning332
    • The Stage of Intensified Effort333
    • The Stage of Unimpeded Penetrating Understanding336
    • The Stage of Exercising Cultivation339
    • The Stage of Ultimate Realization350
Part Three
The Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna
Summary and Comparison
  • XIII. Conclusion356
    • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Śrī-Māla Sūtra356
    • The Tathāgatagarbha in the Ratnagotravibhāga361
    • The Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra374
    • The Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun378
    • The Ultimate Status of Ignorance in the Theory of the Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna382
    • The Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna and the Hegelian Absolute Spirit391
  • Appendix 1418
  • Appendix 2422
  • Selected Bibliography425
The Buddha Nature: Death and Eternal Soul in Buddhism
  • Acknowledgement7
  • Foreword11
  • Preface15
  • I. Buddha Nature21
  • II. The Clear Light Mind27
  • III. Self and Non-Self35
  • IV. Buddhahood41
  • V. Individuality and Universality57
  • VI. Mind and Body63
  • VII. Buddhist Meditation69
  • VIII. Talk in Salzburg75
The Buddha Within: Tathagatagarbha Doctrine according to the Shentong Interpretation of the Ratnagotravibhaga
  • Acknowledgementsxiii


  • Yogin Khenpo Tsultrim Gyamtso's Spontaneous Verses on the Subject of Rangtong and Shentongxv


  • Chapter 1: General Introduction1
  • The Omnicient Dolpopa's Prayer that Unties the Vajra Word Knots5


  • Section One–The Issues9
  • Chapter 2: Introduction to the Rangtong-Shentong Distinction11
  • 2.1 The Origin and Significance of Buddhist Commentarial Traditions11
  • 2.2 The Rangtong-Shentong Distinction13
  • 2.3 The Meaning of Rangtong14
  • 2.4 The Meaning of Shentong15
  • 2.5 The Importance of the Rangtong-Shentong Distinction16


  • Chapter 3: Emptiness from the Shentong Point of View19
  • 3.1 Progressive Stages of Meditation on Emptiness19
  • 3.2 The Final Stage–Shentong (Yogacara Madhyamaka)22
  • 3.3 No Shentong Without a Proper Understanding of Rangtong26
  • 3.4 Problems of Definitions of Terms29


  • Chapter 4: The Shentong View of Absolute Reality33
  • 4.1 Buddhajnana33
  • 4.2 Inseparable Qualities37
    • i. Inseparable Qualities of the Dharmakaya38
    • ii. The Concept of Uncompoundedness44
    • iii. Inseparability and the Spontaneous Existence of the Buddha Qualities47
  • 4.3 Buddha Activity51


  • Chapter 5: Means of Apprehending Absolute Reality57
  • 5.1 Faith57
    • i. Faith and Buddhajnana57
    • ii. Faith and Direct Experience60
    • iii. Direct Experience as Valid Cognition63
  • 5.2 Non-conceptuality (nisprapanca)65
    • i. Nisprapanca as Awareness Experienced in Meditation65
    • ii. Nisprapanca as Freedom from Extremes71
    • ii. Nisprapanca as Non-conceptuality in the RGV (1.9)73
    • ii. Nisprapanca as in the Tantras77
  • 5.3 The Two Realities and the Two Visions79
    • i. Satya79
    • ii. Paramarthasatya79
    • iii. Samvrtisatya81
    • iv. Ultimate Reality is not Dependent Arising82
    • v. Own Nature and Other Nature (Svabhava and Parabhava)82
    • vi. The Two Realities Inseparable83
    • vii. The Two Senses of Manifestation and Emptiness85
    • viii. The Importance of the Distinction85
    • ix. The Relationship Between the To Realities87
    • x. The Two Visions–Precisely What Is and the Extent of What Is (Yathavadbhavikata and Yavadbhavikata)87


  • Chapter 6: The Nature of Beings91
  • 6.1 Base, Path, and Fruit91
  • 6.2 Tathagatagarbha91
    • i. The Shentong and Rangtong Approaches Compared94
    • ii. The Term "Tathagatagarbha"99
  • 6.3 Self100
  • 6.4 Gotra104
    • i. The "Cut-off" Gotra and the Three Yanas105
    • ii. Gotra as both Cause and Emptiness108


  • Chapter 7: The Third Dharmacakra: Neyartha or Nitartha113
  • 7.1 The Third Dharmacakra113
    • i. The Three Dharmacakras113
    • ii. The Third Dharmacakra as Nitartha114
    • iii. Kongtrul's Distinction Between the Tow Kinds of Nitartha Sutra of the
      Third Dharmacakra
      117
    • iv. Dolpopa's Anlaysis121
    • v. The Third Dharmacakra is Not Cittamatra122
  • 7.2 Neyartha and Nitartha124
    • i. Rangtong Explanations of Neyartha and Nitartha124
    • ii. The Terms "Neyartha" and "Nitartha"126
    • iii. The Ratnagotravibhaga—Neyartha or Nitartha?127


  • Section Two–Historical Background133


  • Chapter 8: The Shentong Tradition135
  • 8.1 The Jonangpas135
    • i. The Jonangpa Lineage135
    • ii. Some Opponents and Supporters of Shentong136
    • iii. The Mountain Dharma–Ocean of Nitartha (Ri chos nges don gya mtsho, RC)136
    • iv. Comparison With Later Shentongpas140
    • v. The Essence of the Controversy141
    • vi. Shentong is Secret Oral Instruction142
  • 8.2 Sources of Shentong143
    • i. The Tibetan Inheritance143
    • ii. Some of Dolpopa's Indian Sources of Shentong147
    • iii. Other Views on the Indian Sources of Shentong149
    • iv. The Brhattika151
    • v. Nagarjuna's Stotra and Karikas154
    • vi. How Shentong Relates to Later Developments of Buddhism in India156
    • vii. The Term "Great Madhyamaka"157
    • viii. Tantric Shentong159
  • 8.3 Kongtrul and the Rimay Tradition161
    • i. Kongtrul161
    • ii. The Rimay Tradition162


  • Chapter 9: Traditions of Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV165
  • 9.1 Introduction to the Ratnagotravibhaga and Ratnagotravibhagavyakhya and Associated Traditions.165
    • i. Authorship and Rediscovery165
    • ii. Maitreya166
    • iii. The Importance of the Maitreya-Asanga Connection167
    • iv. The RGV as a Synthesis of the Tathagatagarbha Sutras and the
      Prajnaparamita Sutras
      169
    • v. The Vyakhya (RGVV)171
    • vi. Transmission to Tibet171
  • 9.2 Matters Arising from the Introduction to Kongtrul's Commentary on the
    RGV.
    172
    • i. The Two Tibetan Transmission Lineages of the RGV172
    • ii. Questions Arising from Kongtrul's Commentary173
    • iii. Other Commentators Not Mentioned in the Initial Praises175
    • iv. Gampopa and the Sutra and Tantra Mahamudra176
    • v. Rangjung Dorje and the Mahamudra-Dzogchen Synthesis178


  • Section Three–A Shentong Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV and a
    Translation of Kongtrul's Introduction to His RGV Commentary
    179


  • Chapter 10: A Shentong Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV–A Paraphrase
    With Comments
    181
  • 10.1 The Title and its Implications 181
  • 10.2 General Introduction to the Seven Vajra Bases 182
  • 10.3 Vajra Bases 1–3: The Three Jewels 186
  • 10.4 Vajra Base 4: The Dhatu (Element)192
    • Causes and Conditions for Purification192
    • The Four Paradoxes193
    • The Three Reasons196
    • The Element Arranged in Ten Points198
    • The Nine Examples221
    • The Essence of the Doctrine229
    • The Purpose of the Instruction233
  • 10.5 Vajra Base 5: Enlightenment235
  • 10.6 Vajra Base 6: Qualities249
  • 10.7 Vajra Base 7: Activity252
  • 10.8 The Benefits260


  • Chapter 11: Translation of the Introduction to Kongtrul's RGV Commentary263


  • Chapter 12: Conclusion289


  • Appendix 1: Works by Western Scholars295


  • Appendix 2: Prakrtisunyata, Svabhavasunyata and Parabhavasunyata in Rangtong
    and Shentong Terms
    299


  • Appendix 3: Further Details on the Three Svabhava and the Three Kinds of
    Emptiness as Found in the SNS
    303


  • Appendix 4: The Sandhinirmocanasutra: Résumé 311


  • Appendix 5: Some Points of Comparision Between Rangtong Commentators on
    RGV
    317


  • Appendix 6: The Five Dharmas of Maitreya325


  • Abbreviations327


  • Notes329


  • Conventions Used363


  • Glossary of Terms364


  • Bibliography367


  • Index397


  • Tables
  • 8.1152
  • 8.2153
The Buddha from Dolpo (2010)
  • Preface to the Revised Editionvii
  • List of Illustrations xi
  • List of Plates xiii
  • Introduction 1
  • PART ONE: The Life and Teachings of the Omniscient Dölpopa
  • Chapter One: The Life of the Buddha from Dölpo 9
    • 1. Childhood and Early Education 10
    • 2. Studies at the Great Monastery of Sakya 11
    • 3. The Move to Jonang 15
    • 4. Raising Mount Meru and Revealing the Shentong View 19
    • 5. The Initial Reception of the Shentong Teachings 22
    • 6. The New Jonang Translation of the Kālacakra Tantra and the Stainless
          Light
      24
    • 7. Years of Retreat and Teaching 29
    • 8. Invitation to China by the Yüan Emperor Toghon Temür 29
    • 9. Changes in the Jonang Leadership and the Beginning of the Journey to
          Lhasa
      31
    • 10. Teachings in Central Tibet and the Return to Tsang 33
    • 11. The Aborted Meeting with Butön Rinchen Drup 35
    • 12. The Last Months at Jonang 36
  • Chapter Two: A Historical Survey of the Shentong Tradition in Tibet 41
    • 1. The Shentong Tradition in Tibet before Dölpopa 42
    • 2. Dölpopa and the Shentong View 46
    • 3. The Shentong Tradition after Dölpopa 55
  • Chapter Three: The Doctrine of the Buddha from Dölpo 85
    • 1. Emptiness of Self-nature and Emptiness of Other 87
    • 2. A Redefinition of Cittamātra and Madhyamaka 91
    • 3. Two Approaches to Enlightenment 103
  • PART TWO: Texts in Translation
  • Introduction to the General Commentary on the Doctrine 113
  • 1. Supplication Entitled General Commentary on the Doctrine 119
  • Introduction to the Fourth Council and the Autocommentary to the
    "Fourth Council"
    131
  • 2. Great Calculation of the Doctrine That Has the Significance of a Fourth Council 135
  • 3. Autocommentary to the "Fourth Council"205
  • Notes 313
  • Bibliography 413
  • Index 449
The Buddha's Dream of Liberation: Freedom, Emptiness, and Awakened Nature
  • Prefaceix
  • Introduction: The Wheel of Dharma1
  • Part I: The Three Turnings of the Wheel
    • 1. The First Turning of the Wheel: Freedom and the Four Noble Truths13
    • 2. The Second Turning of the Wheel: Emptiness33
    • 3. The Third Turning of the Wheel: Awakened Nature and Everyday
          Consciousness
      59
  • Part II: Turning the Wheel in the Twenty-First Century
    • 4. Living Dharma83
    • 5. Tasting the Truth of the Buddha's Words: A Zen Perspective by Reb
          Anderson Roshi
      103
    • 6. Envisioning Tara: A Vajrayana Perspective by Lama Palden Drolma117
    • 7. The Buddha's Dream135
  • Notes141
  • Bibliography149
  • Index153
  • About the Contributors163
The Buddha's Single Intention
  • Foreword ix
  • Preface xi
  • Introduction i

Light of the Sun by Rikzin Chökyi Drakpa

  • Preliminaries 39
    • 1. The Vital Points of the Dharma Wheel 49
    • 2. The Vital Points of Dependent Origination 169
    • 3. The Vinaya-Prātimokṣa 209
    • 4. The Training of the Bodhisattvas 291
    • 5. The Observance of Mantra Awareness Holders 395
    • 6. View, Practice, and Conduct 517
    • 7. The Resultant State of Buddhahood 629
    • 8. Supplements 677
  • Appendix: Commentaries of the Single Intention733
  • Table of Tibetan Transliteration 737
  • Bibliography 747
  • Index 785
  • About the Author 843
The Buddhist Feminine Ideal
  • Introduction1
  • Chapter
    • I. Historical Overview10
    • II. Tathāgatabarbha61
    • III. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part I116
    • IV. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part II136
  • V. The Teaching of Queen Śrīmālā Who Had the Lion's Roar187
  • Appendix I: Methodology278
  • Appendix II: Bibliography287
The Buddhist Philosophy of the Middle
  • Foreword by Tom Tillemans ix
  • Preface xiii
  • Abbreviations xix
    • 1. Mathematical and Linguistic Models in Indian Thought: The Case of Zero
          and Śūnyatā (1978)
      1
    • 2. Towards a Chronology of the Madhyamaka School (1982) 13
    • 3. The Uses of the Four Positions of the Catuṣkoṭi and the Problem of the
          Description of Reality in Mahāyāna Buddhism (1977)
      37
      • I. The Four Positions in Early Buddhist Thought37
      • II. The Uses of the Catuṣkoṭi in the Madhyamaka40
      • III. Conjunction and Negation of Opposed Terms in Vijñānavāda
            Definitions of Reality
        67
      • IV. Negation of Opposed Terms in the Description of the Absolute in the
            Ratnagotravibhāga
        81
      • V. The Vātsīputrīya Conception of the Indeterminate 84
      • Appendix I. Commentarial Interpretations of Mūlamadhyamakakārikā
           xviii.8
        86
      • Appendix II. Some Modern Interpretations of the Catuṣkoṭi 89
      • Appendix III. The Logical Error of Negation of the Antecedent and the
           Mūlamadhyamakakārikās
        109
      • Bibliography 111
    • 4. Le Dharmadhātustava de Nāgārjuna (1971) 113
    • 5. On the Authorship of Some Works Ascribed to Bhā(va)viveka/Bhavya
          (1990)
      145
    • 6. The Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika Distinction in the History of Madhyamaka
          Though (2006)
      159
    • 7. Purport, Implicature, and Presupposition: Sanskrit abhiprāya and Tibetan
          dgongs pa / dgongs gzhi as Hermeneutical Concepts (1985)
      195
    • 8. An Indian Source for the Tibetan Hermeneutical Term dgongs gzhi,
          "Intentional Ground" (1998)
      213
    • 9. Some Reflections on the Place of Philosophy in the Study of Buddhism
          (1995)
      217
    • 10. On the Tibetan Historiography and Doxography of the "Great Debate
           of Bsam yas" (1992)
      253
    • 11. Autour du Lta ba'i khyad par de Ye shes sde (1979) 267
    • 12. The Jo nang pas; A School of Buddhist Ontologists According to the
           Crystal Mirror of Philosophical Doctrines (Grub mtha' shel gyi me long) (1963)
      289
    • 13. A Karma Bka' brgyud Work on the Lineages and Traditions of the Indo-
           Tibetan dbu ma (Madhyamaka) (1988)
      323
    • 14. La Pensée Tibétaine (accompagné d'une traduction du Rten 'brel bstod pa
           legs bshad snying po
      de Tsong kha pa) (1989)
      357
    • 15. The Indian and the Indic in Tibetan Cultural History, and Tsong kha pa's
           Achievement as a Scholar and Thinker: An Essay on the Concepts of
           "Buddhism in Tibet" and "Tibetan Buddhism" (2004)
      375
  • English Glossary of Selected Terms 399
  • Publications by David Seyfort Ruegg 407
  • Indexes 419
The Buddhist Self
    • ACKNOWLEDGMENTSXI
    • ABBREVIATIONSVIII
    • CONVENTIONSXVII
  • 1 Introduction1
    • 1.1 Self and Not-Self in Early Buddhism1
    • 1.2 Tathāgatagarbha Literature in Overview11
    • 1.3 Essences, Natures, Wombs, and Chambers14
    • 1.4 Buddhist Ātmavāda: Preliminary Thoughts21

Part I: Buddha-Nature, the Self

  • 2 The Mahāparinirvāṇamahāsūtra and the Buddhist Self29
    • 2.1 The Text29
    • 2.2 The Buddha as Self33
    • 2.3 Buddha-nature and the Self40
    • 2.4 Contentions and Clarifications47
    • 2.5 The True Self and False Notions of It55
    • 2.6 Self and Absence of Self59
    • 2.7 Buddha-nature in Dharmakṣema's MPNMSD+ 62
    • 2.8 Conclusions67
  • 3 The Aṅgulimālīyasūtra and the Essential Self70
    • 3.1 The Text70
    • 3.2 An "Essence" of One's Own74
    • 3.3 What Buddha-nature Is Not: More False Notions of the Self77
    • 3.4 Perceiving Buddha-nature79
    • 3.5 Essence, Action, and the Self83
    • 3.6 A "Single Essence"87
    • 3. 7 Buddhism contra Other Systems91
    • 3.8 Conclusions95
  • 4 The Mahābherīhārakasūtra and Liberation of the Self97
    • 4.1 The Text97
    • 4.2 Continuity of the Self100
    • 4.3 The Sovereign Self104
    • 4.4 Buddha-nature and Buddhist Practice107
    • 4.5 Self, Not-Self, and Emptiness109
    • 4.6 Conclusions114

Part II: Buddha-nature, Not Self

  • 5 The Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanādasūtra and the Perfection of Self119
    • 5.1 The Text119
    • 5.2 Reimagining Tathāgatagarbha122
    • 5.3 The Dharmakāya and Its Qualities129
    • 5.4 On "Singularity"132
    • 5.5 Conclusions136
  • 6 Other Tathāgatagarbha Sources139
    • 6.1 The Anūnatvāpūrṇatvānirdeśaparivarta139
    • 6.2 The Tathāgatagarbhasūtra143
    • 6.3 The Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra148
  • 7 The Ratnagotravibhāga and the Self That Is No Self154
    • 7.1 The Text154
    • 7.2 Buddha-nature and the "Basic" RGV158
    • 7.3 "Perfection of Self' in the RGVV167
    • 7.4 Tathāgatagarbha as, Once Again, the Self175
    • 7.5 Conclusions178
  • 8 The Laṅkāvatārasūtra and Rejecting the Buddhist Self181
    • 8.1 The Text181
    • 8.2 Tathāgatagarbha and Absence of Self183
    • 8.3 The "Ālayavijñāna-Tathāgatagarbha"188
    • 8.4 Selfhood in the Sagāthaka191
    • 8.5 Conclusions194
    • 8.6 Postscript: After the LAS195

Part III: Buddha-nature Reconsidered

  • 9 Recurring Themes and Motifs203
    • 9.1 The Single Vehicle203
    • 9.2 "Cryptic" Utterances210
    • 9.3 The Intrinsically Pure Mind214
    • 9.4 "Sarvalokapriyadarśana"217
    • 9.5 Emptiness and Nonemptiness218
    • 9.6 Non-Buddhists and Their Teachings223
  • 10 Evolution of the Buddhist Self229
    • 10.1 The Course of Buddha-nature Teaching229
    • 10.2 Origins of the Buddha-nature Idea237
    • 10.3 Liberation and the Self245
    • 10.4 Buddhist Selfhood and the Mahāyāna253
    • 10.5 Closing Thoughts261
    • REFERENCES265
    • INDEX287
The Buddhist Theory of Self according to Acarya Candrakirti
  • PREFACEiii


PART ONE: ANALYSIS
  • CHAPTER ONE: Introduction2
  • CHAPTER TWO: Foundations of Buddhist Philosophy9
  • CHAPTER THREE: The Standard Buddhist Theory of Self24
  • CHAPTER FOUR: Several Mahayana Concepts32
  • CHAPTER FIVE: The Innate Belief in the Self and the Two Truths45
  • CHAPTER SIX: The Prasangika Logic69
  • CHAPTER SEVEN: Refutation of Non-Buddhist Theories of Self91
  • CHAPTER EIGHT: Refutation of the Standard Buddhist Theory109
  • CHAPTER NINE: Candrakirti's Analysis of the Self133


PART TWO: TRANSLATION
  • CHAPTER TEN: The Insubstantiality of the Person142
  • NOTES222
  • ABBREVIATIONS228
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY229
The Buddhist Unconscious
    • Prefacexi
    • Acknowledgmentsxv

    • Thematic introduction: a Buddhist critique of
      the construction of self and world
      1

  • PART I
    The background and context of the ālaya-vijñāna
    7

  • 1 The early Buddhist background9
  • The three marks of existence9
  • The formula of dependent arising11
    • Causation and continuity without a self16
  • Viññāṇa in the formula of dependent arising19
    • Viññāṇa as consciousness21
    • Viññāṇa as cognitive awareness28
  • The underlying tendencies (anusaya)33
    • The underlying tendency "I am" and conceptual proliferation (papañca)36
    • The debate over latent versus manifest39
  • Reciprocal causality between the two aspects of viññāṇa41

  • 2 The Abhidharma context46
  • The Abhidharma project and its problematic46
    • Background of the Abhidharma47
  • The aim and methods of Abhidharma: dharma as irreducible unit of experience50
  • The basic problematic: two levels of discourse, two dimensions of mind55
  • Analysis of mind and its mental factors57
    • The initial formulation of the problematic in its synchronic dimension: the accumulation of karmic potential, the presence of the underlying tendencies,
      and their gradual purification in the Kathāvatthu
      59
    • The problematic in its diachronic dimension: immediate succession versus the continuity of karmic potential62
  • The persistence of traditional continuities: karma and kleśa in the Abhidharma-kośa67
  • Abhidharmic responses to the problematic70
    • The Sarvāstivādin theory of possession (prāpti)72
    • The Sautrāntika theory of seeds (bīja) in the mental stream (santāna)73
  • Questions raised by consciousness, seeds, and the mental stream76
  • The Theravadin theory of life-constituent mind (bhavaṅga-citta)81
  • Conclusion85

  • PART II
    The ālaya-vijñāna in the Yogācāra tradition
    89

  • 3 The ālaya-vijñana in the early tradition91
  • The origins of the ālaya-vijñāna91
  • The new model of mind in the Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra94
    • The ālaya-vijñāna as mental stream99
  • The Ālaya Treatise of the Yogācārabhūmi101
    • The Proof Portion102
  • The Alaya Treatise, Pravṛtti Portion: analyzing the ālaya-vijñāna in Abhidharmic
    terms
    107
    • The ālaya-vijñāna's subliminal objective supports and cognitive processes109
    • The ālaya-vijñāna's mutual and simultaneous relationship with manifest
      cognitive awareness (pravṛtti-vijñāna)
      112
    • The ālaya-vijñāna's simultaneous arising with (afflictive) mentation117
  • The Ālaya Treatise, Nivṛtti Portion: equating the ālaya-vijñāna with saṃsāric
    continuity
    123
  • Conclusion127

  • 4 The ālaya-vijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha
  • 1. bringing it all back home128
  • Appropriating the traditional Buddhist framework129
    • Synonyms of the ālaya-vijñāna in the disciple’s vehicle130
    • The two vijñanas and the two dependent arisings131
    • Seeding the ālaya-vijñāna: the karmic process as simultaneous intrapsychic causality135
  • Resolving the Abhidharmic Problematic139
    • Karma, rebirth, and the ālaya-vijñāna140
    • The continuity of the afflictions (kleśa)142
    • The path of purification: mundane and supramundane150
  • Beyond Abhidharma: adventitious defilements, pure seeds, and luminous minds153

  • 5 The ālaya-vijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha
  • 2. looking beyond158
  • The predispositions of speech, self-view, and the life-constituents159
  • Common experience, common embodiment: language, the ālaya-vijñana, and "the arising
    of the world"
    160

  • PART III
    Appendices
    171

  • Appendix I The series of dependent arising: affliction, action, and their
    results
    173
  • Appendix II Index of related controversies175
  • Appendix III Translation: the Pravṛtti and Nivṛtti Portions of the
    Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī of the Yogācārabhūmi
    178

    • Notes190
    • Bibliography of works cited247
    • Index of texts quoted255
    • Index259
The Cakrasamvara Tantra (The Discourse of Sri Heruka) - A Study and Annotated Translation (2007)

Series Editor's Prefaceix Author's Prefacexv

Introduction: The Study of the Cakrasamvara Tantra

  • 1. Introduction to the Cakrasamvara Tantra
    • The Cakrasamvara and the Yoginī Tantras3
    • Dating the Text11
    • Cakrasamvara Literature 15
  • 2. Traditional History of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
    • Mythic Root Texts28
    • The Origin of Heruka35
  • 3. Contents and Contexts
    • The Triple Wheel Mandala54
    • Ḍākinīs, Yoginīs, and Women77
    • Consecration and the Sexual Yogas103
    • Mantras and Magic131
  • 4. Texts and Translation
    • Texts Employed137
    • Translation Methodology145
    • Technical Notes151

Translation of the Cakrasamvara Tantra

  • I. The Descent of the Maṇḍala155
  • II. The Procedure of Wheel Worship164
  • III. The Procedure of Consecration and Fee [Payment]171
  • IV. The Procedure Called 'The Nonduality of the Heroes and Yoginīs'178
  • V. The Procedure of Selecting the Letters of the Root Mantra181
  • VI. The Procedure of Selecting the Hero's Six Armor [Mantras]186
  • VII. The Procedure of Selecting the Mantra188
  • VIII. The Procedure of Selecting the Reversed Yoginī Mantras194
  • IX. The Procedure of the Ritual Actions of the Root Mantra196
  • X. The Achievement of the Triple Body and the Procedure of the Ritual
    Actions of the Essence Mantra
    202
  • XI. The Procedure of Characterizing the Seven-lived One206
  • XII. The Procedure of the Ritual Actions of the Quintessence209
  • XIII. The Procedure of the Applications of the Armor Mantra214
  • XIV. The Procedure of the Donkey Form Yoga for Becoming Śrī Heruka217
  • XV The Procedure of the Syllabic Signs222
  • XVI. The Procedure of Examining the Characteristics of the Seven Yoginīs226
  • XVII. The Procedure of the Signs, Gestures, and Perambulant Forms of All
    Yoginīs
    232
  • XVIII. The True Procedure of the Colors, Characteristics, and Signs of all
    Yoginīs
    236
  • XIX. The Procedure of Pointing Out the Gestures of the Yoginīs239
  • XX. The Procedure of the Symbolic Hand Gestures of the Yoginīs243
  • XXI. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Visual Body Gestures246
  • XXII. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Distinctive Limb Gestures248
  • XXIII. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Ḍākinīs' Signs and Insignia250
  • XXIV. The Procedure of the Symbolic Speech of the Four Classes256
  • XXV The Procedure of Completely Hiding the Root Mantra263
  • XXVI. The Procedures of Inspecting the Disciple and the Vows265
  • XXVII. The Procedures of the Conduct, Observances, Worship, and Sacrificial
    Cakes
    271
  • XXVIII. The Procedures of the Inner Fire Sacrifice and Class Oneness282
  • XXIX. The Procedures of the Messenger's Defining Marks and the State of Empowerment289
  • XXX. The Procedure of Mantra Selection Bound in the Muraja Drum292
  • XXXI. The Procedure of the Rites of Eating, Fire Sacrifice and the Sacrificial
    Cakes, and the Hand Signs
    297
  • XXXII. The Procedures of the Animal Sacrificial Victims, the Means of
    Achieving the Zombie, and the Creation Stage
    300
  • XXXIII. The Reverential Procedure of Secret Worship305
  • XXXIV. The Procedure of Summoning via the Fire Sacrifice of the Nondual
    Messenger
    308
  • XXXV. The Procedure of the Nondual Ritual Action and the Method of
    Cheating Black Death
    312
  • XXXVI. The Procedure of Summoning the Reality Worship317
  • XXXVII. The Procedure of Inner Mastery320
  • XXXVIII. The Procedure of the Yoginīs' Place and the Heroes' Secret Abode322
  • XXXIX. The Procedure of Vision and Loud Laughter325
  • XL. The Procedures of Subjugating the Five Social Classes and Mahāmudrā327
  • XLI. The Procedure of Laying Down the Mandala of the Twenty four
    Syllables
    329
  • XLII. The Procedure of the Laughter Mantra and the Magic of the Yoginīs'
    Forms
    338
  • XLIII. The Procedure of Accomplishing the Ritual Actions of the Quintessence [Mantra]343
  • XLIV. The Procedure of the Six Yoginīs' Ritual Actions with the Seven Syllable [Mantra]350
  • XLV. The Six Yoginī Ritual Actions and the Summoning of the Power of
    Speech
    353
  • XLVI. The Procedure of Ritual Actions with the Five ha Syllables358
  • XLVII. The Procedure of All Ritual Actions of the Sarvabuddhaḍākinī
    Mantra
    360
  • XLVIII. The Procedure of the Maṇḍala of the Hidden Abode of all Heroes
    and Ḍākinīs
    364
  • XLIX. The Procedure of Transforming the Victim who is Born Seven Times367
  • L. The Procedure of the Domination Fire Sacrifice and the Teaching of the
    Stages in Relation to the Seats, etc.
    370
  • LI. Creation Stage Esoteric Instruction376
  • Glossaries385
  • Conspectus Siglorum405
  • Bibliography409
  • Index437
The Center of the Sunlit Sky
  • Acknowledgments11
  • Foreword 13
  • Preface 17
  • Introduction 25
  • PART ONE: The General Presentation of Madyamaka in the Kagyü Tradition 45
  • 1. The Transmission of Madhyamaka from India to Tibet and Its Relation to
    Vajrayāna and Mahāmudrā
    47
  • 2 The Middle from Beginning to End 69
    • Madyamaka Ground 72
      • What Is Reality? 72
      • No Ground for the Two Realities 77
      • The Detailed Explanation of the Two Realities 80
        • The Meaning of the Terms 80
        • Painting the Sky: A Description of Their Defining Characteristics 82
        • Are the Two Realities One or Different? 88
        • Seeming Divisions of the Seeming 94
        • Dividing Space: Divisions of the Ultimate 99
        • A Critical Analysis of Some Other Tibetan Views on the Two
          Realities in Centrism
          101
        • The Definite Number of Two Realities and the Purpose of
          Understanding Them
          105
      • The Emptiness of Emptiness 110
        • Freedom Is the Nature of Not Having a Nature 110
        • Elaborations on Simplicity 114
          • The Twenty Emptinesses117
          • The Sixteen Emptinesses122
      • The Two Types of Identitylessness 126
        • Lost Identity 126
        • Phenomenal Identitylessness 135
        • Personal Identitylessness 137
        • Are the Two Identitylessnesses One or Different? 141
        • The Purpose of Teaching Two Identitylessnesses 141
      • From Knowledge to Wisdom 142
    • Madhyamaka Path153
      • How Can Madhyamaka Be a Personal Practice? 157
      • Reasoning and Debate in Centrism 172
        • Three Stages of Analysis by Nāgārjuna and Aryadeva 172
        • Is Reasoning Reasonable? 174
        • Reasons and Negations 177
        • What Is the Object of Negation in Centrist Reasonings?193
        • The Status of Valid Cognition in Centrism 199
        • Do Centrists Have a Thesis or Position?218
        • Illusory Lions Killing Illusory Elephants: Empty Reasonings for
          Liberation
          231
          • Some Essential Points of Centrist Reasoning231
          • Disillusionment with Phenomenal Identity 235
            • The Five Great Madhyamaka Reasonings 235
            • Other Reasonings 262
          • Unmasking Personal Identity 264
        • The Result of Centrist Reasoned Analysis 271
      • Madhyamaka Meditation 273
        • Why Is Analytical Meditation Necessary? 273
        • Calm Abiding and Superior Insight 276
        • Analytical Meditation and Resting Meditation 279
        • Working with the Mind in Meditation and Daily Life 285
        • How to Practice a Session of Analytical Meditation 290
        • The Progressive Stages of Meditation on Emptiness 295
        • Mental Nonengagement in Meditation 310
      • Madhyamaka Conduct 321
    • Madhyamaka Fruition 323
  • 3 The Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists 333
    • Classifications of Centrism in India and Tibet 333
    • Refutation of Mistaken Assumptions about Autonomists and
      Consequentialists
      341
    • The Actual Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists 360
    • How the Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists by Later Tibetans Is a Novelty 373
    • The Origin of the Controversy between Autonomists and
      Consequentialists
      392
    • Do Hearers and Solitary Realizers Realize Emptiness? 421
    • Conclusion 438
  • 4 Is There Such a Thing as Shentong-Madhyamaka? 445
    • The Yogācāra System in General457
    • The System of the Lineage of Vast Activity 460
    • The Treatment of Yogācāra and the Rangtong-Shentong Controversy in
      Tibet
      500
    • The Single Final Intention of the Two Philosophical Systems of the Great
      Vehicle
      515
  • 5 The Distinction between Expedient and Definitive Meaning 527
  • 6 An Outline of Some Major Differences between Mikyö Dorje's and
    Tsongkhapa's Interpretations of Centrism
    553
  • PART TWO: The Bodhicaryāvatāra and Pawo Tsugla Trengwa 599
  • 7 Some Remarks on the Bodhicaryāvatāra and Pawo Rinpoche's Commentary601
  • 8 The Ninth Chapter of Pawo Rinpoche's Commentary on The Entrance to the Bodhisattva's Way of Life 617
  • Appendix I: A Short Biography of the Second Pawo Rinpoche Tsugla Trengwa 791
  • Appendix II: Non-Buddhist Indian Schools 794
  • Appendix III: Tibetan Text of the Ninth Chapter of the Bodhicaryāvatāra800
  • Glossary: English–Sanskrit–Tibetan816
  • Glossary: Tibetan—Sanskrit—English823
  • Bibliography 831
  • Endnotes 853
  • Index 963
The Changeless Nature
  • Translators' Introductionp. 3


  • THE TEXT
  • Introduction: the seven vajra pointsp. 13


  • PART ONE: THE ACHIEVEMENT: THE THREE JEWELS
  • First Vajra Point: the buddhap. 17
  • Second Vajra Point: the dharmap. 19
  • Third Vajra Point: the sanghap. 21


  • PART TWO: THE BASIS FOR THIS ACHIEVEMENT
  • General Comment on these Last Four Vajra Pointsp. 29
  • Fourth Vajra Point: buddha-naturep. 31
  • 1. Summary:
    • A. 3 reasons why beings have itp. 31
  • 2. Detailed Presentation
    • B. 10 aspects of buddha-potential
      • naturep. 33
      • causep. 33
      • fruitp. 35
      • functionp. 35
      • endowments p. 37
      • approachp. 37
      • phasesp. 39
      • all-pervasivenessp. 39
      • inalterabilityp. 39
      • inseparability from its qualitiesp. 49
    • C. 9 examples
      • the examplesp. 51
      • summary and meaning of examplesp. 61
    • D. Purpose of teachings on buddha-naturep. 69
  • Fifth Vajra Point: enlightenment
    • its naturep. 77
    • causep. 77
    • fruitp. 79
    • functionp. 81
    • endowmentsp. 85
    • actualisationp. 87
    • permanencep. 97
    • inconceivabilityp. 99
  • Sixth Vajra Point: the qualities of buddhahood
  • 1. synopsis in terms of two sorts of kayap. 103
  • 2. detailed explanation of each
    • the qualities of freedom—ultimately-true kaya
    • 10 powers of perfect knowledgep. 105
    • 4 kinds of fearlessnessp. 107
    • 18 distinctive qualitiesp. 107
    • the qualities of maturity—relatively-true kayas
    • the 32 marks of a perfect beingp. 111
  • 3. scriptural sourcep. 113
  • 4. recapitulation of the examplesp. 113
  • Seventh Vajra Point : buddha-activity
  • 1. synopsisp. 119
  • 2. detailed explanation
    • spontaneityp. 121
    • unceasingnessp. 121
  • 3. expanded explanation through 9 examplesp. 123
    • purpose and significance of examplesp. 141
    • review of examples to show their sublimenessp. 145


  • PART THREE: CONCLUSION
  • 1. the benefits of this textp. 151
  • 2. how this Sastra was composedp. 155
  • 3. dedicationp. 159


  • NOTES
  • Translators Introductionp. 163
  • Part Onep. 163
  • Part Two : buddha-naturep. 167
  •                   enlightenmentp. 171
  •                   qualitiesp. 174
  •                   activityp. 175
  • Part Threep. 176
The Complete Nyingma Tradition from Sutra to Tantra, Book 14
  • Preface to the 1986 Tibetan Publication of the Root Text and Outline,
    by Nor-drang Orgyan
    ix
  • A Biography of the Author, Choying Tobden Dorje, by Golok Nor-dexiii
  • Foreword to the English Translation, by Hungchen Chenagtsangxxiii
  • In Memoriam, by Zenkar Rinpoche Tübten Nyimaxxxi
  • Translator’s Introductionxxxiii
  • The Extensive Commentary: Book 141
  • Book 14: An Overview of Buddhist Tantra3
    • Part 1: Outer Esoteric Buddhism3
    • 1. The Teaching of Tantra5
    • 2. The Tantra of Rites19
    • 3. The Tantra of Techniques49
    • 4. The Tantra of the Welcome of Our Genuine State57
    • Part 2: Inner Esoteric Buddhism71
    • 5. The Tantra of the Highest Welcome of Our Genuine State73
    • 6. The Empowerments and Covenant of the Tantra of the Supreme
          Welcome of Our Genuine State
      95
    • 7. Three Aspects of the Tantric Path—Its Outlook, Meditation, and
          Conduct
      181
    • 8. The End of the Path, Its Result—Enlightenment243
  • The Root Verses: Book 14257
  • The Outline: Book 14277
  • The Concise Commentary: Book 14285
  • Translator’s Notes315
  • Vocabulary List321
  • Notes331
  • Works Cited by the Author335
  • Index339
The Complete Nyingma Tradition from Sutra to Tantra, Books 15 to 17. Vol. 1, The Essential Tantras of Mahayoga
  • List of Illustrationsix
  • Preface to the 1986 Tibetan Publication of the Root Verses and Outline, by
    Nordrang Orgyan
    xiii
  • A Biography of the Author, Choying Tobden Dorje, by Golok Nor-dexvii
  • Foreword to the English Translation, by Chenak Hūṃchenxxvii
  • In Memoriam, by Zenkar Rinpoche Tubten Nyimaxxxv
  • Translator’s Introductionxxxvii
  • The Extensive Commentary: Books 15 to 17
  • Book 15: Secret Nucleus: The Inception of the Peaceful Deities3
    • The Framing Narrative6
    • An Exegesis Based on the Title13
    • An Analysis of the Tantra’s Content and Words17
    • The Interlinear Commentary38
    • 1. The Introductory Narrative47
    • 2. The Initiation of the Discourse97
    • 3. The Establishment of All Phenomena119
  • Book 16, Part 1: Secret Nucleus: The Ground of the Peaceful Deities
    • 4. The Cyclical Array of the Garland of Letters161
    • 5. The Meditative Stabilities That Attain the Net of Magical Emanation209
    • 6. The Diffusion of the Maṇḍala235
    • 7. The Absorption of the Maṇḍala and the Secret Mantras275
    • 8. The Consecration of All Limbs as the Maṇḍala and the Subsequent
          Diffusion of the Sealing Hand Gestures
      307
    • 9. The Secret Commitment of the Indestructible Array341
    • 10. The Conferral of the Empowerments399
  • Book 16, Part 2: Secret Nucleus: The Path and Result of the Peaceful Deities
    • 11. The Maṇḍala of the Communion421
    • 12. The Attainment of the Communion463
    • 13. The Nucleus of Most Secret Pith Instructions485
    • 14. The Eulogy Which Pleases523
  • Abbreviations535
  • Notes to Books 15 and 16537
  • Book 17, Part 1: Secret Nucleus: The Wrathful Deities and the Colophon
    • 15. The Cloud-Like Diffusion of the Natural Maṇḍala of Wrathful Deities601
    • 16. The Diffusion of the Maṇḍala of Buddha Speech of the Great Assembly
            of Wrathful Deities
      655
    • 17. The Revelation of the Maṇḍala of Wrathful Deities671
    • 18. The Revelation of Genuine Offerings and Generosity685
    • 19. The Commitments697
    • 20. The Consecration of Spontaneous Enlightened Activity729
    • 21. Eulogies to the Wrathful Deities755
    • 22. That Which Is Pleasing and Retained765
    • The Meaning of the Colophon779
  • Book 17, Part 2: The Litany of the Names of Mañjuśrī
    • The Request787
    • The Response799
    • Inspecting [the Classes of Individual Practitioners]803
    • Manifest Enlightenment805
    • Eulogy to the Maṇḍala of the Indestructible Expanse809
    • The Pristine Cognition of Reality’s Expanse819
    • The Mirrorlike Pristine Cognition837
    • The Pristine Cognition of Discernment845
    • The Pristine Cognition of Sameness871
    • The Pristine Cognition of Accomplishment885
    • Eulogy to the Five Conquerors895
    • The Presentation of Advantages899
    • The [Arrangement of the] Mantras901
    • Rejoicing905
  • The Root Verses: Books 15 to 17911
  • The Concise Commentary: Books 15 to 17 943
  • The Outline: Books 15 to 171093
  • Concordance of Terminology1153
  • Abbreviations1207
  • Notes to Book 171209
  • Bibliography1235
  • Index1271
The Continuity of Madhyamaka and Yogācāra in Indian Mahāyāna Buddhism
  • Prefaceix
  • Introduction1
  • 1. A Preliminary Examination of Madhyamaka Ontology7
  • 2. Nagarjuna and Logic25
  • 3. Nagarjuna and the Continuity of Tradition44
  • 4. The Problem of Mahayana "Schools"63
  • 5. The Conception of Truth in Early Buddhism84
  • 6. The Two Truths and the Three Natures102
  • 7. The Nature of Reality132
  • 8. The Problem of Idealism152
  • Conclusion176
  • Bibliography180
  • Abbreviations186
  • Index187
The Crystal Mirror of Philosophical Systems
  • General Editor's Prefacexi
  • Translators Prefacexv
  • Editors Introduction1
  • Map of Tibet24
  • Technical Note27

  • The Crystal Mirror An Excellent Explanation Showing the Sources and
    Assertions of All Philosophical Systems

  • 1. Preface33
  • 2. Indian Schools37
  • 3. Introduction to Tibetan Buddhism71
  • 4. The Nyingma Tradition77
  • 5. The Kadam Tradition97
  • 6. The Kagyü Tradition117
  • 7. The Shijé Tradition157
  • 8. The Sakya Tradition169
  • 9. The Jonang and Minor Traditions197
  • 10. The Geluk Tradition 1: Tsongkhapa215
  • 11. The Geluk Tradition 2: Tsongkhapa's Successors267
  • 12. The Geluk Tradition 3: The Distinctiveness of Geluk299
  • 13. The Bön Tradition321
  • 14. Chinese Traditions 1: Non-Buddhist331
  • 15. Chinese Traditions 2: Buddhist351
  • 16. Central Asian Traditions371
  • 17. Conclusion387

  • Appendix: Detailed Outline of Thuken's Text397
  • Notes411
  • Glossary497
  • Glossary of Enumerations515
  • Bibliography535
  • Index577
  • About the Contributors665
The Cultural Practices of Modern Chinese Buddhism
    • List of figuresix
    • Acknowledgementsxi
  • Introduction: modern Buddhist cultures1
  • Part 1
  • The cultural practices of Buddhist modernity25
  • 1.1 Shanghai Buddhism27
  • 1.2 Vegetarian identities31
  • 1.3 The esoteric fever39
  • 1.4 Printing the dharma41
  • 1.5 Continuities and discontinuities46
  • 1.6 Buddhist canons49
  • 1.7 Yang Wenhui51
  • 1.8 Awakening the Faith53
  • 1.9 Buddhist books beyond China56
  • 1.10 Shanghai Buddhist publishers and writers59
  • 1.11 The Sanskrit Buddhism of Su Manshu66
  • 1.12 Life and death in Feng Zikai’s drawings71
  • 1.13 The Buddhist periodical press75
  • 1.14 Buddhism, religion and the nation81
  • 1.15 Images of modern Buddhism85
  • Part 2
  • The Sound of Modern Buddhism97
  • 2.1 Li Shutong: From Shanghai to Tokyo, and back99
  • 2.2 Li Shutong leaves home101
  • 2.3 Songs of nationalism105
  • 2.4 The power of song107
  • 2.5 Hymns, anthems and songs109
  • 2.6 Songs of modernity113
  • 2.7 Buddhist songs116
  • 2.8 Continuities and discontinuities123
  • 2.9 Scientific gadgets: Buddhist radio and phonograph recordings128
  • 2.10 Buddhist songs in the digital age130
    • References146
    • Glossary172
    • Index177
The Denkōroku
  • Special Notevii
  • Introductionxii
  • Chapter 1 Shakyamuni Buddha, The Awakened One1
  • Chapter 2 The First Ancestor, The Sainted Makakashō5
  • Chapter 3 The Second Ancestor, The Sainted Ananda11
  • Chapter 4 The Third Ancestor, The Sainted Shōnawashu19
  • Chapter 5 The Fourth Ancestor, The Sainted Ubakikuta23
  • Chapter 6 The Fifth Ancestor, The Sainted Daitaka29
  • Chapter 7 The Sixth Ancestor, The Sainted Mishaka34
  • Chapter 8 The Seventh Ancestor, The Sainted Bashumitsu40
  • Chapter 9 The Eighth Ancestor, The Sainted Butsudanandai44
  • Chapter 10 The Ninth Ancestor, The Sainted Fudamitta51
  • Chapter 11 The Tenth Ancestor, The Sainted Barishiba55
  • Chapter 12 The Eleventh Ancestor, The Sainted Funayasha60
  • Chapter 13 The Twelfth Ancestor, The Sainted Anabotei63
  • Chapter 14 The Thirteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kabimora69
  • Chapter 15 The Fourteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Nagyaarajuna 74
  • Chapter 16 The Fifteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kanadaiba82
  • Chapter 17 The Sixteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Ragorata86
  • Chapter 18 The Seventeenth Ancestor, The Sainted Sōgyanandai92
  • Chapter 19 The Eighteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kayashata99
  • Chapter 20 The Nineteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kumorata106
  • Chapter 21The Twentieth Ancestor, The Sainted Shayata109
  • Chapter 22 The Twenty-first Ancestor, The Sainted Bashubanzu115
  • Chapter 23 The Twenty-second Ancestor, The Sainted Manura121
  • Chapter 24 The Twenty-third Ancestor, The Sainted Kakurokuna125
  • Chapter 25 The Twenty-fourth Ancestor, The Sainted Shishibodai129
  • Chapter 26 The Twenty-fifth Ancestor, The Sainted Bashashita132
  • Chapter 27 The Twenty-sixth Ancestor, The Sainted Funyomitta135
  • Chapter 28 The Twenty-seventh Ancestor, The Sainted Hannyatara139
  • Chapter 29 The Twenty-eighth Ancestor, The Sainted Bodaidaruma143
  • Chapter 30 The Twenty-ninth Ancestor, The Great Ancestor and Great
          Teacher Eka
    152
  • Chapter 31 The Thirtieth Ancestor, Great Master Kanchi Sōsan158
  • Chapter 32 The Thirty-first Ancestor, Meditation Master Daii Dōshin161
  • Chapter 33 The Thirty-second Ancestor, Meditation Master Daiman Kōnin165
  • Chapter 34 The Thirty-third Ancestor, Meditation Master Daikan Enō169
  • Chapter 35 The Thirty-fourth Ancestor, Great Master Seigen Gyōshi180
  • Chapter 36 The Thirty-fifth Ancestor, Great Teacher Sekitō Kisen184
  • Chapter 37 The Thirty-sixth Ancestor, Great Master Yakusan Igen191
  • Chapter 38 The Thirty-seventh Ancestor, Great Master Ungan Donjō197
  • Chapter 39 The Thirty-eighth Ancestor, Great Master Tōzan Ryōkai203
  • Chapter 40 The Thirty-ninth Ancestor, Great Master Ungo Dōyō212
  • Chapter 41 The Fortieth Ancestor, Great Master Dōan Dōhi218
  • Chapter 42 The Forty-first Ancestor, The Latter Great Master Dōan Kanshi222
  • Chapter 43 The Forty-second Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Ryōzan Enkan226
  • Chapter 44 The Forty-third Ancestor, Great Master Daiyō Kyōgen232
  • Chapter 45 The Forty-fourth Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Tōsu Gisei236
  • Chapter 46 The Forty-fifth Ancestor, Meditation Master Dōkai of Mount Fuyō 246
  • Chapter 47 The Forty-sixth Ancestor, Meditation Master Tanka Shijun254
  • Chapter 48 The Forty-seventh Ancestor, Meditation Master Chōro Seiryō256
  • Chapter 49 The Forty-eighth Ancestor, Meditation Master Tendō Sōkaku261
  • Chapter 50 The Forty-ninth Ancestor, Meditation Master Setchō Chikan266
  • Chapter 51 The Fiftieth Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Tendō Nyojō272
  • Chapter 52 The Fifty-first Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Eihei Dōgen278
  • Chapter 53 The Fifty-second Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Koun Ejō292
  • About the Order of Buddhist Contemplatives305
  • About the Monasteries of the Order306
The Dharmadhātustava (Zhen)
  • Acknowledgments vii
  • Introduction ix
  • Conventions and Abbreviations xxxiii
  • Diplomatic Edition 1
  • Critical Edition 7
  • Critical Edition of Tibetan Text 29
  • Critical Edition of Chinese Texts 47
  • Appendix: Diplomatic Edition of Some Unknown Text(s) which bear(s) a Title Pañcarakṣāhṛdayabījamantra according to Luo Zhao's Catalogue 69
  • Pāda Index 76
  • Bibliography 87
The Eighth Karmapa's Life and His Interpretation of the Great Seal (2017)
  • ForewordVI
  • PrefaceIX
  • Conventions UsedXV
  • AbbreviationsXVI

  • Chapter 1: Introduction1
    • 1.1 Aim and Scope of this Research4
    • 1.2 Methodologies Employed6
    • 1.3 Previous Research on the Life and Works of the Eighth Karmapa11
    • 1.4 Plan of this Book23

  • Chapter 2: The Great Seal and 15th to 16th Century Tibet25
    • 2.1 The Great Seal25
      • 2.1.1 The bKa' brgyud pa Great Seal: A Brief Overview26
      • 2.1.2 sGam po pa, Early bKa' brgyud pa, and the First Karmapa29
      • 2.1.3 Sa skya Paṇḍita, Indian Great Seal, and Later Systematisations33
    • 2.2 Tibet from the Fifteenth to Sixteenth Centuries: Conflicts between dBus
            and gTsang
      36

  • Chapter 3: Textual Sources for the Eighth Karmapa's Life and Great Seal43
    • 3.1 History of the Eighth Karmapa's Writings43
    • 3.2 The Collected Works of the Eighth Karmapa 2000–2004: Origins and
            Rubrics
      49
    • 3.3 Sources on the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal54
    • 3.4 Spiritual Memoirs and Biographies of the Eighth Karmapa58

  • Chapter 4: The Eighth Karmapa: Scholar, Monk, and Yogi71
    • 4.1 The Eighth Karmapa's Life71
      • 4.1.1 Birth and Early Childhood (1507–1511)72
      • 4.1.2 The Dispute about the Incarnation (1512–1513)75
      • 4.1.3 Early Exposition, Composition, and Travels (1513–1516)83
      • 4.1.4 Becoming a Scholar and Training the Great Seal (1516–1529)86
      • 4.1.5 Scholastic Contributions (1530–1550)100
      • 4.1.6 Travel to rTsa ri, Sickness, and Passing Away (1554)108
    • 4.2 The Eighth Karmapa: 'Learned and Accomplished One' of his Day110
    • 4.3 Spiritual Programme for Teaching Meditation115

  • Chapter 5: Case Studies of the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal123
    • 5.1 Case Studies: Concrete Examples of Teaching the Great Seal124
    • 5.2 Dialogues in A khu a khra's Spiritual Biography125
      • 5.2.1 Their Function in the Main Narrative125
      • 5.2.2 Dialogue with A khu a khra128
      • 5.2.3 Dialogue with rGya ston Nang so Seng ge ba133
      • 5.2.4 Dialogue with dGa' ldan dBon po Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan136
      • 5.2.5 Dialogue with Mi nyag sKya ging Bya bral ba139
      • 5.2.6 Conceptualisation and Dharmakāya142
    • 5.3 Answer to Gling drung pa's Query on the Great Seal143
      • 5.3.1 The Addressee and Other Contexts144
      • 5.3.2 The Content147
      • 5.3.3 The Story of sBas mchod: Pedagogy, History, and the Great Seal154
      • 5.3.4 Great Seal beyond Tantra157
    • 5.4 Identifying the Blessing: A Mantra Path159

  • Chapter 6: Contextualising the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal Instructions163
    • 6.1 Basic Distinctions of the Great Seal163
    • 6.2 Interpretations of Conceptualisation as Dharmakāya164
    • 6.3 Common Strands and Divergent Interpretations168
    • 6.4 The Guru as Origin and Example in Vajrayāna and Great Seal
            Traditions
      173
    • 6.5 The Guru as Means in the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal Instructions176

  • Chapter 7: Conclusions185

  • Bibliography191
  • Indian Buddhist Works191
  • Primary Sources and Secondary Literature in Tibetan Language192
  • Secondary Literature in Western Languages207
  • Index237
The Elements of Tantric Practice
  • Foreword by Khenpo Lodrö Dönyö Rinpochévii
  • Translators’ Introduction1
  • The Root Text: The Elements of Tantric Practice
    • A General Exposition of the Process of Meditation
      in the Indestructible Way of Secret Mantra
      37
  • 1. A n Introduction to Tantric Meditation49
  • 2. The Phase of Creation59
  • 3. Entering Pristine Awareness67
  • 4. Visualization Sequences85
  • 5. The Bases of Purification, Purificatory Means,
        and Results of Purification
    107
  • 6. The Phase of Completion123
  • 7. Father Tantra Systems: Guhyasamaja,
        Black Yamari, and Red Yamari
    137
  • 8. Mother Tantra Systems: Kalachakra
        and Hevajra
    153
  • 9. Mother Tantra Systems: Chakrasamvara167
  • 10. Mother Tantra Systems: Chatuhpitha,
         Mahamaya, Buddhakapala, and Tara Yogini
    179
  • 11. The Key Elements191
  • 12. Luminous Clarity and the Completion
         Phase of Union
    207
  • Appendix: Outline of the Text217
  • Abbreviations221
  • Notes223
  • Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author411
  • Reference Bibliography425
  • Index449
The Enlightened Heart of Buddhahood
  • Abbreviations ii
  • Introduction 1
  • Chapter One- The Life of Rang byung rdo rje 6
  • Chapter Two- The Textual Corpus of Rang byung 14
  • Chapter Three- Rang byung and Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan 25
  • Chapter Four- Explication of the Snying bstan 37
  • Chapter Five- Apophatic and Kataphatic Tensions in the Snying bstan 72
  • Chapter Six- The Pronouncement on the Enlightened Heart of Buddhahood 93
  • Chapter Seven- Diplomatic Edition of the Snying bstan 110
  • Bibliography-One- Tibetan 132
  • Two- Sanskrit 140
  • Three- Secondary 143
  • Four- Works on Apophasis and Kataphasis 165
  • Appendix One- Kong sprul's outline of the Snying bstan (Tibetan/English) 168
  • Appendix Two- Indian canonical works quoted in the Snying bstan 173
  • Appendix Three- Song on kungzhi and snying po from Rang byung mgur 174
  • Appendix Four- Chapter titles of the Zab mo nang don 178
  • Appendix Five- Fragments from the Zab mo nang don auto-corrunentary179
  • Appendix Six- Chronology of Rang byung's Life from Si tu 181
  • Appendix Seven- Colophons from Rang byung mgur 183
The Essence of Other-Emptiness
  • Technical Notes7
  • Introduction9
  • The Essence of Other-Emptiness by Tāranātha23
    • I. General Indication of Presentations of Tenets25
      • Non-Buddhist Schools of Tenets25
      • Buddhist Schools of Tenets31
        • Great Exposition School34
        • Sūtra School42
        • Mind-Only School52
        • Middle Way School55
    • II. Identifying the Presentation of the Middle78
      • The Uncommon Meaning93
    • III. Clearing Away Extremes Imputed by Others102
  • Twenty-one Differences Regarding the Profound Meaning by Tāranātha117
  • List of Abbreviations137
  • Bibliography139
    • 1. Sūtras and Tantras139
    • 2. Other Sanskrit and Tibetan Works141
The Flower Ornament Scripture: A Translation of The Avatamsaka Sutra
  • Introduction 1
  • The Wonderful Adornments of the Leaders of the Worlds 55
  • Appearance of the Buddha 150
  • The Meditation of the Enlightening Being Universally Good 176
  • The Formation of the Worlds 182
  • The Flower Bank World 202
  • Vairocana 254
  • Names of the Buddha 270
  • The Four Holy Truths 276
  • Awakening by Light 282
  • An Enlightening Being Asks for Clarification 298
  • Purifying Practice 312
  • Chief in Goodness 330
  • Ascent to the Peak of Mount Sumeru 368
  • Eulogies on Mount Sumeru 371
  • Ten Abodes 384
  • Religious Practice 401
  • The Merit of the Initial Determination for Enlightenment 404
  • Clarifying Method 425
  • Ascent to the Palace of the Suyama Heaven 438
  • Eulogies in the Palace of the Suyama Heaven 441
  • Ten Practices 454
  • Ten Inexhaustible Treasuries 485
  • Ascent to the Palace of the Tushita Heaven 497
  • Eulogies in the Tushita Palace 516
  • Ten Dedications 530
  • The Ten Stages 695
  • The Ten Concentrations 812
  • The Ten Superknowledges 863
  • The Ten Acceptances 870
  • The Incalculable 889
  • Life Span 905
  • Dwelling Places of Enlightening Beings 906
  • Inconceivable Qualities of Buddhas 908
  • The Ocean of Physical Marks of the Ten Bodies of Buddha 933
  • The Qualities of the Buddha's Embellishments and Lights 946
  • The Practice of Universal Good 952
  • Manifestation of Buddha 970
  • Detachment from the World 1022
  • Entry into the Realm of Reality 1135
  • Appendix 1: Technical Terminology and Symbolism in The Flower Ornament Scripture 1521
  • Appendix 2: Amplifications of Book 39 1535
  • Appendix 3: Commentary on Book 39 by Li Tongxuan 1545
  • Glossary 1631
The Formation of Ch'an Ideology in China and Korea
  • List o fIllustrationsix
  • List of Tablesxi
  • Prefacexiii
  • Abbreviations and Conventionsxvii

PART ONE: STUDY

  • Chapter One: The Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra as an Apocryphal Scripture3
    • Problems and Prospects of Studying the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra4
    • The Eclecticism of the Vajrasamādhi24
    • The Model for the Vajrasamādhi's Narrative Structure29
    • The Vajrasamādhi in the Chinese Catalogues33
  • Chapter Two: The Hagiographies of the Korean Scholiast Wǒnhyo: The Dating
           and Provenance of the Vajrasamādhi
    41
    • The Sung Kao-seng chuan Hagiography and the Provenance of the
      Vajrasamādhi
      43
    • The Samguk Yusa Hagiography and the Dating of the Vajrasamādhi 60
  • Chapter Three: The Doctrinal Teachings of the Vajrasamādhi74
    • The Acculturation of Buddhism to East Asia74
    • Tathāgatagarbha and the Immanence of Enlightenment78
    • Amalavijñāna and the Innate Purity of Mind92
    • The Meaning of "Vajrasamādhi": The Practical Implications of Innate Enlightenment104
    • The Vajrasamādhi's Message to Silla Buddhists115
  • Chapter Four: Ch'an Elements in the Vajrasamādhi: Evidence for the Authorship
           of the Sūtra
    123
    • Ch'an Influences in the Vajrasamādhi123
    • Early Korean Sǒn and the Legend of Pǒmnang164
    • The Authorship Problem170
    • The Legacy of the Vajrasamādhi177
    • The Place of the Vajrasamādhi in the Evolution of Ch'an179

PART TWO: TRANSLATION

  • The Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra (Book of Adamantine Absorption)184
    • Chapter One: Prologue185
    • Chapter Two: The Signless Dharma188
    • Chapter Three: The Practice of Nonproduction196
    • Chapter Four: The Inspiration of Original Enlightenment202
    • Chapter Five: Approaching the Edge of Reality211
    • Chapter Six: The Voidness of the True Nature224
    • Chapter Seven: The Tathāgatagarbha232
    • Chapter Eight: Dhāraṇī (Codes)240
    • Epilogue249
    • Glossary of Chinese Logographs252
    • Works Cited265
    • Index293
The Great Exposition of Secret Mantra Vol. 1
  • Prefacevii
  • Acknowledgmentxiii
  • I: Essence of Tantra
  • by The Dalai Lama1
    • Tantra for Practice3
    • Refuge15
    • Lesser Vehicle and Great Vehicle2-3
    • Vajrayāna33
    • Clear Light39
    • Greatness of Mantra45
    • Clarification51
    • Initiation61
  • II: The Great Exposition of Secret Mantra
  • by Tsongkhapa63
    • Reasons for Faith65
    • Paths to Buddhahood73
    • Vajra Vehicle87
    • Deity Yoga101
    • Method in the Four Tantras115
    • One Goal127
    • Identifying the Four Tantras139
    • Preparation for Mantra155
  • III: Supplement
  • by Jeffrey Hopkins161
    • Rehearsing the Differences between the Vehicles163
    • Quintessential Points on the Difference between the Lesser Vehicle and
      Great Vehicle and the Two Great Vehicles
      189
    • Emptiness195
    • Psychological Transformation211
    • Purpose of the Four Tantras223
  • Appendix233
  • Notes237
  • Glossary231
  • Bibliography261
  • Index276
The Great Medicine
  • Foreword7
  • Acknowledgements9
  • Introduction11
  • The Virtuous Beginning19
    • 1. An Introduction to the Text21
  • Virtuous in the Middle • The Main Teaching
    • 2. The Identification of the Awakened Mind29
    • 3. Preliminaries and Refuge35
    • 4. Developing the Awakened Mind45
    • 5. How to Overcome Obstacles53
    • 6. The Sublime Exchange of Happiness and Suffering63
    • 7. The Root of Suffering71
    • 8. Stages of Training in the Ultimate Awakened Mind75
    • 9. The Great Perfection85
    • 10. Deviations from the View95
    • 11. Post Meditation: The Six Transcendent Perfections99
  • Virtuous at the Conclusion105
    • 12. Dedication of Merit107
  • Root text111
  • Endnotes129
  • Glossary130
The Great Tibetan Translator
  • Foreword9

Part One: Introductory Matter

  • 1 Bibliographical Considerations15
    • 1.1 Non-Tibetan Works of Modern Scholarship15
    • 1.2 Tibetan Sources on rNgog Io's Life24
      • 1.2.1 Pre-20 th-Century Accounts25
      • 1.2.2 Tibetan Works of Modern Scholarship28
  • 2 The Main Events of rNgog Io's Life: A Biographical Sketch31
    • 2.1 Birth and Youth in Tibet (1059- 1076)31
    • 2.2 Travels and Studies Abroad (1076-ca. 1092)38
    • 2.3 Final Years and Death in Tiber (ca. 1092-1109)42
  • 3 rNgog lo's Work as a Translator45
    • 3.1 Tibetan Translators: Some General Remarks45
    • 3.2 Works Translated or Revised by rNgog lo51
      • 3.2.1 Translations in the bKa' 'gyur53
      • 3.2.2 Translations in the bsTan 'gyur54
      • 3.2.3 Uncertain Cases68
  • 4 Gro lung pa's Biography of rNgog lo: Some Remarks on Author and Text71
    • 4.1 Author71
    • 4.2 Text73

Part Two: Translation

  • 5 Partial Translation of rNgog lo's Biography by Gro lung pa81
    • (Including:) A List of rNgog lo's Translations103
    • A List of rNgog lo's Works109
    • Colophons114

Appendices

  • Appendix One: Canonical Texts Translated or Revised by rNgog lo121
    • 1.1 Translations in the bKa' 'gyur121
    • 1.2 Translations in the bs Tan 'gyur121
    • 1.3 Uncertain Cases122
  • Appendix Two: rNgog lo's Translation Collaborators Grouped According to Country of
    Origin
    124
    • 2.1 Kashmiris124
    • 2.2 Indians124
    • 2.3 Nepalese125
    • 2.4 Tibetans125
    • 2.5 Country of Origin Uncertain125
  • Appendix Three: Two Lists of rNgog lo's Works126
    • 3.1 The List of Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364)126
    • 3.2 The List of gSer mdog paṇ chen Shākya mchog ldan (1428- 1507)126
  • Appendix Four: Canonical Quotations in Gro lung pa's Biography of rNgog lo128
    • 4.1 Abhidharmakośa (Vasubandhu)128
    • 4.2 Abhisamayālaṃkāra (Maitreya[nātha])129
    • 4.3 Bodhicaryāvatāra (Śāntideva)129
    • 4.4 Madhyamakahṛdaya (Bhavya)130
    • 4.5 Ratnagotravibhāga (Maitreya[nātha])131
    • 4.6 Suhṛllekha (Nāgārjuna)131
  • Appendix Five: Text of the Biography Reproduced from the Xylograph132

Abbreviations and Bibliography

  • Abbreviations151
  • Bibliography152
    • Tibetan Primary Sources152
    • Tibetan Secondary Sources155
    • Sources in Other Languages156
  • lndex170
    • Sanskrit Works170
    • Personal Names171
    • General Index175
The Gzhan stong Chen mo
  • Abstract5-6
  • Acknowledgements6-7
  • Introductory Remarks8-9
  • The Present Study9-10
  • Review of Literature
    • Primary Sources and Editions10-18
      • Modern Works and Authors
      • Pre-Modern Works and Authors
      • Secondary Sources and Studies18-44
  • Methodological Considerations44-46
    • Translation Method 47-49
  • Contributions of the Present Work49-52
  • I. Jo nang Gzhan stong Genesis
    • A) The Tibetan Gzhan stong Discourse 52-57
    • B) Historical Sources for Gzhan stong Madhyamaka
      • Sūtra Gzhan stong and Tantra Gzhan stong
        • Sūtra and Tantra57-59
        • Sūtra Gzhan stong59-62
        • Tantra Gzhan stong63-65
      • Mkhan po Blo grags’ History of Sūtra Gzhan stong
        • Early Mahāyāna Tradition in India66‐69
        • Later Mahāyāna Tradition in India69‐71
        • Indian Masters in the Sūtra Gzhan stong Lineage72‐74
        • Tibetan Forefathers in the Sūtra Gzhan ston Lineage75‐76
      • Mkhan po Blo grags’ History of Tantra Gzhan stong
        • Indian Masters in the Tantra Gzhan ston Lineage 76-78
        • Tibetan Forefathers in the Tantra Gzhan stong Lineage78-80
      • Early Jo nang pa and the Synthesis of Sūtra and Tantra
        • Early Jo nang Lineage Masters80-83
        • Dol po pa and his Dharma Heirs83-86
      • Later Jo nang pa and the Transmission to ‘Dzam thang
        • Later Jo nang Lineage Masters86-89
        • The Jo nang pa in A mdo 89-92
    • C) Mkhan po Blo grag’s Life and Works
      • Mkhan po Blo grag’s Essential Hagiography92-97
  • II. Jo nang Gzhan stong Exegesis
    • A) Literary Sources for Gzhan stong Madhyamaka
      • Māhāyana Hermeneutics
        • The Indic Context97-99
        • The Four-fold Reliance 99-104
      • Śākyamuni’s Three Turnings 104-109
        • Defining Neyārtha and Nītārtha109‐113
      • Gzhan stong Canonical Literature
        • Core Gzhan stong Sources113-117
        • Great Madhyamaka and the Cittamātra Sūtras117‐122
    • B.) The Gzhan stong Chen mo
      • Gzhi, Lam, ‘Bras bu as a Coherent Structure122-124
      • The Gzhan stong Chen mo in its Curricular Context124-128
  • III. The Gzhi Section of the Gzhan stong Chen mo
  • Technical Notes128-129
  • Annotated Translation: Chapter I.A
  • An Explanation of Profound Abiding Reality's Ground [folio #86-180]129-143
  • I. Actual abiding reality of the distinctive ground
    • A. How enlightened essence is the ground expanse
      • (1) How Profound Pristine Awareness is the Actuality of Phenomena143-146
      • (2) How the Expanse and Awareness Encompasses Everything Stable
        and Wavering
        146-150
      • (3) How the Three Precious Jewels are the Actuality of Phenomena
        Resides
        150-155
      • (4) How Enlightened Essence is Taught in Examples155-193
      • (5) How the Naturally Abiding Spiritual Affinity is Equal193-197
      • (6) How the Three Patterns of Phenomena Reside197-200
      • (7) How the Three Patterns of What Exists Reside200-202
      • (8) How the Dimension of Phenomena Does Not Divide Ground
        from Fruition
        202-207
      • (9) How Every Enlightened Quality is Subsumed207-219
      • (10) How to Unravel the Intent of the Master Nāgārjuna and
        His Heirs
        219-226
      • Epilogue226-228
  • Appendix I.: Mkhan po Blo gros Grags pa's Topical Outline (sa bcad) of the
    Gzhan stong Chen mo: Chapter I.A
    229-248
  • Appendix II: Tā ra nā tha's "Supplication to the Profound Gzhan stong
    Madhyamaka Lineage"
    249-269
  • Appendix III: Btsan Kha bo che’s Condensation of the Three Natures270-271
  • Endnotes272
  • Primary Source Reference List293
  • Secondary Source Reference List300
The Heart of Compassion
  • Translator's introduction9
  • Gyalse Ngulchu Thogme (1295-1369)11
  • THE ROOT TEXT27
  • THE COMMENTARY37
    • INTRODUCTION39
    • OPENING VERSES44
      • Homage44
    • PART ONE – THE PREPARATION51
      • First, the need to give meaning to this human existence of yours, so rare
        and difficult to obtain
        51
      • Second, an exhortation to abandon your native land, the source of the
        three poisons
        58
      • Third, a recommendation to live in solitary places, the source of all
        good qualities
        60
      • Fourth, to reflect on impermanence, in order to give up the concerns of
        this life
        63
      • Fifth, the need to avoid unsuitable friends, being with whom creates
        adverse circumstances
        68
      • Sixth, to rely on a spiritual teacher, whose presence creates conditions favorable to your progress69
      • Seventh, to go for refuge, the entrance to the Buddhist teachings72
    • PART TWO – THE MAIN TEACHINGS, ILLUMINATING THE PATH81
      • First, the path for beings of lesser capacity81
      • Second, the path for beings of medium capacity85
      • Third, the path for beings of superior capacity90
        • 1. The bodhicitta of intention90
        • 2. The bodhicitta of application97
          • I. Relative bodhicitta97
            • A. The meditation practice of exchanging oneself and
              others
              98
            • B. The post-meditation practice of using unfavorable circumstances on the path106
              • i. Using on the path the four things that you do not
                   want to happen
                106
                • a. How to use loss on the path107
                • b. How to use suffering on the path109
                • c. How to use disgrace on the path111
                • d. How to use disparagement on the path112
              • ii. Using on the path the two things that are difficult to     bear115
                • a. How to use on the path being wronged in return
                  for kindness
                  115
                • b. How to use humiliation on the path116
              • iii. Using deprivation and prosperity on the path117
                • a. How to use deprivation on the path117
                • b. How to use prosperity on the path119
              • iv. Using hatred and desire on the path120
                • a. How to use objects of hatred on the path120
                • b. How to use objects of desire on the path123
          • II. Absolute bodhicitta125
            • A. The meditation practice of remaining in a state free of conceptual elaborations without any clinging125
            • B. The post-meditation practice of abandoning any belief in
              the objects of desire and aversion as truly existing
              132
              • i. Abandoning any belief in the objects of desire as truly existing132
              • ii. Abandoning any belief in the objects of aversion as
                truly existing
                133
        • 3. The precepts for training in those practices136
          • I. Training in the Six Transcendent Perfections136
            • A. Transcendent generosity136
            • B. Transcendent discipline139
            • C. Transcendent patience141
            • D. Transcendent diligence144
            • E. Transcendent concentration148
            • F. Transcendent wisdom152
          • II. Training in the Four Instructions taught in the Sutra157
            • A. To examine oneselffor one's own defects and to give them
              up
              157
            • B. To give up speaking of a bodhisattva's faults160
            • C. To give up attachment to a sponsor's property163
            • D. To give up harsh speech165
          • III. Training in how to be rid of the negative emotions166
          • IV. Training in accomplishing others' good with mindfulness and vigilance170
          • V. Dedicating the merit to perfect enlightenment173
    • CONCLUDING VERSES177
      • 1. How and for whom this text was composed177
      • 2. The unerring nature of these practices179
      • 3. A humble prayer for forgiveness180
      • 4. Dedicating the merit of having composed this text181
      • 5. The colophon182
    • Final Advice182
    • About Kyabje Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche (1910-1991)185
    • APPENDIX191
      • Appendix I • Supplementary Commentaries on the Spiritual Teacher
        (Verse 6)
        193
        • A. The right and wrong teacher193
        • B. A Practice of Guru Yoga195
      • Appendix II • Supplementary Commentary on Desire (Verse 21)199
        • The Dangers of Meat, Alcohol and Sex199
      • Appendix III • Supplementary Commentaries on Transcendent
        Concentration (Verse 29)
        202
        • A. Sustained Calm and Profound Insight202
        • B. Concentration206
      • Appendix IV • Supplementary Commentaries on Transcendent
        Wisdom
        208
      • Appendix V • Mind-Training Prayer211
      • Notes218
      • Bibliography230
The Heart of Dōgen's Shōbōgenzō
Abbreviations vii
Translators’ Introduction ix



ONE
Fukanzazengi 普勧坐禅儀
(Universal Promotion of the Principles of Zazen) 1



TWO
Bendōwa 辦道話
(Negotiating the Way) 7



THREE
Ikka Myōju 一 顆明珠
(One Bright Pearl) 31



FOUR
Genjōkōan 現成公案
(Manifesting Suchness) 39



FIVE
Uji 有時
(Being-Time) 47



SIX
Busshō 仏性
(Buddha-nature) 59



SEVEN
Sammai-Ō-Zammai 三昧王三昧
(The King of Samadhis Samadhi) 99



EIGHT
Shōji 生死
(Birth and Death) 105



NINE
Zazengi 坐禅儀
(The Principles of Zazen) 109



Bibliography 111
Index 113
The Heart of the Matter
  • Introduction7
  • The Heart of the Matter 9
  • The Final Words93
  • Afterword105
  • Texts Quoted107
  • Notes111
The Hevajra Tantra: A Critical Study. Part 1, Introduction and Translation
  • PREFACEvii
  • BIBLIOGRAPHYxiii
  • INTRODUCTION
  • I. Apologetic1
  • II. Origins11
  • III. Subject-matter19
  • IV. Observations39
  • TRANSLATION
  • PART I
    • Chapter i. The Body of Hevajra47
    • Chapter ii. Mantras50
    • Chapter iii. Hevajra and his Troupe56
    • Chapter iv. Self-consecration59
    • Chapter v. Reality60
    • Chapter vi. The Performance63
    • Chapter vii. Secret Signs66
    • Chapter viii. The Troupe of Yoginīs73
    • Chapter ix. The Spherès of Purification78
    • Chapter x. Consecration81
    • Chapter xi. The Four Gazes84
  • PART II
    • Chapter i. Consecrations and Oblations88
    • Chapter ii. The Certainty of Success89
    • Chapter iii. The Basis of all Tantras94
    • Chapter iv. Answers to Various Questions100
    • Chapter v. The Manifestation of Hevajra109
    • Chapter vi. The Making of a Painting114
    • Chapter vii. Books and Feasting115
    • Chapter viii. Subjugating116
    • Chapter ix. Mantras116
    • Chapter x. On Reciting Mantras118
    • Chapter xi. The Five Families118
    • Chapter xii. The Four Consecrations119
    • RESUME OF CONTENTS121
    • DIAGRAMS126
    • GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS131
    • INDEX143
The Jewel Ladder
  • Publisher's Notevii
  • About the Authorviii
  • Part I:
    • The Root Text-The Jewel Ladder1
  • Part II
    • Commentary/Introductory Teachings
    • Preliminaries of Composing the Text51
    • Qualities of an Author53
    • Obeisance55
    • Promise to Compose57
    • Preliminaries of the Actual Text58
    • Extensive motivation-generation of Mind of Enlightenment59
    • Precepts of the Aspiring Mind of Enlightenment64
    • Precepts of the venturing Mind of Enlightenment-the six perfections66
    • Perfection of Generosity66
    • Perfection of Morality67
    • Perfection Patience68
    • Perfection of Enthusiastic Perseverance68
    • Perfection of Concentration69
    • Perfection of Wisdom69
    • Benefits of the Mind of Enlightenment70
    • Extensive means-generating motivation according to secret mantrayana
      tradition
      72
    • Taking Faith as a Path72
    • Taking Aspiration as a Path73
    • Behaviour74
    • How a Teacher must give a Discourse74
    • Three Scopes of Person76
    • The Four Common Points79
    • The Difficulty of Finding a Precious Human Rebirth79
    • Recognizing the Freedom and Endowments79
    • Rarity of Finding a Precious Human Rebirth84
    • Significance of Precious Human Rebirth87
    • Contemplating Death and Impermanence of Human Rebirth89
    • Death is Certain90
    • The Time of Death is Uncertain93
    • At Death only Dharma is of Benefit96
    • Contemplating the Drawbacks of Cyclic Existence99
    • The Sufferings of the Three Lower Realms100
    • The Sufferings of the Hot Hells104
    • The Sufferings of the Cold Hells109
    • The suffering of the Neighbouring hells112
    • The sufferings of Occasional hells116
    • The Sufferings of the Hungry Ghosts119
    • The Sufferings of the Animals123
    • The Sufferings of the Higher Realms127
    • The Nature of the three types of Sufferings138
    • Contemplating the Law of Cause and Effect138
    • The General Contemplation of Cause and Effect139
    • The Specific Contemplation of Cause and Effect143
    • Transforming the Unspecified Karmas into Virtues159
    • A Summary of the Four Noble Truths163
    • The Truth of Origin of Suffering166
    • The Truth of Suffering170
    • The Truth of Path173
    • The Truth of Cessation178
    • Concluding Remarks on the Four Noble Truths180
    • Taking Refuge183
    • Footnotes188
  • Part III
    • Guide to the Nyingma Lamrim (Kun-bzang bla-ma'i zhal-lung)197
  • Part IV
    • Guide to the Nyingma Lamrim - Tibetan text213
The Jewel Ornament of Liberation (Guenther)
    • Foreword by Chögyam Trungpa
    • Prefacevii
    • Introductionix
  • 1. The Motive1
  • 2. The Working Basis14
  • 3. Meeting Spiritual Friends30
  • 4. The Instruction in the Transitoriness of the Composite41
  • 5. The Vicious State of Samsāra55
  • 6. Karma and Its Result74
  • 7. Benevolence and Compassion91
  • 8. Taking Refuge99
  • 9. The Acquisition of an Enlightened Attitude112
  • 10. Training in an Enlightened Attitude142
  • 11. The Six Perfections148
  • 12. The Perfection of Liberality152
  • 13. The Perfection of Ethics and Manners163
  • 14. The Perfection of Patience173
  • 15. The Perfection of Strenuousness181
  • 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration187
  • 17. The Perfection of Awareness202
  • 18. The Five Paths232
  • 19. The Spiritual Levels239
  • 20. Perfect Buddhahood257
  • 21. Buddha Activity271
    • Pronunciation Guide277
    • Index of Book Titles, A. Tibetan283
    • Index of Book Titles, B. Sanskrit291
    • Index of Book Titles, C. Pāli294
    • Index of Technical Terms, A. Tibetan295
    • Index of Technical Terms, B. Sanskrit302
    • Index of Names and Subjects311
The Jewel Ornament of Liberation (Könchog Gyaltsen)
  • Foreword by His Holiness the 14th Dalai Lama13
  • Acknowledgments14
  • Translator's Introduction15


  • Homage44
  • Introduction45
  • Part 1: The Primary Cause 47
  • Chapter 1: Buddha-Nature 49
    • I. Disconnected Family 50
    • II. Indefinite Family 51
    • III. Hearer Family 51
    • IV. Solitary Realizer Family 51
    • V. Mahayana Family53
      • A. Classification53
      • B. Definition53
      • C. Synonyms53
      • D. Superiority54
      • E. Causal Characteristics54
      • F. Marks54


  • Part 2: The Working Basis 57
  • Chapter 2: The Precious Human Life 59
    • I. Leisure 59
    • II. Endowment 60
    • III. Trusting Faith 65
    • IV. Longing Faith 65
    • V. Clear Faith 65


  • Part 3: The Contributory Cause 67
  • Chapter 3: The Spiritual Master 69
    • I. Reason 69
    • II. Classification 71
    • III. Characteristics of Each Classification 72
    • IV. Method 73
    • V. Benefits 75


  • Part 4: The Method 77
  • Introduction to Part 4 79
  • Antidote to Attachment to this Life 81
  • Chapter 4: Impermanence 83
    • I. Classification 83
    • II. Method of Meditation 84
    • III. Beneficial Effects of Meditation 91
  • Antidote to Attachment to Samsara's Pleasure93
  • Chapter 5: The Suffering of Samsara 95
    • I. All-Pervasive Suffering 95
    • II. The Suffering of Change 96
    • III. The Suffering of Suffering 97
      • A. Hell Realm 97
      • B. Hungry Ghost Realm 102
      • C. Animal Realm 102
      • D. Human Realms 103
      • E. Demi-God Realm 108
      • F. God Realm 108
  • Chapter 6: Karma and its Result 111
    • I. Classification 112
    • II. Primary Characteristics of Each Classification 112
      • A. Non-Meritorious Karma and its Result112
        • 1. Taking Life112
        • 2. Stealing113
        • 3. Sexual Misconduct113
        • 4. Lying114
        • 5. Divisive Speech114
        • 6. Harsh Words114
        • 7. Idle Talk115
        • 8. Covetousness115
        • 9. Harmful Thought116
        • 10. Wrong Views116
      • B. Meritorious Karma and Result117
      • C. Karma and Result of Unshakable Meditative Concentration118
    • III. Ascription 119
    • IV. Strict Result 120
    • V. Increase from the Small 120
    • VI. Inevitability 121
  • Antidote to Attachment to the Pleasure of Peace 123
  • Chapter 7: Loving-Kindness and Compassion 125
    • I. The Practice of Loving-Kindness 125
      • A. Classification126
      • B. Object126
      • C. Identifying Characteristic126
      • D. Method of Practice126
      • E. Measure of the Practice129
      • F. Qualities of the Practice129
    • II. The Practice of Compassion 129
      • A. Classification130
      • B. Object130
      • C. Identifying Characteristic130
      • D. Method of Practice130
      • E. Measure of the Practice131
      • F. Qualities of the Practice131
  • Antidote to Not Knowing the Method of Practice for Achieving Buddhahood 133
  • Introduction to the Antidote to Not Knowing the Method of Practice 135
  • Chapter 8: Refuge and Precepts 137
    • I. Foundation 137
      • A. Mahayana Family138
      • B. Taking Refuge in the Three Jewels138
        • 1. Classification139
        • 2. Working Basis139
        • 3. Objects139
        • 4. Time141
        • 5. Motivation141
        • 6. Ceremony141
        • 7. Activities143
        • 8. Training143
        • 9. Beneficial Effects143
      • C. Pratimoksa Precepts 144
  • Chapter 9: Cultivation of Bodhicitta 147
    • II. Essence 147
    • III. Classification 147
    • IV. Objectives 151
    • V. Cause151
    • VI. From Whom You Receive It152
    • VII. Method (Ceremony)153
    • VIII. Beneficial Effects168
    • IX. Disadvantages of Losing It171
    • X. The Cause of Losing It171
    • XI. The Method of Repairing172
  • Chapter 10: Training in Aspiration Bodhicitta 173
    • XII. Training173
      • A. Training in Aspiration Bodhicitta173
        • 1. Not Forsaking Sentient Beings from One's Heart173
        • 2. Recollecting the Beneficial Effects of Bodhicitta174
        • 3. Gathering the Two Accumulations175
        • 4. Practicing the Enlightened Mind175
        • 5. Rejection of the Four Unwholesome
          • Deeds and Acceptance of the Four Wholesome Deeds176
  • Chapter 11: Training in Action Bodhicitta 179
      • B. Training in Action Bodhicitta179
        • 1. Definite Number180
        • 2. Definite Order180
        • 3. Characteristics181
        • 4. Definition181
        • 5. Division181
        • 6. Grouping182
  • Chapter 12: The Perfection of Generosity 183
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues183
    • II. Definition185
    • III. Classification185
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification185
    • V. Increase 191
    • VI. Perfection191
    • VII. Result192
  • Chapter 13: The Perfection of Moral Ethics 195
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues195
    • II. Definition197
    • III. Classification197
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification197
    • V. Increase202
    • VI. Perfection202
    • VII. Result202
  • Chapter 14: The Perfection of Patience 205
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues205
    • II. Definition207
    • III. Classification207
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification207
    • V. Increase211
    • VI. Perfection211
    • VII. Result211
  • Chapter 15: The Perfection of Perseverance 213
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues213
    • II. Definition214
    • III. Classification216
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification216
    • V. Increase218
    • VI. Perfection218
    • VII. Result218
  • Chapter 16: The Perfection of Meditative Concentration 219
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues219
    • II. Definition220
    • III. Classification229
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification229
    • V. Increase230
    • VI. Perfection230
    • VII. Result231
  • Chapter 17: The Perfection of Wisdom Awareness 233
    • I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues233
    • II. Definition235
    • III. Classification235
    • IV. Characteristics of Each Classification235
    • V. What is to be Known236
    • VI. What is to be Practiced247
    • VII. Result255
  • Chapter 18: The Aspects of the Five Paths 257
    • I. Path of Accumulation257
    • II. Path of Application258
    • III. Path of Insight259
    • IV. Path of Meditation259
    • V. Path of Perfection260
  • Chapter 19: The Ten Bodhisattva Bhumis 263
    • I. Definition264
    • II. Significance of the Bhumis264
    • III. The Reason Their Classification Is Tenfold264
      • A. First Bhumi265
      • B. Second Bhumi267
      • C. Third Bhumi268
      • D. Fourth Bhumi269
      • E. Fifth Bhumi270
      • F. Sixth Bhumi271
      • G. Seventh Bhumi272
      • H. Eighth Bhumi273
      • I. Ninth Bhumi274
      • J. Tenth Bhumi275
      • K. Buddhahood277


  • Part 5: The Result 279
  • Chapter 20: Perfect Buddhahood 281
    • I. Nature281
    • II. Significance of the Name286
    • III. Classification287
    • IV. Definition287
    • V. Reason There Are Definitely Three Kayas288
    • VI. Characteristics of the Three Kayas288
    • VII. Special Traits292


  • Part 6: The Activities 295
  • Chapter 21: Activities of the Buddha 297
    • I. Activities of the Body297
    • II. Activities of Speech298
    • III. Activities of Mind299


  • Appendices 303
  • Appendix A: Dharma Lord Gampopa 305
    • Section 1: A Brief Account of Dharma Lord Gampopa's Life305
    • Section 2: Miraculous Manifestations323
    • Section 3: Gampopa's Method of Teaching325
  • Appendix B: Stories Referred to in the Text 333
    • Sudhana335
    • Sadaprarudita340
    • King Anala348
    • Maudgalyayana351
    • Sangharakshita357
    • Nawa Chewari362
    • Old Born366
    • King Krika's Daughters368
    • Mahadatta371
    • King Bala Maitreya379
    • Angulimala381
    • Udayana385
    • Nanda388
    • Ajatashatru393
  • Appendix C: Outline of the Text 397
  • Appendix D: A Brief Biography of the Translator 413
  • Titles of Works Quoted 417
  • Glossary427
  • Notes437
  • Bibliography459
  • Index467
The Lankavatara Sutra: A Zen Text
  • Translator's Preface1
  • Chapter One: King Ravana's Request21
  • Chapter Two: Mahamati's Questions43
  • Chapter Three: More Questions167
  • Chapter Four: Final Questions233
  • Lankavatara Mantra269
  • Glossary273
  • Bibliography301
The Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra
  • Foreword by Alex Wayman v
  • Preface vii
  • Introduction xiii
  • Chapter One. Ravana, Lord of Lanka, Asks for Instruction 3
  • Chapter Two. Collection of all the Dharmas 22
    • I. Mahāmati Praises the Buddha with Verses 22
    • II. Mahāmati's "One Hundred and Eight Questions" 23
    • III. "The One Hundred and Eight Negations" 31
    • IV. Concerning the Vijñānas 33
    • V. Seven Kinds of Self-nature (svabhāva) 35
    • VI. Seven Kinds of First Principle (paramārtha), and the Philosophers' Wrong Views regarding the Mind Rejected 35
    • VII. Erroneous Views held by Some Brahmans and Śramanas Concerning Causation, Continuation, etc.; The Buddhist Views Concerning Such Subjects
      as Alayavijñāna, Nirvana, Mind-only, etc.; Attainments of the Bodhisattva
      36
    • VIII. The Bodhisattva's Discipling himself in Self-realisation 39
    • IX. The Evolution and Function of the Vijũānas; The Spiritual Discipline of the Bodhisattva; Verses on the Alaya-ocean and Vijũāna-waves 39
    • X. The Bodhisattva is to Understand the Signification of Mind-only 44
    • XI (a). The Three Aspects of Noble Wisdom (āryajñāna) 44
    • XI (b). The Attainment of the Tathāgatakāya 45
    • XII. Logic on the Hare's Horns 46
    • XIII. Verses on the Alayavijñāna and Mind-only 49
    • XIV. Purification of the Outflows, Instantaneous and Gradual 49
    • XV. Nishyanda-Buddha, Dharmatā-Buddha, and Nirmāṇa-Buddha 51
    • XVI. The Śrāvaka's Eealisation and Attachment to the Notion of Self-nature 52
    • XVII. The Eternal-Unthinkable 53
    • XVIII. Nirvana and Alayavijñāna 55
    • XIX. All Things are Unborn 55
    • XX. The Five Classes of Spiritual Insight 56
    • XXI. Verses on the Triple Vehicle 58
    • XXII. Two Classes of the Icchantika 58
    • XXIII. The Three Forms of Svabhāva 59
    • XXIV. The Twofold Egolessness (nairātmyadvaya-lakshaṇa) 60
    • XXV. Assertion and Eefutation (samāropāpavāda) 62
    • XXVI. The Bodhisattva Assumes Various Personalities 64
    • XXVII. On Emptiness (śūnyatā), No-birth, and Non-duality 65
    • XXVIII. The Tathāgata-Garbha and the Ego-soul 68
    • XXIX. A Verse on the Philosophers' Discriminations 70
    • XXX. The Four Things Needed for the Constitution of Bodhisattvahood 70
    • XXXI. On Causation (Six Kinds), and the Rise of Existence 72
    • XXXII. Four Forms of Word-discrimination 75
    • XXXIII. On Word and Discrimination and the Highest Reality 76
    • XXXIV. Verses on Reality and its Representations 77
    • XXXV. Mind-only, Multitudinousness, and Analogies, with an Interpolation
      on the Dualistic Notion of Existence
      78
    • XXXVI. The Teaching (dharmadeśanā) of the Tathagatas 84
    • XXXVII. Four Kinds of Dhyāna 85
    • XXXVIII. On Nirvana 86
    • XXXIX. Two Characteristics of Self-nature 87
    • XL. Two Kinds of the Buddha's Sustaining Power (adhishṭhāna) 87
    • XLI. On the Chain of Causation (pratityasamutpāda) 90
    • XLII. Words (abhilāpa) and Realities (bhāva) 91
    • XLIII. On Eternality of Sound (nityaśabda), the Nature of Error (bhrānta),
      and Perversion (viparyāsa)
      92
    • XLIV. On the Nature of Māyā 95
    • XLV. That All Things are Unborn 96
    • XLVI. On Name, Sentence, Syllable, and Their Meaning 97
    • XLVII. On Inexplicable Statements (vyākṛitāni) 98
    • XLVIII. All Things are and are not (Verses on Four Forms of Explanation) 99
    • XLIX. On the Śrāvakas, Srotaāpanna, Sakṛidāgāmin, Anāgāmin, and Arhat;
      on the Three Knots (saṁyojāni)
      100
    • L. The Intellect (buddhi), Examining and Discrimnating 105
    • LI. The Elements, Primary and Secondary 106
    • LII. The Five Skandhas 107
    • LIII. Four Kinds of Nirvana and the Eight Vijñānas 108
    • LIV. The False Imagination Regarding Twelve Subjects 110
    • LV. Verses on the Citta, Parikalpita, Paratantra, and Parinishpanna 112
    • LVI. The One Vehicle and the Triple Vehicle 114
  • Chapter Three. On Impermanency 118
    • LVII. Three Forms of the Will-body (manomayakāya) 118
    • LVIII. The Five Immediacies (pañcānantaryāṇi) ; Desire as Mother and
      Ignorance as Father
      120
    • LIX. The Buddha-nature (buddhatā) 122
    • LX. The Identity (samatā) of Buddhahood and its Four Aspects 122
    • LXI. Not a Word Uttered by the Buddha; Self-realisation and an Eternally-
      abiding Reality
      123
    • LXII. On Being and Non-Being; Realism and Nihilism 125
    • LXIII. Realisation and Word-teaching 127
    • LXIV. Discrimination, an External World, Dualism, and Attachment 129
    • LXV. The Relation between Words (ruta) and Meaning (artha) 133
    • LXVI. On Knowledge, Absolute (jñāna) and Relative (vijñāna) 135
    • LXVII. Nine Transformations (pariṇāma) 137
    • LXVIII. The Deep-seated Attachment to Existence 138
    • LXIX. Self-nature, Reality, Imagination, Truth of Solitude, etc. 141
    • LXX. The Thesis of No-birth 144
    • LXXI. True Knowledge and Ignorance 146
    • LXXII. Self-realisation and the Discoursing on it 148
    • LXXIII. On the Lokāyatika 149
    • LXXIV. Various Views of Nirvana 157
    • LXXV. Is Tathagatahood Something Made? Its Relation to the Skandhas, to Emancipation, to Knowledge 161
    • LXXVI. The Tathagata Variously Designated; Relation Between Words and Meaning; Not a Word Uttered by the Buddha 164
    • LXXVII. Causation, No-birth, Self-mind, Nirvana 170
    • LXXVIII. Verses on No-birth and Causation 172
    • LXXIX. Various Views of Impermanency 176
  • Chapter Four. On intuitive Understanding 182
    • LXXX. Perfect Tranquillisation Attained by Śrāvakas, Pratyekabuddhas, and Bodhisattvas; Stages of Bodhisattvahood 182
  • Chapter Five. On the Deduction of the Permanency of Tathagatahood 187
    • LXXXI. Permanency of Tathagatahood 187
  • Chapter Six. On Momentariness 190
    • LXXXII. The Tathāgata-garbha and the Alayavijñāna 190
    • LXXXIII. The Five Dharmas, and Their Relation to the Three Svabhāvas 193
    • LXXXIV. The Five Dharmas 197
    • LXXXV. Tathagata and Sands of the Gangā 198
    • LXXXVI. Momentariness; the Eight Vijñānas 202
    • LXXXVII. Three Kinds of the Pāramitās 204
    • LXXXVIII. Views on Momentariness; Discrimination 206
  • Chapter Seven. On Transformation 207
    • LXXXIX. On Transformation 207
  • Chapter Eight. On Meat-Eating 211
  • Chapter Nine. The Dhāranīs 223
  • Sagāthakam 226
  • Appendix 297
The Liberation of Matter: Examining Jingxi Zhanran’s Philosophy of the Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings in Tiantai Buddhism
  • Chapter 1. Introduction12
    • 1.1. Literature Review and Method16
    • 1.2. Statement of Contribution21
    • 1.3. Overview of the Dissertation24
  • Chapter 2. The Tension between Sentience and Insentience?27
    • 2.1. The Obscure Definition of Sentience28
    • 2.2. Indian Thought of the Sentience/Insentience of Plants37
    • 2.3. The Sentience and Power of Buddha Relics and Images46
    • 2.4. The Relic as the Full Embodiment of the Three Buddha Bodies and
            Buddhahood
      69
    • 2.5. Sentience, Insentience, and the Mutual Inclusion of Matter and Mind82
  • Chapter 3. The Doctrine of Buddha-Nature97
    • 3.1. Tathāgatagarbha as Great Self101
    • 3.2. The Definitions of Buddha-Nature in the Nirvana Sutra117
    • 3.3. Early Writings about the Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings130
    • 3.4. Zhiyi's 智顗 (538-597) Teaching of Buddha-Nature162
  • Chapter 4. Jingxi Zhanran and His Theory of the Buddha-Nature of Insentient
                      Beings
    204
    • 4.1. Biography and Major Works of Jingxi Zhanran 荊溪湛然 (711-782)208
    • 4.2. The Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings228
  • Chapter 5. Responses to and Interpretations of Zhanran's Theory298
    • 5.1. Tang Tiantai-Tendai Dialogues on the Practice and Buddhahood of
            Insentient Beings
      302
    • 5.2. Shanwai Thinker Gushan Zhiyuan 孤山智圓 (976-1022) on Mind-
            Inclusion
      322
    • 5.3. Shanjia Thinker Siming Zhili 四明知禮 (960-1028) on Matter-Inclusion
            and the Deluded Mind
      346
    • 5.4. Contemporary Scholarly Viewpoints383
    • 5.5. The Modality of Insentient Beings' Active and Passive Practice391
  • Chapter 6. Conclusion and the Recontextualization of Zhanran's Theory402
    • 6.1. Application of Zhanran's Theory404
    • 6.2. Exploring the Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings in Non-Tiantai
            Contexts
      422
  • Bibliography443
  • Appendix. The Diamond Scalpel457
The Life and Works of Kyotön Monlam Tsultrim
  • ༡. དཀར་ཆག i
  • ༢. གླེང་བརྗོད། Preface iii
  • ༣. ངོ་སྤྲོད། Introduction 1
  • ༤. སྐྱོ་སྟོན་རྣམ་ཐར་ལྷུན་པོ་རིན་ཆེན་བཞི་པའི་མཛེས་རྒྱན། 63
  • ༥. སྐྱོ་སྟོན་སྨོན་ལམ་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་གསན་ཡིག 133
  • ༦. མཆིམས་ནམ་མཁའ་གྲགས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་ཐར་རིན་ཆེན་གཏེར་མཛོད། 161
  • ༧. མཆིམས་ནམ་མཁའ་གྲཊ་ཀྱི་རྣམ་ཐར་ཡྟོན་བསྔགས་པའི་ཕྲེང་བ། 183
  • ༨. ཆོས་འཆད་ཉན་ལ་འཇུག་པ་སྣང་བྱེད་འོད་ཟེར། 244
  • ༩. མདོ་སྡེ་རྒྱན་གྱི་མན་ངག 276
  • ༡༠. དབུས་མཐའི་མན་ངག 285
  • ༡༡. ཤེར་ཕྱིན་མན་ངག་གསལ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག 303
  • ༡༢. མངོན་རྟོགས་རྒྱན་འགྲེལ་ལེགས་བཤད་སྐྱེས་བུའི་དོན་སྒྲུབ། 320
  • ༡༣. ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བཞག་ས། 601
  • ༡༤. འོད་གསལ་སྙིང་པོའི་དོན། 611
  • ༡༥. སྐྱེས་བུ་གསུམ་གྱི་ལམ་ཁྲིད་། 615
  • ༡༦. སྙིན་ཞག་རེའི་གསག་སྦྱང་གི་རིམ་པ། 628
  • ༡༧. སྡེ་སྣོད་བཅུད་བསྡུས་མང་ངག་སྙིང་པོ། 630
  • ༡༨. རྟེན་འབྲེལ་ལག་ལེན་དུ་དྲིལ་བ། 637
  • ༡༩. གདམས་ངག་ཁ་གཏམ་ལོ་རྒྱུས། 681
  • ༢༠. ལག་ཁྲིད་ཀྱི་གདམས་པ་བཅུ་གཉིས། 686
  • ༢༡. ཞི་བ་ལྷའི་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་ཀྱི་ཆོ་ག 690
  • ༢༢. ཞི་ལྷ་ནས་བརྒྱུད་པའི་བྱང་སེམས་སྦྱོང་ཐབས། 698
  • ༢༣. སྤྱོད་འཇུག་གི་འཁོར་ལོ་ལྟ་བུའི་སྒོམ་དོན། 705
  • ༢༤. བསླླབ་བཏུས་ཀྱི་གདམས་པ། 717
  • ༢༥. མར་མེ་མཛད་ཀྱི་དབུ་མའི་མན་ངག 719
  • ༢༦. མར་མེ་མཛད་ཀྱི་དབུ་མའི་མང་ངག་བསྡུས་པ། 725
  • ༢༧. ཐེག་ཆེན་རྒྱུད་བླ་མའི་གདམས་པ། 729
  • ༢༨. ཆོས་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཁྲིད་། 742
  • ༢༩. འདའ་ཀ་ཡེ་ཤེས་འཆི་ཁ་མའི་མན་ངག 750
  • ༣༠. མི་གཡོ་བའི་དམིགས་པ་སྐོར་གསུམ། 755
  • ༣༡. རོ་སྙོམས་གསུམ་གྱི་གདམས་ངག 759
  • ༣༢. ཕྱོགས་བཅུ་མུན་པ་རྣམ་སེལ། 778
The Life of Shabkar (2001)
  • The Life Story
  • Introduction3
  • 1 Early Years15
  • 2 Renouncing the World27
  • 3 Meeting My Teacher39
  • 4 Retreat at the Hermit's Cave49
  • 5 Meditation at Tigress Fort65
  • 6 At The Heart of the Lake95
  • 7 Meditation at Mount Machen155
  • 8 At White Rock Monkey Fortress179
  • 9 Pilgrimage to Central Tibet205
  • 10 The Ravines o fTsari243
  • 11 At Mount Kailash275
  • 12 Pilgrimage to Nepal349
  • 13 Meditation at Lapchi395
  • 14 Return to Central Tibet447
  • 15 Return to Domey485
  • Conclusion541


  • Appendices
  • 1 Introduction to the teachings dealt with in the biography547
  • 2 Shabkar's spiritual teachers557
  • 3 Chôgyal Ngakyi Wangpo's ancestry565
  • 4 Kunzang Dechen Gyalpo and the Wish-fulfilling Gem, Hayagriva
       and Varahi
    569
  • 5 Shabkar's writings577
  • 6 Shabkar's disciples589


  • List of Abbreviations593
  • Glossary of Enumerations595
  • Bibliography607
  • Maps617
  • Table of Songs, Letters, Teachings, and Major Events625


  • Indexes
  • 1 General index633
  • 2 Index of persons, deities, and sacred images655
  • 3 Index of places679
  • 4 Index of Tibetan works693
The Light of Wisdom, Vol. 1 (1999)
  • Foreword by H.H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpocheix
  • Translator’s Introductionxi
  • Essay on the Three Great Masters by H. E. Tulku Urgyen Rinpochexxxv
  • The Root Text
  • Lamrim Yeshe Nyingpo1
  • The Commentary
    • Section One
    • Prologue and Teachings on the Tide, the Sign Script, and the Homage
      • 1. Homage and Prologue21
      • 2. Teaching on the Tide25
      • 3. Explaining the Sign Script and Homage36
    • Section Two
    • The Explanation of the Actual Body of the Text
      • 4. The Setting43
      • 5. The Circumstances53
      • 6. The Four Vajra Syllables54
      • 7. The Five Perfections and Instruction to Retain the Teaching63
      • 8. The Meaning of the Ground68
    • Section Three
    • Path
      • 9. How to Follow a Spiritual Guide87
      • 10. The Four Mind Changings95
      • 11. Taking Refuge110
      • 12. Conventional Bodhichitta of Aspiration115
      • 13. Conventional Bodhichitta of Application121
      • 14. The View of Ultimate Bodhichitta135
      • 15. The Meditation of Ultimate Bodhichitta and Its Result147
    • Appendices and Notes
      • 1. The Six Limits and Four Modes161
      • 2. The Four Noble Truths167
      • 3. The Four Dhyanas and Formless States170
      • 4. The Sugata Essence175
      • 5. Padmakara and the Four Vidyadhara Levels179
      • 6. Shakyamuni’s Prophecy about Buddhism in Tibet181
      • 7. The Five Aggregates183
      • 8. Establishing the Basis for Beginning the Teaching186
      • 9. The Actual Beginning of the Teaching191
      • 10. The Sixty Aspects of Melodious Speech195
      • 11. The Four Schools of Buddhist Philosophy197
      • 12. The Bodhisattva Bhumis201
    • Epilogue206
    • Notes208
    • Index287
The Lion's Roar That Proclaims Zhantong
  • Introductionv
  • The Lion's Roar that Proclaims Zhantong by Ju Mipham Namgyal1
  • Tibetan Text39
  • Index55
The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā
  • Forewordvii
  • Prefacexiii
  • Translators' Notexv
  • Introduction1
    • I. Śrī-Mālā as a Text1
    •    Literary History1
      • Historical Setting of the Text1
      • The Title of the Scripture4
      • The Text in Asian Countries5
        • Importance in India5
        • Importance in China9
        • Importance in Japan13
        • Importance in Tibet16
    •    The Structure of the Śrī-Mālā17
      • Chapter Divisions17
      • Synopsis of the Scripture21
    • II. Classification of Persons24
    •     The Characters in the Śrī-Mālā24
    •     Persons on Stages26
      • Stages of the "Bodies Made of Mind"29
      • The Last Three Bodhisattva Stages33
      • Stages of the Lady Bodhisattva35
    • III. Doctrine of Śrī-Mālā37
    •       Vehicle and Nirvāṇa37
        • One Vehicle37
        • Nirvāṇa and Enlightenment39
    •       Tathāgatagarbha42
        • The Tathāgatagarbha Theory and Scriptures42
        • Synonyms and Alternate References to the Tathāgatagarbha44
        • Universality of Tathāgatagarbha46
        • Voidness Knowledge of the Tathāgatagarbha48
        • Tathāgatagarbha and Ālayavijñāna52
  • The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā57
  • Prologue59
  • Chapter One60
    • Eliminating All Doubts60
      • 1. Praises of the Infinite Merit of the Tathāgata60
      • 2. Ten Great Vows64
  • Chapter Two67
    • Deciding the Cause67
      • 3. Three All-inclusive Aspirations67
      • 4. Embrace of the Illustrious Doctrine68
        • (a. Teaching in the Scope of the Great Aspirations)69
        • (b. Teaching the Far-ranging Meaning)72
        • (c. Teaching the Great Meaning)74
  • Chapter Three78
    • Clarifying the Final Meaning78
      • 5. One Vehicle78
        • (re Vehicles of Disciples and the Self-Enlightened)78
        • (re Arhats and Pratyekabuddhas)80
        • ("Attended with Remainder" and "Not Final
          Meaning")
          83
        • ("Final Meaning" and "One Vehicle")89
      • 6. The Boundless Noble Truths95
      • 7. The Tathāgatagarbha96
      • 8-9. The Dharmakāya and the Meaning of Voidness98
      • 10. The One Truth100
      • 11-12. The One Refuge and Wayward Stage100
      • 13. Intrinsic Purity of the Mind104
  • Chapter Four107
    • Entering the One Vehicle Path107
      • 14. The True Son of the Tathāgata107
      • 15. The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā109
  • Epilogue111
  • Appendix I. The Chinese Section Titles of Śrī-Mālā and Japanese
    Diagram Analyses of Four Classical Commentaries
    115
  • Appendix II. Works Cited in Chi-tsang's Commentary125
  • Glossary131
  • Bibliography133
  • Index139
The Lion's Roar of the Ultimate Non-Dual Buddha Nature
  • Introductionv


  • The Lion's Roar That is a Great Thousand Doses of the Sugata Essence by Ju
    Mipham Namgyal
    1
    • Posing the Question5
    • Giving the Answer5
      • The presentations of other traditions6
        • The first reason6
        • The second reason6
      • Stating our own tradition10
        • The first reason10
          • The ordinary way10
          • The extraordinary way11
        • The second reason17
        • The third reason20
      • Dispensing with some mistaken positions26
        • The element in being not empty being truly established27
        • The element in being a cut-off empty condition28
        • Wisdom in being impermanent being compounded30


  • A Thorough Commentary to the Lion's Roar That Is a Great Thousand Doses of
    the Sugata Essence by Tony Duff
    45
    • Introduction47
      • The vocabulary of buddha nature–garbha, dhātu, gotra, potential, seed of a
        buddha, sugata essence and tathāgata essence; the importance of the teaching on sugata essence
    • The Text: Prefatory section57
      • The title; the prostration; the expression of worship
    • The Text: Body of the text62
      • Introduction, the need to establish sugata essence using scripture and reasoning;
        posing the question, giving the answer; the presentations of other traditions;
        presenting the positions of early Tibetans; refuting the positions of early Tibetans;
        the first reason; the second reason; stating our own tradition; the first reason; the ordinary way; the extraordinary way; the second reason; the third reason;
        dispensing with some mistaken positions; dispensing with the view that the element being not empty is truly established; dispensing with the view that the element is a cut-off empty condition; dispensing with wisdom in being impermanent taken to be compounded
    • The Text: Concluding section and colophons156


  • Texts Cited169
  • Glossary of Terms173
  • Supports for Study193
  • Tibetan Text199
  • Index229
The Lion’s Roar Proclaiming Emptiness of OtherUnpublished Work. No Table of Contents provided.
The Mahayana Mahaparinirvana Sutra
  • Chapter One: Introductory1
  • Chapter Two: On Cunda15
  • Chapter Three: On Grief25
  • Chapter Four: On Long Life33
  • Chapter Five: On the Adamantine Body43
  • Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the Name49
  • Chapter Seven: On the Four Aspects51
  • Chapter Eight: On the Four Dependables75
  • Chapter Nine: On Wrong and Right89
  • Chapter Ten: On the Four Truths97
  • Chapter Eleven: On the Four Inversions99
  • Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the Tathagata101
  • Chapter Thirteen: On Letters113
  • Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the Birds117
  • Chapter Fifteen: On the Parable of the Moon121
  • Chapter Sixteen: On the Bodhisattva125
  • Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the Crowd139
  • Chapter Eighteen: On Actual Illness151
  • Chapter Nineteen: On Holy Actions (a)159
  • Chapter Twenty: On Holy Actions (b)177
  • Chapter Twenty-One: On Pure Actions (a)201
  • Chapter Twenty-Two: On Pure Actions (b)217
  • Chapter Twenty-Three: On Pure Actions (c)235
  • Chapter Twenty-Four: On Pure Actions (d)253
  • Chapter Twenty-Five: On Pure Actions (e)269
  • Chapter Twenty-Six: On the Action of the Child281
  • Chapter Twenty-Seven: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (a)283
  • Chapter Twenty-Eight: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (b)299
  • Chapter Twenty-Nine: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (c)311
  • Chapter Thirty: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (d)323
  • Chapter Thirty-One: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (e)337
  • Chapter Thirty-Two: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (f)351
  • Chapter Thirty-Three: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (a)365
  • Chapter Thirty-Four: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (b)381
  • Chapter Thirty-Five: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (c)399
  • Chapter Thirty-Six: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (d)407
  • Chapter Thirty-Six: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (d)415
  • Chapter Thirty-Seven: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (e)423
  • Chapter Thirty-Eight: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (f)437
  • Chapter Thirty-Nine: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (g)453
  • Chapter Forty: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (a)469
  • Chapter Forty-One: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (b)489
  • Chapter Forty-Two: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (c)509
  • Chapter Forty-Three: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (d)525
  • Chapter Forty-Four: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (e)529
  • Chapter Forty-Five: On Kaundinya (a)547
  • Chapter Forty-Six: On Kaundinya (b)565
The Mirror of Mindfulness (2010)
  • Foreword by H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpocheix
  • Foreword by Ve, Tulku Chökyi Nyima Rinpochex
  • Translator's Prefacexi
  • Introductory Discourse
    • by Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche1
  • Prologue15
  • 1. The Natural Bardo of This Life19
  • 2. The Painful Bardo of Dying27
  • 3.The Luminous Bardo of Dharmata45
  • 4. The Karmic Bardo of Becoming65
  • Epilogue83
  • Translator's Afterword85
  • Appendix: The Dzogchen Tantras87
  • Glossary93
  • The Final Words of Tsele Natsok Rangdrol129
The Nirvana Sutra Volume I
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword, MAYEDA Sengakuvii
  • Publisher’s Foreword, A. Charles Mullerix
  • Translator’s Introduction, Mark L. Blumxiii
  • The Nirvana Sutra, Volume I
  • Fascicle I
    • Chapter One. Longevity: Part 13
  • Fascicle II
    • Chapter One. Longevity: Part 231
  • Fascicle III
    • Chapter One. Longevity: Part 369
    • Chapter Two. The Adamantine Body91
    • Chapter Three. The Virtues of the Name103
  • Fascicle IV
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 1107
  • Fascicle V
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 2135
  • Fascicle VI
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 3169
  • Fascicle VII
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 4201
      • [The Four Inversions]224
      • [The Five Parables on Buddha-nature]226
  • Fascicle VIII
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 5235
      • [The Garland of Letters]253
  • Fascicle IX
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 6271
  • Fascicle X
    • Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 7305
    • Chapter Five. The Query of the Entire Assembly313
  • Notes339
  • Glossary365
  • Bibliography375
  • Index383
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)425
The Nonduality of Nonconceptual Wisdom and Conceptual Cognition: A Study of the Tathāgatagarbha Teaching in the Anūnatvāpūrṇatvanirdeśa-parivarta
  • Acknowledgementsi
  • Abbreviationsvi

  • Introduction1

PART ONE:
The Tathāgatagarbha in Relation to Other Mahāyāna Teachings
  • Chapter One: The Nature of the Tathāgatagarbha14
  • Chapter Two: Tathāgatagarbha and the Two Mahāyāna Traditions47

PART TWO:
An Analysis of the Anūnatvāpūrṇatvanirdeśa-parivarta (AAN)
  • Chapter Three: The Anūnatvāpūrṇatvanirdeśa-parivarta70
  • Chapter Four: The Main Themes and a Structural Analysis of the AAN88
  • Chapter Five: The Notion of "No Increase and No Decrease" in Mahāyāna
       Scriptures
    122

PART THREE:
The AAN and Other Tathāgatagarbha Sūtras
  • Chapter Six: The AAN and the Tathāgatagarbhasūtra142
  • Chapter Seven: The AAN and the Śrīmālāsiṃhanādasūtra153
  • Chapter Eight: The AAN and the Aṅgulimālyasūtra161
  • Chapter Nine: The AAN and the Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra168
  • Chapter Ten: Other Sūtras on the Tathāgatagarbha Teaching176
  • Chapter Eleven: The Problems of Dating the Sūtras180

PART FOUR:
The AAN and Other Tathāgatagarbha Treatises
  • Chapter Twelve: The AAN and the Ratnagotravibhāga185
  • Chapter Thirteen: The AAN and the Dasheng fajie wuchabie lun202
  • Chapter Fourteen: The AAN and the Dasheng qixin lun209
  • Chapter Fifteen: The AAN and the Foxing lun239
  • Conclusion255

APPENDICES:
  • Appendix I: English translation of the Foshuo buzeng bujian jing264
  • Appendix II: Bodhiruci, the Translator of the AAN282
  • Bibliography306
The Nyingma School of Tibetan Buddhism

SECTION ONE: THE TRANSLATIONS

  • List of Illustrationsxv
  • Foreword by Shenpen Dawa Rinpochexxv
  • Preface to the Second Editionxxxii
  • Credits for Illustrations and Mapsxxxiii
  • Technical Notexxxv
  • Guide to Pronunciationxxxvii
  • Abbreviations for Section Onexli

BOOK ONE: FUNDAMENTALS OF THE NYINGMA SCHOOL OF TIBETAN BUDDHISM

  • Detailed Contents of Book One3
  • Translator’s Introduction11

THE TEXT

  • Verses of Invocation45
  • Introduction47

PART ONE: DOCTRINES OF SAṂSĀRA AND NIRVĀNA

  • 1 The Essence and Defmition of Dharma51
  • 2 Doctrines of Saṃsāra54
  • 3 Doctrines of Nirvāṇa70
  • 4 Transmitted Precepts73
  • 5 Treatises88
  • 6 Quantitative Treatises97
  • 7 Treatises of Inner Science108

PART TWO: THE NATURE OF THE TEACHER ENDOWED WITH THE BUDDHA-BODIES

  • Introduction113
  • 1 Samantabhadra, the Buddha-body of Reality115
  • 2 Vajradhara, the Emanation of Samantabhadra120
  • 3 The Two Buddha-bodies of Form123
  • 4 The Five Buddha-bodies and Five Pristine Cognitions139
  • 5 Distinctive Attributes of the Buddha-bodies and Pristine Cognitions 144

PART THREE: CAUSAL VEHICLES OF DIALECTICS

  • Introduction151
  • 1 The Three Promulgations of the Doctrinal Wheel153
  • 2 The Lesser Vehicle156
  • 3 The Greater Vehicle160
  • 4 The Superiority of Great Madhyamaka to Mind Only178
  • 5 The Provisional and Definitive Meaning of the Transmitted Precepts187
  • 6 The Enlightened or Buddha Family191
  • 7 The Two Truths According to Great Madhyamaka206
  • 8 Key to the Appraisal of Causal Vehicle Texts217
  • 9 A Recapitulation of the Causal Vehicles223

PART FOUR: RESULTANT VEHICLES OF SECRET MANTRA

  • Introduction241
  • 1 The Superiority of Secret Mantra243
  • 2 The Essence and Defmition of Secret Mantra257
  • 3 The Three Continua of Ground, Path and Result263
  • 4 The Four Tantrapiṭaka268
  • 5 Mahāyoga275
  • 6 Anuyoga284
  • 7 Key to the Appraisal of Secret Mantra Texts290
  • 8 The Superiority of Atiyoga, the Great Perfection294
  • 9 The Definition of Atiyoga311
  • 10 The Divisions of Atiyoga319
  • 11 A Recapitulation of the Resultant Vehicles346

CONCLUSION

  • 1 Concluding Remarks375
  • 2 Dedicatory Verses376
  • 3 Colophon378

BOOK TWO: HISTORY OF THE NYINGMA SCHOOL OF TIBETAN BUDDHISM

  • Detailed Contents of Book Two383
  • Translators’ Introduction393

THE TEXT

  • Verses of Invocation403

PART ONE: THE ORIGIN OF THE PRECIOUS TEACHING OF THE CONQUEROR IN THIS WORLD

  • Introduction409
  • 1 The Coming of Buddha, Teacher of the Doctrine411
  • 2 The Collecting of Transmitted Precepts by Councils428
  • 3 The Patriarchs of the Teaching432
  • 4 The Preservation of the Teaching and Spread of the Greater Vehicle440

PART TWO: THE RISE OF THE PRECIOUS TEACHING OF SECRET
MANTRA

  • Introduction445
  • 1 The Turning of the Secret Mantra Wheel447
  • 2 The Collecting of Transmitted Precepts by Different Compilers451
  • 3 The Emergence of this Teaching in the Human World452
  • 4 The Lineage of Mahāyoga, the Class of Tantras458
  • 5 The Lineage of Mahāyoga, the Class of Means for Attainment475
  • 6 The Lineage of Anuyoga, the Perfection Stage485
  • 7 The Lineage of Atiyoga, the Great Perfection490
  • 8 Concluding Remarks502

PART THREE: THE ORIGIN OF THE CONQUEROR’S TEACHING IN TIBET

  • Introduction507
  • 1 The Three Ancestral Religious Kings510
  • 2 The Decline and Expansion of the Doctrine during the Intermediate Period523
  • 3 The Revival and Later Expansion of the Teaching524

PART FOUR: THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE THREE INNER CLASSES OF TANTRA IN TIBET

  • Introduction531
  • 1 Mahāyoga and Anuyoga533
  • 2 The Mental and Spatial Classes of Atiyoga538
  • 3 The Esoteric Instructional Class of Atiyoga, the Innermost Spirituality 554
  • 4 Longcen Rapjampa575

PART FIVE: THE DISTANT LINEAGE OF TRANSMITTED PRECEPTS

  • Introduction599
  • 1 The Lineage of Nyak601
  • 2 The Lineage of Nup607
  • 3 The Lineage of the Zur Family617
  • 4 Biographies of the Rong Tradition650
  • 5 Dotokpa’s Lineage of the Zur Tradition685
  • 6 Biographies of the Kham Tradition688
  • 7 Miscellaneous Lineages of the Zur and Kham Traditions700
  • 8 Rongzom Chöki Zangpo703
  • 9 The Traditions of Vajrakīla710
  • 10 The Lineages of the Empowerment of the Sūtra which Gathers All
         Intentions
    717
  • 11 Later Lineages of the Transmitted Precepts733

PART SIX: THE CLOSE LINEAGES OF THE TREASURES

  • 1 The Nature, Purpose and Kinds of Treasure743
  • 2 Biographies of the Treasure-finders750
  • 3 Sangye Lama751
  • 4 Trapa Ngönshe753
  • 5 Nyang-rel Nyima Özer755
  • 6 Guru Chöki Wangcuk760
  • 7 Como Menmo771
  • 8 Orygen Lingpa775
  • 9 Ngödrup Gyeltsen or Rikdzin Gödemcen780
  • 10 Sangye Lingpa784
  • 11 Dorje Lingpa789
  • 12 Ratna Lingpa793
  • 13 Pema Lingpa796
  • 14 Karma Lingpa800
  • 15 Thangtong Gyelpo802
  • 16 Ngari Pancen Pema Wangyel805
  • 17 Rikdzin Jatsön Nyingpo809
  • 18 Rikdzin Düdül Dorje813
  • 19 Lhatsün Namka Jikme818
  • 20 The Fifth Dalai Lama821
  • 21 Rikdzin Terdak Lingpa, the Great Treasure-finder of Mindröling825
  • 22 Jikme Lingpa835
  • 23 Chogyur Decen Lingpa841
  • 24 Jamyang Khyentse Wangpo849
  • 25 Jamgön Kongtrül Lodrö Thaye859
  • 26 Mipham Jamyang Namgyel Gyamtso869
  • Conclusion881

PART SEVEN: A RECTIFICATION OF MISCONCEPTIONS CONCERNING THE NYINGMA SCHOOL

  • 1 General Reply to Criticisms of the Nyingmapa Tantras887
  • 2 On the View of the Great Perfection896
  • 3 Response to Critics of the Sūtra which Gathers All Intentions911
  • 4 Response to Critics of the Root Tantra of the Secret Nucleus914
  • 5 The Continuity of the Nyingmapa Tradition and its Impact on the
       Other Schools
    918
  • 6 On the Validity of the Treasures927
  • 7 The Shortcomings of Refutation and Proof929
  • 8 On The Prophecies Found in the Treasures934
  • 9 The Relationship between the Nyingmapa and Pönpo Traditions936
  • 10 On the "Bad Luck of the Nyingmapa"938

PART EIGHT: THE CHRONOLOGY OF THE DOCTRINE

  • 1 Duration of the Doctrine943
  • 2 A Chronology of the Buddha’s Life946
  • 3 From the Buddha’s Final Nirvāṇa until the Beginning of the First Tibetan
       Sexagenary Cycle
    948
  • 4 From the Beginning of the First Sexagenary Cycle to the Present951
  • 5 Some Prophecies960

CLOSING STATEMENTS

  • 1 Primary Sources965
  • 2 Concluding Benedictions967
  • 3 Colophon972

SECTION TWO: REFERENCE MATERIAL

  • Contentsv
  • Introductionvii
  • Guide to Pronunciationxi
  • Abbreviations for Section Twoxv

NOTES

  • 1 Fundamentals3
  • 2 History27

GLOSSARY OF ENUMERATIONS

  • Introduction103
  • Glossary of Enumerations105

BIBLIOGRAPHY

  • Introduction191

Part One: Works Cited by the Author

  • Works Cited by the Author199

Part Two: Works Referred to by the Translators

  • 1 Indic Texts293
  • 2 Tibetan Texts297
  • 3 Secondary Literature301
  • 4 Addenda to the Bibliography316

ARTIFACTS AND MATERIAL TREASURES

  • Introduction320
  • Artifacts and Material Treasures321

INDEX OF TECHNICAL TERMS

  • Introduction331
  • Index of Technical Terms333

INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES

  • Introduction391
  • Index of Personal Names393

INDEX OF LOCATIONS

  • Introduction453
  • Index of Locations455

MAPS

  • Introduction489
  • 1 Buddhist India and Adjacent Regions490
  • 2 North-Central India492
  • 3 Tibet494
  • 4 Western Tibet and Nepal496
  • 5 North-Central Tibet498
  • 6 South-Central Tibet and Bhutan500
  • 7 North-West Kham502
  • 8 South-West Kham506
  • 9 Amdo508
  • 10 North-East Kham510
  • 11 South-East Kham512
The Other Emptiness: Entering Wisdom Beyond Emptiness of Self
Part I : Explanations by the Author


  • Important Background1
  • Other Emptiness, Wisdom, and the Tathagatagarbha Teaching19
  • Topics of Other Emptiness23
  • History of Other Emptiness57
  • The Four Turnings of the Wheel of Dharma59
  • Wisdom is the Key Point77
  • Differing Opinions Over the Two Ways to Access Wisdom95
  • Terminology101
  • Two Types of Emptiness and Two Truths117
  • The Practise of Other Emptiness139


Part 2: Explanations by Dolpopa


  • The Chapter on Tathāgatagarbha from Mountain Dharma: An Ocean of Definitive Meaning143


Part 3: Explanations by Khenpo Tsultrim Gyatso


  • A Brief Discussion of The Rise of the Other Emptiness Middle Way Called "The Music of Talk on the Definitive Meaning"155
  • The View of Other Emptiness Introduced165
  • Supporting Scripture for the View of Other Emptiness175
  • Key Points in the View of Other Emptiness179


Part 4: Explanations by Jamgon Kongtrul the Great


  • The Introductory Section from: A Complete Commentary to the Great Vehicle Treatise
    The Highest Continuum which Connects to Heart Meaning using the Explanation System of
    the Path of Direct Perception, Called "The Lion 's Roar of the Non-Regressing"
    191
  • The Section from: The Treasury which is an Encyclopedia of Knowledge on Thorough Ascertainments of Provisional and Definitive Within the Three Wheels, and of the Two Truths211
  • The Practice Section from: Instructions for Practising the View of the Other Emptiness
    Great Middle Way, "Light Rays of Stainless Vajra Moon"
    255


  • Texts Cited265
  • Glossary of Terms275
  • Supports for Study305
  • Index311
The Other Emptiness: Rethinking the Zhentong Buddhist Discourse in Tibet
  • Acknowledgments vii
  • Introduction 1
  • The Philosophical Grounds and Literary History of Zhentong
    • Klaus-Dieter Mathes and Michael R. Sheehy
  • CHAPTER 1
  • *Bodhigarbha: Preliminary Notes on an Early Dzokchen Family of Buddha-Nature Concepts 29
    • David Higgins
  • CHAPTER 2
  • On the Inclusion of Chomden Rikpai Raldri in Transmission Lineages of
    Zhentong
    53
    • Tsering Wangchuk
  • CHAPTER 3
  • The Dharma of the Perfect Eon: Dolpopa Sherab Gyaltsen's Hermeneutics of Time
    and the Jonang Doxography of Zhentong Madhyamaka
    65
    • Michael R. Sheehy
  • CHAPTER 4
  • Buddha-Nature in Garungpa Lhai Gyaltsen's Lamp That Illuminates the Expanse of Reality and among Tibetan Intellectuals 95
    • Dorje Nyingcha
  • CHAPTER 5
  • Zhentong Views in the Karma Kagyu Order 115
    • Klaus-Dieter Mathes
  • CHAPTER 6
  • Buddha-Nature: "Natural Awareness Endowed with Buddha Qualities" as
    Expounded by Zhamar Kacho Wangpo
    145
    • Martina Draszczyk
  • CHAPTER 7
  • "There Are No Dharmas Apart from the Dharma-Sphere": Shakya Chokden's Interpretation of the Dharma-Sphere 171
    • Yaroslav Komarovski
  • CHAPTER 8
  • Tāranātha's Twenty-One Differences with Regard to the Profound Meaning: Comparing
    the Views of the Two Zhentong Masters Dolpopa and Shakya Chokden
    197
    • Klaus-Dieter Mathes
  • CHAPTER 9
  • Zhentong Traces in the Nyingma Tradition: Two Texts from Mindroling235
    • Matthew T. Kapstein
  • CHAPTER 10
  • Zhentong as Yogācāra: Mipam's Madhyamaka Synthesis 257
    • Douglas Duckworth
  • CHAPTER 11
  • Where Buddhas and Siddhas Meet: Mipam's Yuganaddhavāda Philosophy 273
    • Dorji Wangchuk
  • CHAPTER 12
  • Along the Middle Path in the Quest for Wisdom: The Great Madhyamaka in
    Rime Discourses
    323
    • Marc-Henri Deroche
  • CHAPTER 13
  • The Zhentong Lion Roars: Dzamtang Khenpo Lodro Drakpa and the Jonang
    Scholastic Renaissance
    351
    • Michael R. Sheehy
  • Contributors 379
  • Index 383
The Philosophy of Buddhism
  • Introduction1
  • A. The teaching of the Buddha5
    • AA. The Buddha (ca. 560-480 B.C.E.)5
    • AB. The proclamation of the Buddha5
      • ABA. The sermon of Benares (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra)6
      • ABB. The Buddhist path of liberation8
        • ABB.1. From the "Kandaraka Sutta" (Majjhima Nikāya 51)8
    • AC. Questions which the Buddha did not answer10
      • ACA. Ānanda [Saṃyutta Nikāya 44, 10]10
      • ACB. The Sūtra of Vatsagotra and the Fire (Aggivacchagottasuttanta)
                  [Majjhimanikāya Sutta 72]
        11
      • ACC. The Sūtra of the Bearer of the Burden (Bhārahārasūtra)15
    • AD. The tenet of dependent origination16
      • ADA. The Account of Enlightenment (Bodhikathā; Mahāvagga I, 1)17
      • ADB. The Great Sūtra of the Foundations of Origination
                  (Mahānidānsuttanta; Dıghanikāya XV)
        18
      • ADC. The Sūtra of Dependent Origination (Pratītyasamutpādasūtra)24
      • ADD. From Vasubandhu’s "Commentary to the Sūtra of Dependent
                  Origination" (Pratītyasamutpādavyākhyā)
        26
      • ADE. The Sūtra of the young Rice plant (Śālistambasūtra)29
  • B. The Dogmatics (Abhidharma) of the Hīnayāna36
    • BA. The rise of the Buddhist Schools36
    • BB. The principal philosophical doctrines of the Sarvāstivāda37
      • BBA. The principal philosophical thoughts37
        • BBA.1. The denial of a soul, of a self37
          • BBA.1.1. From "The Questions of Menandros"(Milindapañhā)39
          • BBA.1.2. Vasubandhu the Younger (ca. 400-480 C.E.)46
            • BBA.1.2.1. A soul does not exist (Abhidharmakośa III,
                               v. 18-24)
              47
            • BBA.1.2.2. From "Refutation of the Person"
                               (Pudgalapratiṣedhaprakaraṇa)
              52
        • BBA.2. General views associated with the doctrine of
                       the denial of a soul
          58
          • BBA.2.1. First general view: All entities lack a solid permanent
                          core
            58
          • BBA.2.1.1. (A) Discussion of this first general view in the field
                             of material elements
            59
          • BBA.2.1.2. (B) Discussion of this first general view in the field
                             of psychology
            60
          • BBA.2.1.3. A substance does not exist (Abhidharmakośa III,
                             ad v. 100)
            61
          • BBA.2.2. Second general view: The momentariness of all things62
            • BBA.2.2.1. The momentariness of entities (Abhidharmakośa
                               IV, v. 2-3)
              64
      • BBB. The fundamental concepts67
        • BBB.1. The Dogmatics of the Sarvāstivāda67
          • BBB.1.1. From the "Treatise on the Five Aggregates"
                         (Pañcaskandhaka)
            68
        • BBB.2. The Dogmatics of the Sautrāntika73
          • BBB.2.1. The seemingly and the truly real (Abhidharmakośa VI,
                          verse 4)
            75
          • BBB.2.2. The nature of acquisition (Abhidharmakośa, II,
                          verse 36)
            76
      • BBC. The doctrine of liberation of the Hīnayāna78
        • BBC.1. Suppression through knowledge (Abhidharmakośa, I,
                      verse 6)
          81
        • BBC.2. Nirvāṇa as non-existence (Abhidharmakośa II, verse 55)82
        • BBC.3. From "Establishment of the Truth" (Tattvasiddhi)84
  • C. The schools of the Mahāyāna89
    • CA. Main elements in the development of the Mahāyāna89
      • CAA. The new goal of liberation89
      • CAB. The philosophical doctrine of a highest being and of the
                   unreality of the phenomenal world
        89
      • CAC. The new buddhology90
    • CB. The beginnings of the Mahāyāna90
    • CC. The oldest literary documentation of the Mahāyāna91
      • CCA. The Prajñāpāramitā literature and its philosophical doctrines91
        • CCA.1. Central philosophical thought: the concept of a highest
                        being
          92
        • CCA.2. The unreality of the phenomenal world and its relationship
                        to the highest being
          93
        • CCA.3. From the "Perfection of Insight in Eight Thousand Lines"
                        (Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā)
          94
      • CCB. From the "Jewel Heap" (Ratnakūṭa)102
    • CD. The Madhyamaka school106
      • CDA. Nāgārjuna (ca. 200 C.E.)106
        • CDA.1. The works of Nāgārjuna106
        • CDA.2. The philosophical system of Nāgārjuna106
          • CDA.2.1. The unreality of the external world106
            • CDA.2.1.1. The phenomenal world as dependent
                                origination
              107
            • CDA.2.1.2. The relativity of opposing terms and the
                                middle way
              107
            • CDA.2.1.3. Nāgārjuna's concept of intrinsic nature
                                (svabhāva) and the emptiness of the phenomenal
                                world
              108
            • CDA.2.1.4. The highest and the restricted truth109
            • CDA.2.1.5. The nature of the phenomenal world is
                                diversity (prapañca)
              109
          • CDA.2.2. The highest reality109
            • CDA.2.2.1. Distinction from the phenomenal world: free
                                from diversity, extinction, peace, etc.
              109
            • CDA.2.2.2. Identity in nature of the phenomenal world
                                and nirvāṇa
              109
          • CDA.2.3. Doctrine of liberation110
        • CDA.3. Introduction to sections of the Madhyamakakārikā110
          • CDA.3.1. Chapter I: Examination of causes (Pratyaya-parīkṣā)110
        • CDA.4. From the "Mnemonic Verses of the Middle Doctrine"
                        (Madhyamakārikā)
          112
          • CDA.4.1. Chapter 15: Examination of intrinsic nature
                            (svabhāva-parīkṣā)
            114
          • CDA.4.2. Chapter 18: Examination of the self (ātma-parīkṣā)116
          • CDA.4.3. Chapter 24: Examination of the noble truths (ārya-
                            satya-parīkṣā)
            118
          • CDA.4.4. Chapter 25: Examination of nirvāṇa
                            (nirvāṇa-parīkṣā)
            123
        • CDA.5. Introduction to sections of the Vigrahavyāvartanī126
        • CDA.6. From the "The Quarrel (equals) Averting"
                       (Vigrahavyāvartanı)
          127
        • CDA.7. Introduction to the sections of the Ratnāvalī130
        • CDA.8. From the "Garland of Jewels" (Ratnāvalī)133
      • CDB. Āryadeva (Beginning of 3rd century C.E.)139
        • CDB.1. Introduction to the sample from the Catuḥśataka139
        • CDB.2. From the "Treatise in Four Hundred Stanzas"
                       (Catuḥśataka)
          140
      • CDC. Buddhapālita (ca. 5th century C.E)142
        • CDC.1. Introduction to the sample from the
                       Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti
          142
        • CDC.2. From the "Commentary to the Mnemonic Verses of the
                       Middle Doctrine" (Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti)
          142
      • CDD. Bhāvaviveka (middle of 6th century C.E.)144
        • CDD.1. Introduction to sample from the Prajñāpradīpa144
        • CDD.2. From the "Shining Light of Insight"145
        • CDD.3. From the "Jewel in the Hand" (Tchang tchen) (T 1578, pp.
                       276a3-377b11)
          149
      • CDE. Candrakīrti (7th century C.E.)154
        • CDE.1. The works of Candrakīrti154
        • CDE.2. Introduction to the sample from the Prasannapadā154
        • CDE.3. From the "Clearly Worded" (Prasannapadā)155
        • CDE.4. Introduction to the sample from the Madhyamakāvatāra157
        • CDE.5. From the "Introduction to the Madhyamaka Doctrine"
                       (Madhyamakāvatāra)
          159
    • CE. The school of Sāramati164
      • CEA. Sāramati (ca. 250 C.E.)164
        • CEA.1. From the "Elucidation of the Seed of the (Three) Jewels"
                      (Ratnagotravibhāga)
          165
    • CF. The school of the Yogācāra171
      • CFA. The beginnings of the Yogācāra school: the
                  Yogācārabhūmiśāstra
        171
        • CFA.1. The divisions of reality (sections 1-8)171
        • CFA.2. The determination of the nature of reality: non-duality &
                       the middle way & the constitution of the nature of reality
                       (sections 9-13)
          172
        • CFA.3. The proof of the unreality of the phenomenal world
                       {section 14)
          173
        • CFA.4. The 2 proofs of the unreality of the designations
                       (sections 15-16)
          174
        • CFA.5. The 2 errors & the false and correct view of reality
                       (sections 17-19)
          174
        • CFA.6. From the "Stage of the Bodhisattva (Bodhisattvabhūmi)175
      • CFB. The Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra180
        • CFB.1. The doctrine of the threefold nature of things in
                       Chapt. VI
          180
        • CFB.2. The doctrine of the threefold essencelessness of entities in
                       chapt. VII and its relation to the doctrine of the
                       Prajñāpāramitā and of the Mādhyamikas
          182
        • CFB.3. From the "Elucidation of the Secret Meaning"
                       (Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra)
          183
      • CFC. Maitreyanātha (ca. 300 C.E.)191
        • CFC.1. The works of Maitreyanātha191
        • CFC.2. The first philosophical system of the Yogācāra:
                       the doctrine of Maitreyanātha
          192
          • CFC.2.1. The highest being as the center of the system192
          • CFC.2.2. The highest being and the phenomenal world193
          • CFC.2.3. The false conception and the deception of the
                           phenomenal world, etc.
            193
          • CFC.2.4. The doctrine of liberation194
            • CFC.2.4.1. Non-conceptual knowledge and liberation194
            • CFC.2.4.2. Buddhology and the highest being195
          • CFC.2.5. The doctrine of Maitreyanātha and the Madhyamaka
                           doctrine
            196
        • CFC.3. Introduction to the samples from the
                       Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra
          196
          • CFC.3.1. From the "Ornament of the Sūtras of the Mahāyāna"
                           (Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra)
            200
        • CFC.4. Introduction to samples from the Madhyāntavibhāga207
        • CFC.5. From the "Elucidation of the Middle and of the Extremes"
                       (Madhyantavibhāga)
          210
      • CFD. Asaṅga (ca. 315-390 C.E.)213
        • CFD.1. The works of Asaṅga213
        • CFD.2. The philosophical system of Asaṅga214
          • CFD.2.1. Adoption of old concepts and development of new
                           psychological concepts
            214
          • CFD.2.2. The appearance of the phenomenal world:
                           the doctrine of the three characteristics
            214
            • CFD.2.2.1. The dependent characteristic215
            • CFD.2.2.2. The imagined and the perfect characteristic216
          • CFD.2.3. The doctrine of liberation216
          • CFD.2.4. Asaṅga's Buddhology217
        • CFD.3. Introduction to the translated sections of the
                      Mahāyānasaṃgraha
          218
        • CFD.4. From the "Summary of the Mahāyāna"
                      (Mahāyānasaṃgraha)
          219
      • CFE. Vasubandhu the Elder (ca. 320-380 C.E.)231
        • CFE.1. The works of Vasubandhu the Elder and Vasubandhu the
                      Younger
          231
        • CFE.2. Synopsis of the doctrines of the "Twenty Verses" and
                      "Thirty Verses"
          232
          • CFE.2.1. The mental complex as three transformations of
                           cognition
            232
          • CFE.2.2. The mental complex and the seeds of permeation233
          • CFE.2.3. The mental complex in relation to the
                           phenomenal world, highest reality and other beings
            234
          • CFE.2.4. The doctrine of liberation235
        • CFE.3. Introduction to the Viṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi235
          • CFE.3.1. Chapter One: Doctrine of the unreality of the
                           external world and answers to objections based on
                           reasoning (verses 1-7)
            235
          • CFE.3.2. Chapter two: Answers to objections based on
                           scripture (verses 8-10)
            236
          • CFE.3.3. Chapter three: Proof of the unreality of the external
                           world: impossibility of the concept of an atom, etc.
                           (verses 11-15)
            237
          • CFE.3.4. Chapter four: Refutation of various objections
                           (verses 16-21)
            239
        • CFE.4. "Proof that (Everything) is Mere Cognizance, in Twenty
                      Verses" (Viṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi)
          242
        • CFE.5. Introduction to the Triṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi253
        • CFE.6. "Proof, that (Everything) is Mere Cognizance, in Thirty
                      Verses"
          254
      • CFF. Dignāga (ca. 480-540 C.E.)259
        • CFF.1. From the "Compendium of the Means of Valid Cognition"
                      (Pramāṇasamuccaya)
          260
      • CFG. Sthiramati and Dharmapāla (middle of the 6th century C.E.)262
        • CFG.1. From Hiuan-tsangs "Proof that (Everything) is Mere
                      Cognizance" (Tch'eng wei che louen)
          265
  • D. Sources and Literature271
    • DA. General271
    • DB. A. The doctrine of the Buddha271
      • DBA. Canonical texts (Tripiṭaka)271
      • DBB. Pratītyasamutpādasūtra272
      • DBC. Pratītyasamutpādavyākhyā272
      • DBD. Śālistambasūtra272
    • DC. B. The Dogmatics of the Hīnayāna272
      • DCA. Milindapañhā272
      • DCB. Vasubandhu the Younger273
        • DCB.1. Abhidharmakośa273
        • DCB.2. Pañcaskandhaka273
      • DCC. Harivararman, Tattvasiddhi273
    • DD. The Schools of the Mahāyāna273
      • DDA. 1. The Madhyamaka School273
        • DDA.1. Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā273
        • DDA.2. Ratnakūṭa (Kāśyapaparivarta)274
        • DDA.3. Nāgārjuna274
          • DDA.3.1. Madhyamakakārikā274
          • DDA.3.2. Vigrahavyāvartanıī274
          • DDA.3.3. Ratnāvalī275
        • DDA.4. Āryadeva: Catuḥśataka275
        • DDA.5. Buddhapālita, Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti275
        • DDA.6. Bhāvaviveka, Prajñāpradīpa275
        • DDA.7. Tchang tchen (Hastaratna?)275
        • DDA.8. Candrakīrti276
          • DDA.8.1. Prasannapadā276
          • DDA.8.2. Madhyamakāvatāra276
      • DDB. 2. The school of Sāramati276
        • DDB.1. Sāramati, Ratnagotravibhāga276
      • DDC. 3. The school of the Yogācāra276
        • DDC.1. Bodhisattvabhūmi276
        • DDC.2. Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra277
        • DDC.3. Maitreyanātha277
          • DDC.3.1. Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra277
          • DDC.3.2. Madhyāntavibhāga277
        • DDC.4. Asaṅga, Mahāyānasaṃgraha277
        • DDC.5. Vasubandhu277
          • DDC.5.1. Viṃśatikā277
          • DDC.5.2. Triṃśikā278
        • DDC.6. Dignāga, Pramāṇasamuccaya278
        • DDC.7. Hiuan-tsang, Tch’eng wei che louen278
  • E. Supplementary remarks279
    • EA. General279
    • EB. A. The doctrine of the Buddha280
    • EC. B. The Dogmatics of the Hīnayāna280
    • ED. The schools of the Mahāyāna281
      • EDA. 1. The Madhyamaka school281
      • EDB. 2. The school of Sāramati281
      • EDC. 3. The school of the Yogācāra282
  • Appendix I: Amalavijñāna and ālayavijñāna. A Contribution to the
                         Epistemology of Buddhism. By Erich Frauwallner
  • Appendix II: Bibliography of Erich Frauwallner
  • Appendix III: Sources and Literature (after the fourth edition)
The Platform Sutra (Red Pine)
  • The Platform Sutra1
  • Introduction53
  • The Platform Sutra with Commentary63
  • Appendix
    • I. Additional Text277
    • II. Finding List297
    • III. Names, Terms, Texts, and Places with Chinese equivalents298
    • IV. The Platform Sutra—Tunhuang Museum Text320
The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch (McRae)
  • Table of Contents
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword MAYEDA Sengakuvii
  • Publisher’s Foreword Francis H. Cookix
  • Translator’s Introduction John R. McRaexiii
  • A Note on Interpolated Materialxvii
  • The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch
  • Preface to the Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master,
    the Sixth Patriarch
    3
  • Encomium of the Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master,
    the Sixth Patriarch
    7
  • [Text of] Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master, the Sixth Patriarch
  • Number One: Account of Origins17
  • Number Two: Prajnā27
  • Number Three: Questions36
  • Number Four: Meditation and Wisdom41
  • Number Five: Seated Meditation45
  • Number Six: Repentance46
  • Number Seven: Encounters53
  • Number Eight: Sudden and Gradual71
  • Number Nine: Proclamations79
  • Number Ten: Transmission81
  • Appendix
  • An Additional Record of the Story of the Great Master, the Sixth Patriarch95
  • Details of Accolades through the Dynasties99
  • Epitaph on the Bequest of the Posthumous Title "Chan Master Great Mirror"100
  • Epitaph for Chan Master Great Mirror103
  • Inscription on the Robe of the Buddha (with Introduction)105
  • Epilogue108
  • Notes111
  • Glossary125
  • Bibliography129
  • Index131
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)145
The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch (Yampolsky)Table of Contents Unavailable
The Principle and Practice of Mahayana BuddhismTable of Contents Unavailable
The Problem of the Sentience of Plants in Earliest Buddhism
  • I. The Problem and its Context1
  • II. General Prohibition to Injure Seeds and Plants5
    • II.A Text and Literal Meaning5
    • II.B Closer Examination of Terminology and Context as to their Significance
      for the Question of Plant Sentience
      17
  • III. Further Vinaya Material, Concerning
    • III.A Plants23
    • III.B Fruits, Raw Grain and Garlic36
    • III.C Earth, Water and Fire46
  • IV. Further Suttapiṭaka Material58
  • V. Evaluation of the Evidence66
  • VI. Later Developments79
  • VII. Later Arguments against Plant Sentience83
  • VIII. Postface105
  • Abbreviations107
  • Modern Authors112
  • Index116
The Profound Inner Principles
  • Foreword by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche xi
  • Translator’s Introduction xiii
  • The Profound Inner Principles1
  • Illuminating "The Profound Principles" 69
    • Introduction 71
    • Causes and Conditions 103
    • Development of the Body 135
    • Channels 175
    • Winds 225
    • Bindus 287
    • The Four States 339
    • The Correspondences with the Environment 373
    • Imagined Deities 387
    • Bases of Purification and Means of Purification 405
    • The Correspondences with the Stages of the Path 435
    • Dissolution 455
    • Conclusion 493
  • Appendix 1. Outline of Illuminating "The Profound Principles" 517
  • Appendix 2. Prenatal Development 533
  • Appendix 3. Time: Internal and External Measurements 537
  • Appendix 4. Bindus: Overview 539
  • Appendix 5. Bindus: Seven Stages of Quintessences and Dregs 541
  • Appendix 6. Bindus: Internal and External Twenty-Four Sacred Places 543
  • Abbreviations 549
  • Notes 551
  • Glossary 585
  • Glossary of Enumerations 607
  • Translation Equivalents 635
  • Works Cited 651
  • Selected Bibliography 667
  • Illustration Credits 673
  • Index 675
The Profound Treasury of the Ocean of Dharma, Volume One
Foreword by the Seventeenth Karmapa • xi
Foreword by the Ninth Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche • xiii
Foreword by the Seventh Shechen Rabjam • xv
Foreword by Tulku Thondup Rinpoche • xix
Foreword by Diana Judith Mukpo • xxi
Publisher’s Foreword • xxiii
Preface by the Sakyong, Jamgön Mipham Rinpoche • xxv
Acknowledgments • xxvii
Editor’s Introduction • xxxi
Pronunciation of Sanskrit and Tibetan • li


  • Part One: Entering the Path
Encountering the Dharma
    • 1. Beginning at the Beginning3
    • 2. The Frozen Space of Ego6
    • 3. The Path of Individual Salvation11
    • 4. Opening to the True Dharma21
    • 5. Joining Study and Practice40
    • 6. Achieving Sanity Here on Earth46
    • 7. The Path, the Vehicle, and the Traveler56
    • 8. Relating with a Teacher61
    • 9. The Painful Reality of Samsara65
Taking Refuge
    • 10. Buddhadharma Fever81
    • 11. Taking Refuge in the Three Jewels89
Reflecting on the Three Jewels
    • 12. The Sutra of the Recollection of the Noble Three Jewels97
    • 13. The Buddha100
    • 14. The Dharma 113
    • 15. The Sangha116


  • Part Two: Discipline/Shila
Taming Neurosis
    • 16. The Loneliness and Joy of Discipline127
    • 17. Taming the Neurotic Mind133
    • 18. Cutting the Root of Samsara138
    • 19. Continually Gnawing Rock144
Cultivating Virtue
    • 20. Becoming a Dharmic Person155
    • 21. Refraining from Harm165


  • Part Three: Meditation/Samadhi
Shamatha: The Practice of Mindfulness
    • 22. Simplicity173
    • 23. Following the Example of the Buddha179
    • 24. The Basic Minimum187
    • 25. Taking Your Seat193
    • 26. Breathing Out201
    • 27. Labeling Thoughts207
    • 28. Touch and Go212
    • 29. Encountering Problems215
    • 30. Leading a Spotless Life223
Refining Your Shamatha Practice
    • 331. Resting in Shamatha231
    • 332. Identifying Obstacles to Shamatha243
    • 333. Antidotes to the Obstacles to Shamatha248
    • 334. Cutting Thoughts and Short-Circuiting the Kleshas257
    • 335. An Element of Magic264
Working with the Mind
    • 36. Transcending Dualistic Mind267
    • 37. Rediscovering Your Own Mind273
    • 38. Mixing Mind with Space281
The Four Foundations of Mindfulness
    • 39. Mindfulness of Body285
    • 40. Mindfulness of Life294
    • 41. Mindfulness of Effort304
    • 42. Mindfulness of Mind316
Vipashyana: The Practice of Awareness
    • 43. The Freshness of Unconditional Mind329
    • 44. Beyond Picking and Choosing337
    • 45. The Art of Everyday Living343
    • 46. Glimpses of Emptiness348
    • 47. Investigating the Subtleties of Experience353
    • 48. Sharpening One’s Perception359
    • 49. Self-Perpetuating Awareness367


  • Part Four: The Four Noble Truths
Suffering
    • 50. The Snowballing of Deception373
    • 51. Recognizing the Reality of Suffering377
    • 52. Dissecting the Experience of Suffering382
The Origin of Suffering
    • 53. The Power of Flickering Thoughts397
    • 54. The Development of Set Patterns401
    • 55. Perpetually Re-Creating Suffering406
The Cessation of Suffering
    • 56. Awakening and Blossoming421
    • 57. Meditation as the Path to Buddhahood426
    • 58. Transcending Samsara and Nirvana431
The Truth of the Path
    • 59. The Doubtless Path443
    • 60. The Five Paths449


  • Part Five: The Hinayana Journey
The Journey in Terms of Yanas
    • 61. Shravakayana: The Yana of Hearing and Proclaiming467
    • 62. Pratyekabuddhayana: The Yana of Individual Salvation478
The Journey in Terms of Paths
    • 63. The Lesser Path of Accumulation489
    • 64. The Middle Path of Accumulation499
    • 65. The Greater Path of Accumulation505
    • 66. The Path of Unification511


  • Part Six: Knowledge/Prajna
Unraveling the Myth of Ego
    • 67. Ego: The Thought That We Exist519
    • 68. Cutting Through the Numbness of Ego526
    • 69. Taking the Teachings to Heart535


Appendix 1: A Hinayana Morning Liturgy • 547
Appendix 2: Working with Threefold Logic • 549
Appendix 3: Outline of Teachings • 551
Glossary • 573
Sources • 597
Resources • 607
About the Author • 609
Credits • 615
Index • 617
The Profound Treasury of the Ocean of Dharma, Volume Two
  • Editor's Introductionix
  • Pronunciation of Sanskrit and Tibetanxv

Part One: Awakening the Heart

  • 1. A Glimpse of Wakefulness3
  • 2. Love, Vision, and Warriorship12
  • 3. Doubt and Delight20

Part Two: Buddha Nature

  • 4. Enlightened Genes31
  • 5. Basic Goodness40

Part Three: Preparing the Ground

  • 6. Cultivating Wholsomeness51
  • 7. Expanding YourPractice54
  • 8. Cutting Ego Fixation60
  • 9. Awakening Your Enlightened Genes69
  • 10. The Spiritual Friend78

Part Four: Making a Commitment

  • 11. Indestructible Wakefulness89
  • 12. Planting the Moon of Bodhi in Your Heart97
  • 13. Cultivating a Mahayana Mentality99
  • 14. The Seven Mahayana Exercises104
  • 15. Taking the Bodhisattva Vow107
  • 16. Becoming a Bodhisattva116
  • 17. Joining Prundity and Vastness121

Part Five: Emptiness and Compassion

  • 18. Emptiness129
  • 19. Discovering a World beyond Ego134
  • 20. Emptiness and the Middle Way142
  • 21. Realizing the Emptiness of Ordinary Reality149
  • 22. Experiencing Reality in Its Fullest Sense159
  • 23. Contempating Emptiness171
  • 24. Awakening Unfabricated Perception180

Part Six: Bodhisattva Activity

  • 25. Paramitas: Techniques of Nongrasping193
  • 26. Applying Emptiness to Everyday Life203
  • 27. Generosity206
  • 28. Discipline214
  • 29. Patience229
  • 30. Exertion238
  • 31. Meditation249
  • 32. Prajna256

Part Seven: Mind Training and Slogan Practice

  • 33. Introduction to Mind Training273
  • 34. Undermining Aggression282
  • 35. Point One: The Preliminaries, Which Are a Basis for Dharma Practice289
  • 36. Point Two: Resting in Ultimate Bodhicitta291
  • 37. Point Two: Training in Relative Bodhicitta302
  • 38. Point Three: Transformation of Bad Circumstances into the Path of
         Enlightenment
    317
  • 39.Point Four: Showing the Utilization of Practice in One's Whole Life338
  • 40. Point Five: Evaluation of Mind Training347
  • 41. Point Six: Disciplines of Mind Training357
  • 42. Point Seven: Guidelines of Mind Training368
  • 43. Additional Mind-Training Instructions378

Part Eight: The Bodhisattva's Journey

  • 44. The Paths and Bhumis383
  • 45. Very Joyful: The First Bhumi389
  • 46. The Second through Tenth Bhumis397
  • 47. Complete Radiance: The Eleventh Bhumi420
  • Appendix 1: Never Forget the Hinayana433
  • Appendix 2: The Practice of Oryoki435
  • Appendix 3: The Heart Sutra437
  • Appendix 4: Prajna Dialogues439
  • Appendix 5: Forty-Six Ways in Which a Bodhisattva Fails443
  • Appendix 6: The Root Text of the Seven Points of Mind Training447
  • Appendix 7: Outline of Teachings451
  • Glossary469
  • Sources483
  • Resources493
  • About the Author495
  • Credits501
  • Index503
The Ratnagotravibhāga Mahāyānottaratantraśāstra
  • Introductory Note by T. Chowdhuryi-iii
  • Forewordv-xiv
  • Abbreviationsxv
  • Correctionsxvi
  • Chapter I. : Tathāgatagarbhādhikāra1-78
  • Chapter II : Bodhyadhikāra79-90
  • Chapter II I : Guṇādhikāra91-97
  • Chapter IV : Tathāgatakṛiyakriyādhikāra98-114
  • Chapter V : Anuśaṁsādhikāra115-119
  • I. Index of Metres120
  • II. Index of Authorities121
  • III. Index of Technical Terms122-128
  • IV. Index of Rare Words and Uses129
The Realm of Awakening
  • Basic Textsxv
  • Abbreviationsxix
  • Introduction3
  • Part One. The Basic Text: A Running Translation of the Tenth Chapter of the Mahāyānasaṅgraha47
  • Part Two. The Commentaries: An Annotated Translation of the Chinese and
    Tibetan Versions of the Bhāṣya and the Tibetan Version of the Upanibandhana, Together with Selected Parallel Texts
    61
  • A. Wisdom as the Three Buddha-Bodies63
    • 1 Essence Body68
    • 2 Enjoyment Body69
    • 3 Transformation Body70
  • Summary Verse: Themes to Be Discussed in sections B-K73
  • B. The Characteristics of the Dharma Body of Buddhas73
    • B1. The Characteristic of the Conversion of Support74
    • B2. The Characteristic of Being Composed of Radiant Factors76
      • B2a Mastery Over Life, Mind, and Necessities77
      • B2b. Mastery Over Act and Birth78
      • B2c. Mastery Over Commitment79
      • B2d. Mastery Over Vow80
      • B2e. Mastery Over Miraculous Powers80
      • B2f. Mastery Over Understanding and Doctrine81
    • B3. The Characteristic of Non-Duality82
      • B3a. Non-Duality of Existence and Non-Existence82
      • B3b. Non-Duality of Compounded and Non-Compounded83
      • B3c. Non-Duality of Differentiation and Unity85
      • B3d. Verses on the Non-Duality of Differentiation and Unity86
    • B4. The Characteristic of Eternity89
    • B5. The Characteristic of Inconceivability91
  • C. The Attainment of Dharma Body93
  • D. The Dominions of Dharma Body98
    • D1. Dominions Obtained Through Conversion of the Material Aggregate99
    • D2. Dominions Obtained Through Conversion of the Aggregate of Sensation100
    • D3. Dominions Obtained Through Conversion of the Aggregate of Conceptualization101
    • D4. Dominions Obtained Through Conversion of the Aggregate of Volitional Predispositions103
    • D5. Dominions Obtained Through Conversion of the Aggregate of
      Consciousness
      104
  • E. Dharma Body as Support for Three Things107
    • E1. Dharma Body as Support for Buddha Residences107
    • E2. Dharma Body as Support for Diverse Enjoyment Bodies113
    • E3. Dharma Body as Support for Diverse Transformation Bodies113
  • F. Six Buddha Factors that Comprise Dharma Body115
    • F1. The Buddha Factor of Purification115
    • F2. The Buddha Factor of Maturation116
    • F3. The Buddha Factor of Dwelling117
    • F4. The Buddha Factor of Supremacy118
    • F5. The Buddha Factor of Verbal Expression118
    • F6. The Buddha Factor of Removal120
  • G. Differentiation and Non-Differentiation121
    • G1. Dharma Body as Differentiated and Undifferentiated121
    • G2-3. Enjoyment Bodies and Transformation Bodies as Differentiated and Undifferentiated122
  • H. The Twenty-one Qualities of Dharma Body124
  • H*. Verses on the Twenty-one Qualities of Dharma Body128
    • H *1. Four Immeasurable Activities128
    • H *2. Eight Liberations, Eight Spheres of Mastery, Ten Spheres of Totality131
    • H *3. Non-Contentiousness137
    • H *4. Vow Wisdom139
    • H *5. Four Specific Understandings140
    • H *6. Six Supernatural Knowledges143
    • H *7. Major and Minor Marks145
    • H *S. Four Purifications
    • H *9. Ten Powers149
    • H*10. Four Fearlessnesses153
    • H*11. Guardlessness and Mindfulness156
    • H*12. Total Destruction of the Propensities159
    • H*13. Non-Forgetfulness161
    • H*14. Great Compassion162
    • H*15. Eighteen Exclusive Buddha-Qualities164
    • H*16. Wisdom in All Aspects165
    • H*17. Fullness of Perfection167
  • HH. Six Qualities of Dharma Body170
  • I. The Twelvefold Profundity of Dharma Body175
    • I 1. The Profundities of Birth, Abiding, Action, and Sustenance176
    • I 2. The Profundities of Place, Number and Action180
    • I 3. The Profundity of Perfect Awakening182
    • I 4. The Profundity of Detachment183
    • I 5. The Profundity of Abandoning the Aggregates185
    • I 6. The Profundity of Maturing187
    • I 7. The Profundity of Manifestation188
    • I 8. The Profundity of Manifesting Perfect Awakening and Final Cessation190
    • I 9. The Profundity of Dwelling191
    • 110. The Profundity of Manifesting Bodies192
    • 111. The Profundity of Abandoning Passion194
    • 112. The Profundity of Inconceivability195
  • J. Seven Recollections of Buddha198
    • J1. Recollection of Mastery Over All Things198
    • J2. Recollection of Eternity201
    • J3. Recollection of Irreproachability202
    • J4. Recollection of Spontaneity203
    • J5. Recollection of Great Enjoyment203
    • J6. Recollection of Unsoiledness204
    • J7. Recollection of Great Usefulness205
    • J8. Concluding Verses205
  • JJ. The Perfectly Purified Buddha Land209
    • JJ 1. The Perfection of Color210
    • JJ 2. The Perfection of Configuration211
    • JJ 3. The Perfection of Extent212
    • JJ 4. The Perfection of Domain212
    • JJ 5. The Perfection of Cause213
    • JJ 6. The Perfection of Result214
    • JJ 7. The Perfection of Lords214
    • JJ 8. The Perfection of Confreres215
    • JJ 9. The Perfection of Servants215
    • JJlO. The Perfection of Sustenance216
    • JJ11. The Perfection of Action216
    • JJ12. The Perfection of Beneficence217
    • JJ13. The Perfection of Fearlessness218
    • JJ14. The Perfection of Abode218
    • JJ15. The Perfection of Paths219
    • JJ16. The Perfection of Vehicles220
    • JJ17. The Perfection of Entrance-Gates220
    • JJ18. The Perfection of Foundation221
    • JJ19. Conclusion222
  • K. Five Actions of Dharma Realm224
    • K1. Great Compassion225
    • K2. Correct Action226
    • K3. August Virtue226
    • K4. Great Skill in Expedients227
    • K5. Teaching on Reality228
  • KK. The Equality of Action Among All Buddhas230
  • L. One Vehicle and Three Vehicles233
  • M. One Dharma Body and Many Buddhas241
  • N. Final Cessation and Dharma Body245
  • O. Differences Between Essence Body and Enjoyment Body247
  • P. Differences Between Essence Body and Transformation Body252
  • Q. Non-Entry into Final Cessation for Buddhas260
  • R. The Eternal Body of the Tathāgata261
  • S. The Non-Abiding of Transformation Bodies264
  • T. Effort and Dharma Body268
  • U. Colophon272
  • Part Three. The Texts: Romanized Versions of the Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts Translated in Parts One and Two277
  • Bibliography379
  • Index391
The Record of Transmission of Light
  • Introduction3
  • LEADING CHAPTER SHAKYAMUNI BUDDHA9
  • CHAPTER 1 Venerable MAKAKASHO (Mahakasyapa)12
  • CHAPTER 2 Venerable ANANDA (Ananda)16
  • CHAPTER 3 Venerable SHONAWASHU (Shanavasa)22
  • CHAPTER 4 Venerable UBAKIKUTA (Upagupta)26
  • CHAPTER 5 Venerable DAITAKA (Dhrtaka)30
  • CHAPTER 6 Venerable MISHAKA (Micchaka)34
  • CHAPTER 7 Venerable BASHUMITSU (Vasumitra)38
  • CHAPTER 8 Venerable BUTSUDANANDAI (Buddhanandai)41
  • CHAPTER 9 Venerable FUDAMITTA (Punyamitra)46
  • CHAPTER 10 Venerable BARISHIBA (Parshva)49
  • CHAPTER 11 Venerable FUNAYASHA (Punyayashas)53
  • CHAPTER 12 Venerable ANABOTEI (Ashvagosha)55
  • CHAPTER 13 Venerable KABIMARA (Kapimala)59
  • CHAPTER 14 Venerable NAGYAHARAJUNA (Nagarjuna)63
  • CHAPTER 15 Venerable KANADAIBA (Kanadeva)68
  • CHAPTER 16 Venerable RAGORATA (Rahulata)71
  • CHAPTER 17 Venerable SOGYANANDAI (Salghanandi)75
  • CHAPTER 18 Venerable KAYASHATA (Juyashata)81
  • CHAPTER 19 Venerable KUMORATA (Kumarata)87
  • CHAPTER 20 Venerable SHAYATA (Jayata)91
  • CHAPTER 21 Venerable BASHUBANZU (Vasubandhu)95
  • CHAPTER 22 Venerable MANURA (Manora)101
  • CHAPTER 23 Venerable KAKUROKUNA (Haklena)105
  • CHAPTER 24 Venerable SHISHIBODAI (Simha-Bodhi)109
  • CHAPTER 25 Venerable BASHASHITA (Vashashita)113
  • CHAPTER 26 Venerable FUNYAMITA (Punyamitra)117
  • CHAPTER 27 Venerable HANYATARA (Prajnatara)121
  • CHAPTER 28 Venerable BODAIDARUMA (Bodhidharma)125
  • CHAPTER 29 Venerable TAISO EKA (Huiko, Chinese)131
  • CHAPTER 30 Venerable KANCHI SOSAN (Sengcan)135
  • CHAPTER 31 Venerable DAII DOSHIN (Daoxin)139
  • CHAPTER 32 Venerable DAIMAN KONIN (Taman Hung jen)143
  • CHAPTER 33 Venerable DAIKAN ENO (Huineng)147
  • CHAPTER 34 Venerable SEIGEN GYOSHI (Ching Yuan)155
  • CHAPTER 35 Venerable SEKITO KISEN (Shitou Wuchi)159
  • CHAPTER 36 Venerable YAKUSAN IGEN (Yaoshan)165
  • CHAPTER 37 Venerable UNGAN DONJO (Yunyan)169
  • CHAPTER 38 Venerable TOZAN RYOKAI (Tung Shan Liang Chieh)173
  • CHAPTER 39 Venerable UNGO DOYO (Yun Chu Tao Ying)181
  • CHAPTER 40 Venerable DOAN DOHI (T'ung An Taopi)187
  • CHAPTER 41 Venerable DOAN KANSHI (Tungan)191
  • CHAPTER 42 Venerable RYOZAN ENKAN (Liang Shan Yuan-Kuan)195
  • CHAPTER 43 Venerable TAIYO KYOGEN (Ta yang Mingan)201
  • CHAPTER 44 Venerable TOSHI GISEI (Tou tsu Iching)205
  • CHAPTER 45 Venerable FUYO DOKAI (Fu-Jung Tao-kai)215
  • CHAPTER 46 Venerable TANKA SHIJUN (Tan-Hsia Tzu-Ch’un)221
  • CHAPTER 47 Venerable CHORO SEIRYO (Ch’ang-lu Ching-lao)223
  • CHAPTER 48 Venerable TENDO SOKAKU (T'ien-t'ung Tsung-chüeh)229
  • CHAPTER 49 Venerable SETCHO CHIKAN (Hsueh-Tou Chih-Chien)233
  • CHAPTER 50 Venerable TENDO NYOJO (T'ient-T'ung Ju-Ching)239
  • CHAPTER 51 EIHEI DOGEN245
  • CHAPTER 52 KOUN EJO257
The Record of Transmitting the Light
  • Foreword by John Daido Loorixi
  • Acknowledgmentsxv
  • Notes on Translationsxvii
  • Introduction1


The Record of Transmitting the Light


  • Shakyamuni29
  • Mahakashyapa32
  • Ananda36
  • Shanavasa42
  • Upagupta46
  • Dhritaka51
  • Micchaka55
  • Vasumitra60
  • Buddhanandi63
  • Buddhamitra68
  • Parshva72
  • Punyayashas76
  • Ashvaghosa79
  • Kapimala83
  • Nagarjuna87
  • Kanadeva93
  • Rahulata96
  • Sanghanandi101
  • Gayashata107
  • Kumarata113
  • Jayata116
  • Vasubandhu121
  • Manorhita126
  • Haklenayashas130
  • Aryasimha134
  • Basiasita137
  • Punyamitra140
  • Bodhidharma147
  • Dazu Huike153
  • Jianzhi Sengcan158
  • Dayi Daoxin161
  • Daman Hongren164
  • Dajian Huineng167
  • Qingyuan Xingsi175
  • Shitou Xiqian178
  • Yaoshan Weiyan183
  • Yunyan Tansheng188
  • Dongshan Liangjie193
  • Yunju Daoying200
  • Tongan Daopi205
  • Tongan Guanzhi209
  • Liangshan Yuanguan212
  • Dayang Jingxuan217
  • Touzi Yiqing221
  • Furong Daokai229
  • Danxia Zichun235
  • Zhenxie Qingliao237
  • Tiantong Zongjue241
  • Xuedou Zhijian245
  • Tiantong Rujing250
  • Eihei Dogen255
  • Koun Ejo266
  • Guide to the Pronunciation of Pinyin Transliterations275
  • Alternative Transliterations and Pronunciations277
  • A Note about the Names of Chinese Buddhist Priests279
  • Notes281
  • Bibliography313
The Reflexive Nature of Awareness (2000)
  • Editor's Prefacevii
  • Acknowledgmentsix
  • Prefacexi
  • 1 Introducing svasaṃvedana—and its two types1
  • 2 Śāntarakṣita on the reflexive nature of consciousness19
  • 3 Madhyamakālaṃkāra 16–17 in Prajñākaramati's Bodhicaryāvatārapañjikā on BCA
       9:21
    37
  • 4 The verse51
  • 5 Mi pham on Bodhicaryāvatāra 9:26 (Tib. 25)85
  • 6 The response of Tre bo brag dkar spral sku bLo bzang dpal ldan bstan 'dzin107
  • 7 Mi pham's reply119
  • 8 Concluding note—why all the fuss?183
  • Appendix One217
  • Appendix Two231
  • Bibliography247
  • Index260
The Religions of Tibet (1980, Routledge)
    • Prefacevii
    • Note on transcription and pronunciationxii
  • 1 The first diffusion of Buddhism in Tibet1
    • 1 The beginnings1
    • 2 Co-existence and conflict-among the various tendencies at the time of
         the first introduction of Buddhism into Tibet
      5
    • 3 Ordination of monks, foundation of monasteries, donations to
         monasteries
      8
    • 4 The Indian and Chinese currents12
  • 2 The second diffusion of Buddhism16
    • 1 The revival of Buddhism16
    • 2 Rin chen bzang po and Atisa20
    • 3 The foundation of the great monasteries26
  • 3 General characteristics of Lamaism29
    • 1 Fundamentals29
    • 2 The most important schools33
    • 3 The conflicts between the schools and their significance for the
         political history of Tibet. The office of Dalai Lama
      39
    • 4 The figure of the religious teacher (bla ma)44
  • 4 The doctrines of the most important schools47
    • 1 Assumptions common to all schools47
    • 2 The vehicle of the Mantra50
    • 3 Investiture and consecrations57
    • 4 The Tantric process of transcendence: mental-body,
         maya-body, body of transcendent consciousness
      58
    • 5 Sems and light63
    • 6 Substantialism of the Jo nang pa school67
    • 7 The bKa' brgyud pa school70
    • 8 Tantric practice according to the tradition of the Bla na med rgyud71
    • 9 The rNying ma pa school76
    • 10 The gCod tradition87
    • 11 Conclusion. The special nature of the Lamaist teaching of salvation93
    •    Appendix: The process of transformation of Sems and rLungs106
  • 5 Monkhood, monastery life, religious calendar and festivals110
    • 1 Organization of monastic community: hierarchy and offices110
    • 2 Religious calendar and festivals146
    • 3 The hermits' way of life156
    • 4 The property of the monastery and its administration158
  • 6 The folk religion163
    • 1 General characteristics163
    • 2 Man face with divine and demonic powers171
    • 3 Personal protection and protection of the house187
    • 4 The soul190
    • 5 Death193
    • 6 The bsangs or suffimen (offering of incense)199
    • 7 Looking into the future: investigating the favourable or unfavorable
         omens for an action
      202
    • 8 The protection of property and of flocks204
    • 9 Final considerations205
  • 7 The Bon religion213
    • Chronological table249
    • Notes257
    • Bibliography
      • 1 Tibetan sources275
      • 2 Books and articles275
    • Index280
The Resolve to Become a Buddha
  • Preface13
  • Technical Note19
  • Chapter One: A General Introduction: On Becoming a Buddha
  • 1. Introductory Remarks21
  • 2. Buddhology22
  • 3. Buddhist Soteriology30
    • (a) Emic and Etic Perceptions of Buddhism30
    • (b) The Fundamental Features of Buddhist Soteriology33
    • (c) The Mahāyāna Perception of the Quintessence of Buddhist Teachings35
    • (d) Buddhist Soteriological Models and Goals36
    • (e) Two Mahāyāna Soteriological Models of Becoming a Buddha38
  • 4. Ontology41
  • 5. Buddhist Epistemology and Gnoseology43
  • 6. Buddhist Axiology45
    • (a) The Three-Vow Scheme45
    • (b) Comparing and Contrasting the Three Vows47
  • 7. Concluding Remarks56
  • Chapter Two: Previous Studies on Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks57
  • 2. The Early Western Knowledge of Bodhicitta58
  • 3. Monographs on the Study of Bodhicitta59
    • (a) Taishū Tagami (1990)59
    • (b) Francis Brassard (2000)60
  • 4. Articles on Bodhicitta61
    • (a) Kumataro Kawada (1965)61
    • (b) Lal Mani Joshi (1971)62
    • (c) S. K. Nanayakkara (1971)62
    • (d) Lobsang Dargay (1981)63
    • (e) Gareth Sparham (1987)63
    • (f) Gareth Sparham (1992)64
  • 5. Studies on Bodhicitta in Specific Canonical Works65
  • 6. On Translating the Term Bodhicitta69
  • 7. A Study of Bodhicitta: Still a Desideratum70
  • 8. Concluding Remarks71
  • Chapter Three: The Historical and Doctrinal Background of the Bodhicitta Concept
  • 1. Introductory Remarks73
  • 2. Bodhicitta as a Means of Compensating for the Loss of the Historical Buddha74
  • 3. The Doctrinal Foundations of Bodhicitta in Early Buddhism77
    • (a) A Buddha as a Discoverer and Proclaimer of the True Reality77
    • (b) The Plurality of Buddhas and Bodhisattvas in Early Buddhism79
    • (c) The Concept of the Resolve Made by Previous Buddhas80
    • (d) The Altruism of the Historical Buddha82
    • (e) Altruism in Early Buddhism84
    • (f) Prerequisites for Becoming a Buddha in Early Buddhism86
    • (g) The 'Golden Rule' in Early Buddhism87
  • 4. Concluding Remarks89
  • Chapter Four: The Buddha's First Resolve to Become a Buddha
  • 1. Introductory Remarks91
  • 2. The Historical Buddha as One of Many and Yet One of a Kind92
  • 3. Three Events Marking the Career of the Buddha92
    • (a) The First Event: The Initial Resolve to Become a Buddha94
      • (i) Attempts to Resolve the Illogicality of Several 'First Times'98
      • (ii) Was the Historical Bodhisattva 'King-Like' or 'Herdsman-Like'?99
    • (b) The Second Event: Striving to Become a Buddha100
    • (c) The Third Event: The Time and Place of the Buddha's Awakening102
  • 4. A Historical Sketch of the Buddha's Initial Resolve to Become a Buddha104
  • 5. Concluding Remarks105
  • Chapter Five: Mahāyāna, Bodhisattva, and Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks107
  • 2. The Concepts of Yāna in Buddhism109
    • (a) The Various Models of Yāna110
      • (i) The One-Vehicle Model111
      • (ii) The Two-Vehicle Model112
      • (iii) The Three-Vehicle Model113
      • (iv) The Four-Vehicle Model115
      • (v) The Five-Vehicle Model116
      • (vi) The Nine-Vehicle Model117
      • (vii) The n-Vehicle Model118
      • (viii) The No-Vehicle Model119
    • (b) Which Vehicles Are Buddhist?120
    • (c) Mahāyāna121
      • ((i) Dissent on the Origin of Mahayana121
      • ((ii) The Content of Mahāyāna122
      • ((iii) Is Mahāyāna Indispensable? Is Vajrayāna Indispensable?125
  • (3. The Concepts of Sattva and Bodhisattva126
    • (a) No Bodhisattvas without Sattvas127
    • (b) Faith-oriented and Reason-oriented Sentient Beings128
    • (c) The Term Bodhisattva129
    • (d) Synonyms of Bodhisattva133
    • (e) Types of Bodhisattvas134
      • (i) Historical, Celestial, and Earthly Bodhisattvas135
      • (ii) Human and Non-human Bodhisattvas136
      • (iii) Male and Female Bodhisattvas137
      • (iv) Ordained and Lay Bodhisattvas139
      • (v) Bodhisattvas with Different Backgrounds139
    • (f) The Śrāvaka-Bodhisattva Distinction140
    • (g) The Concept of Vajrasattva142
  • 4. The Term Bodhicitta and Its Definition144
    • (a) The Term Bodhicitta in the Aṣṭasāhasrikā144
    • (b) The Term Bodhicitta in the Drumakinnararājaparipṛcchāsūtra145
    • (c) The Term Bodhicitta in the Bodhisattvabhūmi148
    • (d) The Relative Chronology of the Aṣṭasāhasrikā and the Bodhisattvabhūmi148
    • (e) The Terms Cittotpāda, Bodhicitta, and Bodhicittotpāda149
    • (f) Some Definitions of Bodhicitta or Cittotpāda151
    • (g) How Indispensable Is Bodhicitta for a Bodhisattva?154
    • (h) Benefits and Functions of Bodhicitta160
  • 5. Concluding Remarks166
  • Chapter Six: The Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions
  • I. Introductory Remarks169
  • 2. The Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions170
  • 3. Tibetan Assessments of the Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions172
  • 4. The Names of the Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions173
  • 5. The Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions: The Basis of the Distinctions175
  • 6. The Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions: Personal Authorities175
  • 7. The Two Bodhicittotpāda Traditions: Scriptural Authorities176
  • 8. The Historical Background of the Bodhicittotpāda Ritual177
  • 9. What Is Actually Generated by the Ritual?180
  • 10. The Optionality of an Officiant in the Two Traditions181
  • 11. Qualifications for Officiants in the Two Traditions182
  • 12. The Eligibility of Candidates in the Two Traditions183
  • 13. The Preparatory Procedures of the Bodhicittotpāda Ritual186
  • 14. The Main Procedures of the Bodhicittotpāda Ritual187
  • 15. The Concluding Procedures of the Bodhicittotpāda Ritual188
  • 16. Observances and Offences in the Two Traditions188
    • (a) The Cardinal Transgressions in the Mañjuśrī-Nāgārjuna Tradition189
    • (b) The Cardinal Transgressions in the Maitreya-Asaṅga Tradition191
    • (c) The Minor Offences in the Two Traditions192
  • 17. Reestablishing a Broken Vow in the Two Traditions193
  • 18. Concluding Remarks194
  • Chapter Seven: A Typology of Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks195
  • 2. An Overview of the Five Types of Bodhicitta196
  • 3. Ethico-Spiritual Bodhicitta197
  • 4. Gnoseological Bodhicitta198
    • (a) What Gnoseologicai Bodhicitta Is198
    • (b) Some Synonyms of Gnoseological Bodhicitta198
    • (c) Some Salient Features of Gnoseological Bodhicitta199
    • (d) Who Possesses Gnoseological Bodhicitta?201
    • (e) Gnosis as Abiding in the Body202
    • (f) The Three Modes of Emergence Open to Gnosis204
  • 5. Ontological Bodhicitta205
    • (a) The Conception of Ontological Bodhicitta206
    • (b) An Outcome of a Philosophical Quest?211
    • (c) Synonyms and Near Synonyms of Ontological Bodhicitta214
    • (d) Two Distinct Perceptions of Ontological Bodhicitta216
    • (e) Some Salient Features of Ontological Bodhicitta217
  • 6. Psycho-Physiological Bodhicitta217
    • (a) What is Psycho-Physiological Bodhicitta?218
    • (b) Some Salient Features of Psycho-Physiological Bodhicitta220
    • (c) Probable Motives for the Conception of Psycho-Physiological Bodhicitta220
    • (d) The Problems of Physicality and Sexuality in Buddhism221
    • (e) Psycho-Physiological Bodhicitta in Yogic Practices223
  • 7. Semeiological Bodhicitta225
    • (a) General Features of Bodhicitta Symbolism225
    • (b) Putting Symbolism in a Buddhist Philosophical Context226
    • (c) Three Kinds of Semeiological Bodhicitta: Visual, Verbal, and Visional227
    • (d) Vajrayāna Symbolism and Literalism231
  • 8. A Concluding Assessment of the Five Types of Bodhicitta232
  • Chapter Eight: Traditional Classifications of Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks235
  • 2. Bodhicitta as a Fusion of Śūnyatā/Prajñā and Karūṇā/ Upāya235
    • (a) The Term Śūnyatākarūṇāgarbha236
    • (b) The Term Śūnyatākarūṇābhinna238
    • (c) The Importance of Upāya and Prajñā239
    • (d) Tension between the Two Poles of Emptiness and Compassion243
    • (e) Union of Emptiness and Compassion: A Tibetan Controversy245
    • (f) Three Positions on the Fusion of Śūnyatā/Prajñā and Karūṇā/ Upāya245
  • 3. Subclassifying Bodhicitta into Praṇidhicitta and Prasthānacitta246
    • (a) The Locus Classicus of the Classification246
    • (b) The Possible Historical Development of the Subclassification248
    • (c) The Pervasiveness of the Classification248
    • (d) Distinctions, Interpretations, and Controversies249
  • 4. Subclassifying Bodhicitta into Conventional and Absolute251
    • (a) Two Strands of the Conventional-Absolute Classification252
    • (b) Textual Sources of the Conventional-Absolute Classification253
    • (c) The Relative Chronology of the Conventional-Absolute Classification255
    • (d) Two Different Perceptions of Conventional and Absolute Bodhicitta256
    • (e) Can Absolute Bodhicitta be Generated Ritually? A Tibetan Controversy258
  • 5. Leading to the Goal and Not Leading to the Goal261
  • 6. A Stable One and an Unstable One262
  • 7. Twofold Classifications of Cittotpāda in the Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī263
    • (a) Samādānasāṃketika and Dharmatāpratilambhika263
    • (b) The One That Is Uncertain and the One That Is Certain264
    • (c) The One That Is Impure and the One That Is Pure264
    • (d) The One That Is Weak and the One That Is Strong265
    • (e) The One That Has Yielded the Ultimate Result and the One That Has
      Not yet
      265
  • 8. Undistinguished and Distinguished Cittotpāda266
  • 9. The One Characterised by Karuṇā and the One Characterised by Prajñā266
  • 10. Ongoing and Non-Ongoing Cittotpāda267
  • 11. A Threefold Classification: King-like, Boatman-like, and Herdsman-like267
    • (a) Some Indian Precursors of the Classification268
    • (b) Assessments by Some Tibetan Scholars269
  • 12. A Fourfold Classification271
  • 13. Subclassifying Bodhicitta into Ten Types273
  • 14. Twenty-Two Kinds of Cittotpāda273
    • (a) Sources of the Twenty-Two Kinds of Cittotpāda273
    • (b) A Historical Sketch274
  • 15. Concluding Remarks275
  • Chapter Nine: Causes and Conditions pertaining to Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks277
  • 2. Causes and Conditions pertaining to Bodhicitta in the Sūtra Sources277
  • 3. Causes and Conditions pertaining to Bodhicitta in the Bodhisattvabhūmi279
  • 4. Causes and Conditions pertaining to Bodhicitta in the Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra283
  • 5. Causes and Conditions pertaining to Bodhicitta as Discussed Elsewhere284
  • 6. Compassion as the Root Cause of Bodhicitta285
  • 7. Concluding Remarks289
  • Chapter Ten: The Mahāyāna Observances and the Maintenance of Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks291
  • 2. The Model of the Four Cardinal Transgressions (mūlāpatti)292
  • 3. Pledges and the Maintenance of Bodhicitta in the Kriyātantras295
    • (a) The Vairocanābhisaṃbodhitantra296
    • (b) The Guhyatantra298
    • (c) The Susiddhikaratantra300
    • (d) The Subāhuparipṛcchātantra303
  • 4. Pledges and Maintenance of Bodhicitta in the Yogatantras305
    • (a) The Durgatipariśodhanatantra305
    • (b) The Vajraśikharatantra307
    • (c) The Śrīparamādyatantra310
    • (d) The Tattvasaṃgrahasūtra312
  • (5. Pledges and the Maintenance of Bodhicitta in the Mahāyoga System313
    • (a) The Buddhasamāyogatantra319
    • (b) The Kṛṣṇayamāritantra and Guhyasamājābhiṣekavidhi320
    • (c) The Guhyendutilakatantra328
    • (d) The *Guhyagarbhatantra329
    • (e) Padmasambhava's Categories of Pledges329
  • 6. All Mahāyāna Precepts Relating to the Maintenance of Bodhicitta330
  • 7. Concluding Remarks331
  • Chapter Eleven: The Relapse and Restoration of Bodhicitta
  • 1. Introductory Remarks333
  • 2. Impairment to or Loss of Bodhicitta334
  • 3. Causes of the Partial or Total Breach of Vows337
  • 4. Causes of Impairment to or Loss of Bodhicitta338
  • 5. The Abandonment of Bodhicitta as the Severest Transgression346
  • 6. The Types of Setbacks348
  • 7. The Restorability of Bodhicitta351
  • 8. Retaking and Restoring Bodhicitta352
  • 9. The Four Strengths355
  • 10. Concluding Remarks356
  • Appendix A: A Critical Edition of the Sanskrit Text of Bodhisattvabhūmi 1.2
  • 1. Introduction357
    • (a) Extant Manuscripts, Critical Editions, and Other Related Studies on the Bodhisattvabhūmi357
    • (b) A Brief Description of the Extant Manuscripts and Editions362
    • (c) Some Observations as to the Stemmatic Relation of the MSS365
    • (d) Method and Abbreviations Employed in the Critical Edition of the
      Sanskrit Text
      366
  • 2. The Text368
  • Appendix B: A Critical Edition of the Tibetan Text of Bodhisattvabhūmi 1.2
  • 1. Introduction379
  • 2. The Text382
  • Abbreviations and Bibliography
  • 1. Journals, Collections, Reference Books, Series, and Other Abbreviations391
  • 2. Indian Sources393
  • 3. Tibetan Sources404
  • 4. Secondary Sources411
  • Index431
The Rhetoric of Immediacy
  • Acknowledgmentsxi
  • Abbreviationsxiii
  • Prologue3
    • FROM MARGINS TO MEDITATION7
    • METHODOLOGIGAL POLYTHEISM7
  • Chapter One: The Differential Tradition11
      • Six patriarchs in search of a tradition12
    • THE SECOND ORDER16
      • An alienating tradition?21
      • Tradition as kinship23
      • Making a difference26
  • Chapter Two. Sudden/Gradual: A Loose Paradigm32
    • THE SEMANTIC FIELD33
    • THE IDEOLOGICAL (DIS)CONTENT37
    • PHENOMENOLOGICAL ANALYSIS41
      • Point de fruite? Variations on subitism44
      • The gradual perspective47
  • Chapter Three. The Twofold Truth of Immediacy53
      • Double trouble57
    • THE "NATURALIST HERESY"59
    • SKILLFUL MEANS63
    • THE MEANS AND THE ENDS65
      • The Chan denial of hierarchy66
      • The intermediary world70
  • Chapter Four. Chan/Zen and Popular Religion(s)79
    • A THEORETICAL PARENTHESIS79
      • Popular religion and its correlatives84
    • THE EAST ASIAN CONTEXT87
      • From Primitives to Zen, and conversely93
  • Chapter Five. The Thaumaturge and Its Avatars (I)96
    • THE THAUMATURGE TRADITION IN CHINA96
      • Démons et merveilles: Early Chan thaumaturges98
      • The vanishing mediator100
      • The Buddhist ambivalence toward thaumaturges102
    • THE DOMESICATION OF THE THAUMATURGE111
  • Chapter Six: The Thaumaturge and Its Avatars (II)115
    • THE EMERGENCE OF THE TRICKSTER115
      • A bittersweet friendship119
      • On the margins of Chan121
      • Of madness as one of the fine arts122
    • THE BODHISATTVA IDEAL125
    • THE RETURN OF THE THAUMATURGE129
  • Chapter Seven. Metamorphoses of the Double (I): Relics132
    • THE CULT OF ŚARĪRA137
    • THE ICONOCLASTIC REACTION143
  • Chapter Eight. Metamorphoses of the Double (II): "Sublime Corpses" and Icons148
    • CHAN "FLESH-BODIES"150
    • THE SEMANTIC EVOLUTION156
    • BONES OF CONTENTION160
      • Huineng's two bodies162
      • Dissemination of charisma and sectarianism165
    • ICONS AND CHINSÖ169
      • Transmission or diffusion?174
      • Figures of the double176
  • Chapter Nine. The Ritualization of Death179
    • THE CHAN DENIAL OF DEATH AND THE AFTERLIFE179
      • The funeral paradox183
    • THE RITUAL DOMESTICATION OF DEATH184
      • Preliminaries184
      • The liminal stage: Chan funerary ritual191
    • FROM DEFILEMENT TO PURITY203
  • Chapter Ten. Dreams Within a Dream209
    • METHODOLOGICAL CAVEAT209
    • ASIAN DREAMS212
      • The dream metaphor212
    • DREAMING IN CHAN/ZEN215
      • Dreams and hagiography220
    • DREAMING PRACTICE221
      • Myōe's Record of Dreams222
      • A realistic dreamer224
      • Dreams of ascent and voices of dissent226
  • Chapter Eleven. Digression: The Limits of Transgression231
    • TALES OF MONASTIC DERELICTION234
    • CHAN/ZEN ATTITUDES TOWARD SEXUALITY237
    • IMAGES OF WOMEN239
      • The rhetoric of equality242
      • Remarkable women245
      • Ikkyū and women247
    • SODOM AND GOMORH248
      • The sword and the chrysanthemum250
  • Chapter Twelve. The Return of the Gods258
    • MILITANT SYNCRETISM260
    • CHAN/ZEN MYTHOLOGICAL IMAGERY261
    • THE CULT OF THE ARHATS266
    • ZEN AND THE KAMI272
      • Gods, ghosts, and ancestors280
  • Chapter Thirteen, Ritual Antiritualism284
    • ANOTHER RITE CONTROVERSY285
      • The Chan critique of ritualism287
    • CHAN/ZEN LITURGY292
      • Incantatory Zen293
    • RITUAL OMNIPRESENT294
      • Meditation as ritual295
      • The ritualization of life297
    • RITUAL AS IDEOLOGY299
    • RITUAL MEDITATION301
  • Epilogue304
    • DICHOTOMIES IN QUESTION(S)310
    • THE PARADOXES OF MEDITATION314
  • Glossary321
  • Bibliography331
    • PRIMARY SOURCES331
    • SECONDARY SOURCES340
  • INDEX393
The Scripture on the Explication of Underlying Meaning
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripitaka
  •                                                                 Numata Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword                                Mayeda Sengakuvii
  • Publisher’s Foreword                             Kenneth K. Inadaix
  • Translator’s Introduction                      John P. Keenan1


  • The Scripture on the Explication of Underlying Meaning
  • Chapter I
    • Thus Have I Heard7
  • Chapter II
    • The Descriptive Marks of the Truth of Ultimate Meaning11
  • Chapter III
    • The Descriptive Marks of Mind, Thought, and [Sense] Consciousness27
  • Chapter IV
    • The Characteristic Patterns of All Things31
  • Chapter V
    • The Absence of Essence35
  • Chapter VI
    • The Analysis of Centering51
  • Chapter VII
    • The Stages and Perfections77
  • Chapter VIII
    • The Duty Accomplishment of a Tathāgata99
  • Notes113
  • Glossary117
  • Bibliography119
  • Index121
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)
The Selfless Mind
  • INTRODUCTION1
  • Key non-Buddhist concepts1
  • Key Buddhist concepts2
  • 'Not-Self' and scholars7
  • Sources9
  • Methodology11


  • Part I Exploring the Notion of Selflessness


  • 1. THE QUESTION OF SELF17
  •    Scholars who see a metaphysical Self in the 'early Suttas'17
  •    Uses of the word 'self' (atta) in the 'early Suttas'19
  •    Passages which might indicate the acceptance of a Self21
  •    Nibbāna as not-Self and not related to a Self23
  •    Self as 'not being apprehended'24
  •    A Self beyond 'existence' and 'non-existence'?28
  •    Proof of the impossibility of a Self31
  •    Buddhism and the Upaniṣads on Self33
  •    The status of the 'person'34
  •    Why is Self not denied?: the Buddha and the
         Annihilationists
    38
  •    The 'I am' attitude: its cause, effect and its ending40


  • 2 THE MEANING OF 'NOT-SELF'43
  •    The role of viewing phenomena as not-Self 43
  •    The criteria for Self-hood46
  •    Nibbāna and the Self-ideal51


  • 3 DEVELOPING A SELF WITHOUT BOUNDARIES54
  •    Living with citta as an 'island'54
  •    Developing a 'great self'55
  •     'One of developed self' 57
  •    The Arahat as self-contained and 'dwelling alone'58
  •    The Arahat's boundaryless citta60
  •    The Arahat's boundaryless, self-contained self62


  • 4 PERSONAL CONTINUITY AND RESPONSIBILITY64
  •    The person as a continuity65
  •    Responsibility for actions66
  •    The stability of character traits over lives68
  •    What conserves character traits and the unity of the 'continuity'?72
  •    To what extent are 'continuities' isolated from each other and the world?74


  • 5 MY WORLD AND ITS END78
  •    The Self-world link and the meaning of 'world' (loka)78
  •    The Buddhist perspective on the world79
  •    The undetermined questions83
  •    The undetermined questions on the world 84


  • 6 THE LIFE-PRINCIPLE AND THE BETWEEN-LIVES STATE89
  •    The undetermined questions on the life-principle89
  •    The 'life-principle' accepted by early Buddhism91
  •    Discernment and rebirth95
  •    The question of the intermediary existence (antarā-bhava)98
  •    The nature of the intermediary existence102
  •    The gandhabba: spirit-being of the intermediary existence105


  •                         Part II: Saṃsāric and Nibbānic Discernment109


  • 7 THE CENTRALITY OF DISCERNMENT111
  •    The nature and centrality of citta111
  •    A person as discernment and the sentient body116
  •    The vortical interplay of discernment and the sentient body119


  • 8 DISCERNMENT AND CONDITIONED ARISING122
  •    The nature of the constructing activities122
  •    The conditioning of discernment by the constructing activities124
  •    The conditioning of discernment by nāma-rūpa127
  •    Discernment as conditioned by attention129
  •    The conditioning of the sentient body by discernment130
  •    Conditioned Arising as an analysis of the perceptual process134


  • 9 DISCERNMENT AND THE PERCEPTUAL PROCESS138
  •    The perceptual process in the 'early Suttas'138
  •    The nature and functions of cognition (saññā)141
  •    The activity of discernment (viññāṇa)143
  •    The functions of discernment in the Abhidhamma 'process of cittas'145
  •    The nature of viññāṇa148
  •    The effect of karma on discernment in the perceptual process151


  • 10 BHAVAṄGA AND. THE BRlGHTLY SHINING MIND155
  •    Is the bhavaṅga concept ruled out by the 'early Sutta' world-view?155
  •    'Early Sutta' evidence for a bhavaṅga-type state151
  •    The meaning of 'bhavaṅga'160
  •    The roles of bhavaṅga162
  •    The brightly shining citta166
  •    Freedom from defilements169
  •    The shining citta and bhavaṅga170
  •    The Arahat's ever-shining citta173
  •    The shining citta and the Buddha-nature 114
  •    The shining citta and the realms of rebirth 111


  • 11 NIBBĀNA AS THE TIMELESS 'STOPPING' OF THE ENTIRE
        PERSONALITY
    180
  •    The nibbāna-element without remainder of upādi181
  •    Nibbāna during life as not ever-present in the Arahat182
  •    The 'stopping' of the personality-factors during life185
  •    Nibbānic 'stopping' and nirodha-samāpatti 187
  •    Re-entry to the state of 'stopping'188
  •    Nibbāna during life as 'unborn', 'unconstructed' and 'deathless'189
  •    Nibbāna as a timeless object of insight193


  • 12 NIBBĀNA AS A TRANSFORMED STATE OF DISCERNMENT198
  •    Nibbāna as a form of discernment199
  •    Nibbānic discernment as 'stopped', 'objectless' and 'unsupported'201
  •    Udāna.80 as a description of nibbānic discernment203
  •    The nature of nibbānic discernment205
  •    Unsupported discernment and nibbāna beyond death208
  •    The relation of nibbānic discernment to the Arahat's normal state210
  •    Theravādin perspectives214
  •    Mahāyāna perspectives217


  • 13 SEEKING THE TATHĀGATA227
  •    The 'untraceability' of the tathāgata228
  •    The 'hard to fathom' tathāgata and Dhamma231
  •    The tathāgata as 'not being apprehended'235
  •    Nibbānic discernment and the views on the tathāgata after death239


  • 14 CONCLUSION246


  •    Appendix: The Theory of the Process of Cittas252


  •    Notes259
  •    Abbreviations274
  •    Bibliography277
  •    Index and glossary282


  • Charts
  • 1. The 'process of cittas' in waking consciousness, according to Abhidhamma theory146
  • 2. The citta-sequence in sleep163
  • 3. The citta-sequence in meditative jhānas163
The Single Intention: The Root Text, a Commentary by Khenpo Kunpal, and an Overview by Rinchen Jangchub
The Six Dharma Gates to the Sublime
  • Acknowledgements6
  • Citation and Romanization Protocals6
  • About the Chinese Text6
  • Directory to Chapter Subsections9
  • The Translator's Introduction15
  • The Translation: The Six Dharma Gates to the Sublime21
    • Dhyāna Master Zhiyi's Preface23
    • Ch. 1: The Six Gates in Relation to the Dhyāna Absorptions29
    • Ch. 2: The Six Gates in Terms of Sequential Development37
    • Ch. 3: The Six Gates in Accordance with Suitability51
    • Ch. 4: The Six Gates as Means of Counteraction61
    • Ch. 5: The Six Gates in Terms of Mutual Inclusion71
    • Ch. 6: The Six Gates in Terms of Identities and Differences79
    • Ch. 7: The Six Gates in Accordance with Reversed Orientation91
    • Ch. 8: The Six Gates According to Contemplation of Mind109
    • Ch. 9: The Six Gates According to the Perfect Contemplation115
    • Ch. 10: The Six Gates According to Signs of Realization119
  • Endnotes141
  • About the Translator157
The Soteriological Epistemology of the Seventh Karma pa
  • Introduction: the Wider Context of Soteriological Epistemology1
  • Part I: Realism, Anti-Realism and Yogic perception26
    • 1.1. The General Theory of Yogic Perception26
    • 1.2. Yogic Perception According to Dharmakīrti29
    • 1.3 Yogic Perception for the dGe lugs pa-s46
    • 1.4. bKa’ brygud Anti-Realists57
      • 1.4.1. Yogic Perception as Perception of True Reality58
      • 1.4.2. The Section on Yogic Perception in the Rigs gzhung rgya mtsho64
      • 1.4.3. The Object of Yogic Perception for the Seventh Karma pa74
      • 1.4.4. Yogic Perception without Appearances: What Ultimately Does and
                 Does not Appear in Yogic Perception of Emptiness for the
                 Seventh Karma pa
        88
  • Part II: Rang rig in Pramāṅa and Mahāmudrā97
    • 2.1. Sūtra Mahāmudrā meditation98
    • 2.2. The Clear-Light Nature of Mind, The Buddha-Element, and Reflexive
            Awareness: What One Experiences in Mahāmudrā
      101
    • 2.3. The Seventh Karma pa’s Understanding of Mind’s Nature and Its
            Relevance to Mahāmudā
      110
    • 2.4. Using Rang-rig to Describe the Process of Meditation132
    • 2.5. The Seventh Karma pa’s Stages of Analysis of the Result of Pramāṇa134
    • 2.6. The Three Levels of Analysis of the Result of Pramāṇa and the Four
            Levels of Yogācāra and Mahāmudrā
      146
    • 2.7 Concluding Statements About Rang rig and Ye shes in Thorough
            Analysis and Mahāmudrā
      151
  • Conclusion153
The Spirit of Zen
    • Prefacexi
  • PART I Introducing Zen1
  • 1 The Practice of Zen3
  • 2 Zen and the West19
  • 3 The History of Zen31
  • 4 The Lost Texts of Zen47
  • 5 Early Zen Meditation63
  • PART II The Masters of the Lanka83
  • 6 Manuscripts and Translation85
  • 7 Jingjue: Student of Emptiness88
  • 8 Guṇabhadra: Introducing the Laṅkāvatāra102
  • 9 Bodhidharma: Sudden and Gradual114
  • 10 Huike: The Buddha Within129
  • 11 Sengcan: Heaven in a Grain of Sand141
  • 12 Daoxin I: How to Sit150
  • 13 Daoxin II: Teachings for Beginners168
  • 14 Hongren: The Buddha in Everything181
  • 15 Shenxiu: Zen in the World194
    • Notes209
    • References244
    • Index250
The Sublime Continuum and Its Explanatory Commentary
  • Editor's/Series Editor's Prefaceix
  • Author's Preface and Acknowledgementsxv
  • Abbreviations, Sigla, and Typographical Conventionsxvi
  • Author's Preface and Acknowledgementsxv
  • Part One: Introduction
    • 1. Introduction to The Sublime Continuum and Its Commentary 3
    • 2. Introduction to Gyaltsap's Supercommentary 17
  • Part Two: Translations
    • Maitreyanātha's Sublime Continuum and Noble Asanga's Commentary
      • I: Tathagata Essence 53
      • II: Enlightenment 145
      • III: Excellences 159
      • IV: Enlightened Activities 166
      • V: Benefit 184
    • Gyaltsap's Supercommentary
      • Introduction 193
      • I: Tathagata Essence 205
      • II: Enlightenment 479
      • III: Excellences 511
      • IV: Enlightened Activities 524
      • V: Benefit 555
  • Appendix
    • Tibetan Names (Phonetic-Transliterated Equivalents) 570
  • Selected Bibliographies
    • Canonical Sources 572
    • Modern Sources 579
  • Indexes
    • Index of Canonical Texts Cited 581
    • Index of Canonical Authors Cited 584
    • General Index 586
The Sutra of Queen Śrīmālā of the Lion's Roar and the Vimalakīrti Sutra
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, NUMATA Yehanv
  • Editorial Foreword, MAYEDA Sengakuvii
  • Publisher’s Foreword, Francis H. Cookix
  • The Sutra of Queen Śrīmālā of the Lion’s Roar
    • Contents3
    • Translator’s Introduction, Diana Y. Paul5
    • Text of The Sutra of Queen Śrīmālā of the Lion’s Roar7
    • Bibliography53
  • The Vimalakīrti Sutra
    • Contents57
    • Translator’s Introduction, John R. McRae59
    • Text of The Vimalakīrti Sutra67
    • Bibliography181
  • Glossary183
  • Index189
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)211
The Tathāgata StoreTable of Contents Unavailable
The Tathāgatagarbha Theory in the Śrīmālāsūtra
  • Acknowledgements
  • Chapter 1 Introduction
    • 1. Tathāgatagarbha as the refuge, the support, and the basis of both conditional and unconditional dharmas
    • 2. The association of tathāgatagarbha with dharmakāya
    • 3. The identification of tathāgatagarbha with prakṛtipariśuddhagarbha
    • 4. From lokottaragarbha and prakṛtipariśuddhagarbha to a comprehensive textual study
  • Chapter 2 Some essential terms related to tathāgatagarbha
    • 1. On mukta and jñāna/jña
      • 1.1 The polysemous term mukta
      • 1.1.1 Mukta in the Bhagavadgītā
      • 1.1.2 Mukta meaning “liberated”, “freed”, “released” in a formula in the AP
      • 1.1.3 Mukta in its literal and figurative meaning attested in the AŚ, Lal, SP and MSA
      • 1.1.4 Mukta in three other tathāgatagarbha-related Buddhist scriptures
      • 1.2 Multiple jñānas in the Śrīmālāsūtra
      • 1.2.1 The tathāgatagarbha knowledge and the knowledge of emptiness of tathāgatas
      • 1.2.2 The knowledge of emptiness and the knowledge of the omniscient one
      • 1.2.3 Some other forms of knowledge in the Śrīmālāsūtra
      • 1.2.4 Tathāgata/sugata/buddha-jñāna in the Tathāgatagarbhasūtra
    • 2. Dharmakāya in the Śrīmālāsūtra
      • 2.1 The fourfold attributes of dharmakāya
      • 2.2 Absolute exclusion of self (ātman) within the fourfold attributes
      • 2.3 Two synonyms of dharmakāya: nirvāṇadhātu and sarvajñajñānaviṣaya
      • 2.4 Dharmakāya and duḥkhanirodha
  • Chapter 3 Some philological observations on the Śrīmālāsūtra
    • 1. The language features of the Sanskrit Śrīmālāsūtra of the Schøyen Collection
      • 1.1 ho for khalu
      • 1.2 śakkra for śakra, and satva for sattva
      • 2.1 Imperative of 2nd person singular ending with āhi
      • 2.2 Aorist of 3rd person singular ending with si or ṣi
      • 2.3 Absolutive ending of verb with prefix as tvā
      • 2.4 Contraction of aya in form of e in the causative verbs
      • 2.5 Changing from n to ṃ
      • 2.6 An extra m to form ṃm
      • 3.1 Hyper-sanskritisation concerning ṛ
      • 3.2 Hyper-sanskritisation of dh for h
    • 2. A supplementary paleographical study of the Sansrkit Śrīmālāsūtra manuscripts
      • 1. A general remark
      • 2. The variant and unlisted akṣaras in the ŚSC comparing with the Gupta-scripts alphabet-k
      • 3. The script tables of the Sanskrit Śrīmālāsūtra
    • 3. The older recension(s) among the multiple Śrīmālāsūtra versions
      • 3.1 Passages of (a)muktajñ(ān)a
      • 3.2 Added sentences in Group II
      • 3.3 The diametrically opposed attitudes towards saṃskāra and nirvāṇa views
    • 4. Summary of this chapter
  • Chapter 4 Sanskrit, Tibetan, and Chinese collation of the Śrīmālāsūtra
    • 1. Symbols used in my collation
    • 2. Editorial styles in this dissertation
    • 3. General information on the Tibetan materials
      • 3.1 Colophon, Notes and References of the Tibetan Śrīmālāsūtra
      • 3.2 Characteristics of the textual witness of the Tibetan materials
      • 3.2.1 Gondhla Collection
      • 3.2.2 Them spang ma Manuscript preserved in Ulaanbaatar
      • 3.2.3 sTog Palace Kanjur
      • 3.2.4 Peking Kanjur preserved in Ulaanbaatar
    • 4. Stemma of the Chinese materials
      • 4.1 Division of chapters
      • 4.2 Some philological observations
    • 5. Collation
      • 1. Dharmakāya vis-à-vis kleśakośa and buddhadharma
      • 2. Tathāgatagarbha vis-à-vis kleśakośa and buddhadharma
      • 3. Knowledge and views of non-Buddhists and Buddhists
      • 4. The merits and attributes of tathāgatagarbha
      • 5. The synonyms of tathāgatagarbha
      • 6. The nature of prakṛtipariśuddha citta
      • 7. The conservation between Queen Śrīmālā and the Buddha
      • 8. The manifestation of Buddha and its response
      • 9. Name of this sūtra
  • Chapter 5 Annotated translation
    • 1. Dharmakāya vis-à-vis kleśakośa and buddhadharma
    • 2. Tathāgatagarbha vis-à-vis kleśakośa and buddhadharma
    • 3. Knowledge and views of non-Buddhists and Buddhists
    • 4. The merits and attributes of tathāgatagarbha
    • 5. The synonyms of tathāgatagarbha
    • 6. The nature of prakṛtipariśuddha citta
    • 7. The conversation between Queen Śrīmālā and the Buddha
    • 8. The manifestation of the Buddha and its response
    • 9. Name of this sūtra
  • Primary Sources, with Abbreviations
  • Bibliography
  • Summary of results
The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata: Tathāgatamahākaruṇānirdeśa (Burchardi, A.)ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
- 3 sections
· The Text
· Outline of the Sūtra
· The Sūtra’s Associations with Buddha Nature Literature
tr. The Translation
- 2 chapters
1. The Great Assembly Chapter “Array of Ornaments”
2. Chapter 2
c. Colophon
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
- 3 sections
· Primary Sources
· Secondary Canonical Sources
· Other Secondary Sources
g. Glossary
The Treasury of Precious Qualities Called The Rain of Joy
  • Prologuev
  • The Value of Human Existence1
  • Impermanence4
  • The Law of Karma6
  • The Sufferings of Samsara13
  • The Four Wheels21
  • Refuge32
  • The Four Boundless Attitudes38
  • The Vow of Bodhicitta42
  • The Bodhisattva Precepts51
  • The Teachings of the Vidyadharas79
  • The Ground of the Great Perfection113
  • The Extraordinary Path of Practice of the Great Perfection119
  • The Ultimate Result, the Kayas and Wisdoms127
  • Colophon143
The Universal Vehicle Discourse Literature
  • Prefacevii
  • Introductionxiii
    • 1. The World of the Literaturexiii
    • 2. The Author of the Literaturexvi
      • Maitreyanatha and Aryasangaxvi
      • Maitreyanatha, knower of import (arthajño)xxiv
        • Philosophical and Hermeneutical Levelxxv
        • Meditational and Realizational Levelxxix
        • Actualization and Socio-historical Levelxxxi
    • 3. The Source Texts of the Literaturexxxiii
    • 4. The Philosophy of the Literaturexxxix
  • Translation
    • Prologue1
    • I. The Authenticity of the Universal Vehicle7
    • II. Going For Refuge17
    • III. The Spiritual Gene23
    • IV. Conception of the Spirit of Enlightenment31
    • V. Practice43
    • VI. Thatness49
    • VII. Power55
    • VIII. Evolutionary Maturity61
    • IX. Enlightenment73
    • X. Faith105
    • XI. Investigation of the Dharma111
    • XII. Teaching the Dharma153
    • XIII. Practice165
    • XIV. Precept and Instruction175
    • XV. Action Endowed with Liberative Art189
    • XVI. The Transcendences191
    • XVII. Worship, Service, and the Immeasurables221
    • XVIII. The Accessories of Enlightenment245
    • XIX. Excellences293
    • XX. Practice319
    • XXI. Epilogue - Culmination335
  • Abbreviations345
  • Bibliography349
  • Indexes to the Translation355
The Use of, and Controversy Surrounding, the Term Atman in the Indian Buddhist Tathagatagarbha LiteratureTable of Contents Unavailable
The Uttara Tantra: A Treatise on Buddha Nature
  • ForewordVII
  • Chapter 1 An Introduction to the Uttar Tantra1
  • Chapter 2 The Buddha21
  • Chapter 3 The Dharma28
  • Chapter 4 The Sangha39
  • Chapter 5 An Introduction to Book II:
                     The Last Four Vajra Points
    49
  • Chapter 6 Buddha Nature: The Ten Aspects54
  • Chapter 7 Buddha Nature II: The Nine Examples85
  • Chapter 8 Enlightenment102
  • Chapter 9 The Qualities of Buddhahood145
  • Chapter 10 Buddha Activity165
  • Chapter 11 The Benefits of the Text180
  • Glossary191
  • Appendix A199
The Uttaratantra in the Age of Argumentation: Dolpopa Sherab Gyaltsen and His Fourteenth-Century Interlocutors on Buddha-Lineage
  • Acknowledgementsvii
  • Introduction1
    • Textual Historical Background of the Uttaratantra5
    • Socio-Political Context of Religion in Eleventh through Fourteenth
         Century Tibet
      10
    • Chapter Summaries21
  • Chapter 1: The Rise of the Uttaratantra in Tibet: Ngok Loden Sherab’s and
           Chapa Choekyi Sengge's Commentaries
    27
    • Introduction27
    • The Relationship of Ngok's and Chapa's Commentaries32
    • A Distinct Interpretation of the Uttaratantra Stanza I: 2840
    • Definitive and Interpretable Meanings and the Middle and
         the Last Wheels
      45
    • Buddha-element: A Topic of the Uttaratantra, an Object of Verbalization?55
    • Comparing Ngok's Abhisamayālaṃkāra Commentary with his
         Uttaratantra Commentary
      60
    • Conclusion63
  • Chapter 2: Sowing Seeds for Future Debate: the Uttaratantra in Thirteenth
           and Early Fourteenth Century Tibet
    65
    • Introduction65
    • Sakya Paṇḍita's View on the Tathāgata-Essence Literature66
    • Chomden Rigrel on the Uttaratantra74
    • Gedun Ozer's Uttaratantra Commentary80
    • Rinchen Yeshi’s Uttaratantra Commentary86
    • Sangphu Lodroe Tsungmey's Uttaratantra Commentary98
    • Karma Rangjung Dorje's Position on the Uttaratantra110
    • Conclusion115
  • Chapter 3: Centrality of the Uttaratantra in Dolpopa Sherab Gyaltsen's
           Doctrinal Presentation of Other-Emptiness
    118
    • Introduction118
    • A Last Wheel Commentary Or A Middle Wheel Commentary?126
    • Is the Uttaratantra a Mind-Only text or a Middle Way text?135
    • Conclusion154
  • Chapter 4: The Uttaratantra Goes into the Ascendency in
           Fourteenth-Century Tibet
    156
    • Introduction156
    • Sazang's Formulation of the Uttaratantra: Definitive Meaning &
         Interpretable Meaning and Middle Wheel & Last Wheel
      157
    • Sazang's Formulation of the Uttaratantra: Other-Emptiness and
         Self-Emptiness
      163
    • Defending Innate Enlightenment and Gradual Enlightenment166
    • Conclusion170
    • Gyalse Thogmey’s Interpretation of the Uttaratantra171
    • Longchen Rabjampa’s View on the Uttaratantra175
    • Conclusion180
  • Chapter 5: Challenges to the Supremacy of the Uttaratantra:
           The Rise of the Middle Way Consequence School
    182
    • Introduction182
    • Buton and Dratsepa on the Uttaratantra186
    • Rendawa on the Uttaratantra and the Tathāgata-Essence Literature197
    • Tsongkhapa on the Uttaratantra and the Tathāgata-Essence Literature208
    • Conclusion218
  • Chapter 6: An Early Fifteenth-Century Uttaratantra Commentary:
           Gyaltsab's Establishment of the Tathāgata-Essence Literature
    220
    • Introduction220
    • Mind-Only School and Middle Way School223
    • Middle Wheel and Last Wheel232
    • Definitive Meaning and Interpretable Meaning236
    • Self-Emptiness and Other-Emptiness239
    • Conclusion244
  • Concluding Thoughts247
  • Bibliography251
    • Sources in Tibetan Language251
    • Sources in English255
The Uttaratantra in the Land of Snows
  • Acknowledgmentsxi
  • Introduction1
    • General Remarks1
    • Textual Historical Background5
  • Part I. Early Period: Kadam Thinkers Rescue the Treatise13
    • Chapter 1. Rise of the Uttaratantra in Tibet: Early Kadam Scholars
      Revitalize the Newly Discovered Indian Exegesis
      13
      • Introduction13
      • Ngok and Chapa on the Pervasive Nature of the Buddha-Body15
      • Ngok and Chapa on Definitive or Provisional Nature in the
        Uttaratantra
        18
      • Ngok and Chapa on the Uttaratantra as a Last Wheel Treatise 19
      • Buddha-Element as a Conceived Object20
      • Ngok and Chapa Differ on Emphasis21
      • Conclusion24
    • 2. Sowing Seeds for Future Debate: Dissenters and Adherents25
      • Introduction 25
      • Sapen, the Dissenter 26
      • Rikrel, the Third Karmapa, and Sangpu Lodrö Defend the
        Uttaratantra
        29
      • Rinchen Yeshé’s Proto Other-Emptiness Presentation of the
        Uttaratantra, and Butön’s Reply
        34
      • Conclusion38
  • Part II. The Pinnacle Period: the Other-Emptiness Interpretation Spreads 43
    • 3. Other-Emptiness Tradition: The Uttaratantra in Dölpopa’s Works43
      • Introduction43
      • Predominance of the Last Wheel Scriptures44
      • Is the Uttaratantra a Cittamātra Text or a Madhyamaka Text?46
      • Classification of Cittamātra48
      • Classification of Madhyamaka51
      • Conclusion54
    • 4. The Uttaratantra in Fourteenth-Century Tibet55
      • Introduction 55
      • Sazang Follows in His Master’s Footsteps55
      • Two Fourteenth-Century Kadam Masters’ Uttaratantra
        Commentaries
        59
      • Longchenpa’s View on the Uttaratantra63
      • Conclusion65
  • Part III. The Argumentation Period: Self-Emptiness Proponents criticize
                  Other-Emptiness Approach
    69
    • 5. Challenges to the Purely Definitive Nature of the Uttaratantra: Zhalu
      Thinkers Criticize Dölpopa
      69
      • Introduction69
      • Butön’s Ornament 70
      • Dratsépa’s Commentary72
      • Conclusion80
    • 6. Challenges to the Supremacy of the Uttaratantra: Rendawa and
      Tsongkhapa on Tathāgata-essence Literature
      83
      • Introduction83
      • Rendawa on the Uttaratantra and the Tathāgata-Essence Literature83
      • Tsongkhapa on the Uttaratantra and the Tathāgata-Essence Literature89
      • Conclusion95
    • 7. Gyeltsap’s Commentary on the Uttaratantra: A Critique of Dölpopa’s Interpretation of Tathāgata-essence Literature97
      • Introduction97
      • Middle Wheel and Last Wheel Teachings101
      • Definitive Meaning and Provisional Meaning103
      • Self-Emptiness and Other-Emptiness104
      • Conclusion106
  • Conclusion109
  • General Remarks109
  • Completing the Cycle112
  • Notes119
  • Bibliography181
  • Tibetan Language Works Cited181
  • English Language Works Cited186
  • Index191
The Uttaratantra of Maitreya
  • Acknowledgementsxiii
Part • I


Introduction
  •                                                           (by H.S. Prasad)1
  • 1 . The Development of the Gotra Theory2
  • 2. The Mahāyāna Spiritual Discipline5
  • 3. Gotra : The Foundation of Mahāyāna, and its Types9
  • 4. The Characteristics of the Gotra12
  • 5. The Gotra-based Classification of the Sentient Beings16
  • 6. Notes19
  • 7. Bibliography46

Part • II


Sanskrit Text
The Ratnagotravibhāga Mahāyānottaratantraśāstra
(edited by E.H. Johnston)


  • 1. Introductory Note (by T. Chowdhury)53
  • 2. Foreword (by E.H. Johnston)57
  • 3. Abbreviations67
  • 4. Corrections68
  • 5. Chapter I : Tathāgatagarbhādhikāra69
  • 6. Chapter II : Bodhyādhikāra147
  • 7. Chapter III : Guṇādhikāra159
  • 8. Chapter IV : Tathāgatakṛtyakriyādhikāra166
  • 9. Chapter V : Anuśaṃsādhikāra183
  • 10. Index of Metres188
  • 11. Index of Authorities189
  • 12. Index of Technical Terms190
  • 13. Index of Rare Words and Uses197

Part • III


Corrections and Emendations
to the Sanskrit Text of the Ratnagotravibhāga
  •                                                              (by J. Takasaki)203

Part • IV


English Translation
The Sublime Science of the Great Vehicle to Salvation
Being a Manual of Buddhist Monism
The Work of Arya Maitreya with a Commentary by Aryãsańga
(by E. Obermiller)


Introduction
  • I. The 5 Treatises of Maitreya and their Subject-matter21
  • II. The Authorship of the Treatises of Maitreya222
  • III. The Different Theories regarding the Fundamental Element or Germ of Enlightenment226
    • a) The Term Gotra and its Interpretation in Hīnayāna227
    • b) The Yogācāra Theories Concerning Dhātu or Gotra229
  • IV. The Standpoint of the Mādhyamikas. The Teaching of the Element of
    Buddhahood according to the Uttaratantra
    234

The Sublime Science of the Great Vehicle to Salvation
  •    I. The Contents of the Work241
    • The Explanation of the Verse by Āryāsaṅga242
    • The 7 Subjects according to the Dhāraṇīśvara-rāja-paripṛcchā245
    • The Germ of Buddhahood and the Other 3 Subjects according to the Dhāraṇīśvara-rāja-paripṛcchā249
    • The Connexion between the 7 Subjects252
    • The Jewel of the Buddha253
    • Āryāsaṅga on the Jewel of the Buddha255
    • Reference to the Jñāna-āloka-alaṃkãra-sūtra257
    • The Jewel of the Doctrine261
    • Reference to Scripture Concerning Extinction263
    • The Path as the Cause of Extinction265
    • The Jewel of the Congregation267
    • The Saint’s Knowledge of the Absolute Truth268
    • The Empirical Knowledge of the Saints270
    • The Perception of the Saints is Introspective Knowledge271
    • The Hīnayānistic Congregation is not Worthy of Being Worshipped 272
    • The 3 Jewels in their Character of a Refuge273
    • The Motives for the Establishment of the 3 Refuges from the Empirical
      Standpoint as Explained by Āryāsaṅga
      273
    • The Doctrine and the Congregation are not Refuges in the Ultimate
      Sense
      274
    • The Buddha is the Unique Absolute Refuge276
    • The Meaning of "The 3 Jewels"277
    • The Germ, Enlightenment, the Attributes and the Acts of the Buddha in
      their Inconceivable Nature
      278
    • The Parable of the Cloth of Silk281
    • The Acts of the Buddha in their Inconceivable Character283
    • The Germ and the 3 other Subjects as a Causes and Conditions of
      Buddhahood
      285
    • The Germ of the Absolute286
    • Analysis of the Germ from 10 Points of View287
    • The Essence of the Germ (1) and the Causes of its Purification (2)288
    • The Impediments and the Causes of Purification289
    • The Result of Purification (3) and the Functions of the Germ (4)294
    • Concordance between the 4 Absolute Properties and the 4 Causes of
      Purification
      297
    • The Impediments to the Attainment of the 4 Absolute Properties299
    • Reference to Scripture302
    • The Motives of the 4 Absolute Properties302
    • The Functions of the Germ of the Buddha (4)305
    • The Annihilation of the Germ is to be Understood in a Conventional
      Sense
      307
    • The Relations of Germ to the Factors and the Result of Purification (5)308
    • Reference to Scripture311
    • The Manifestations of the Germ (6)311
    • The Different States of the Germ (7)313
    • Reference to Scripture Concerning the 3 Different States of the Germ314
    • The All-Pervading Character of the Germs (8)314
    • Reference to Scripture Concerning the All-pervading Character315
    • The Germ in its Unalterable Character (9)315
    • The Germ of the Buddha with the Saints (Partly Pure and Partly Impure)322
    • The Parable of the Householder325
    • The Partly Pure and Partly Impure State of the Bodhisattva as Compared
      with the Ordinary Being and the Buddha
      330
    • The Absolute in the State of Perfect Purification333
    • The Essence of Buddhahood in its Indivisible Character335
    • The Parable of the Painters338
    • The 9 Examples Illustrating the Essence of Buddhahood in the Living
      Beings
      342
    • The Varieties of the Defiling Elements Illustrated by the 9 Examples351
    • The Concordance between the Examples Illustrating the Obscurations and
      the Points Expressed by them
      354
    • Reference to the Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra363
    • The True Conception of Relativity and Non-substantiality364
    • Controversy367
  •    II. Enlightenment and the Absolute free from Defilement370
    • Summary372
    • The Functions of Enlightenment376
    • The Body of Absolute Existence381
    • The Body Obliss383
    • The 12 Acts of the Buddha as a mere Manifestation of His Apparitional
      Body
      384
    • The Eternal Character of the 3 Bodies385
    • The Inconceivable Character of Buddhahood386
  •    III. The Properties of the Buddha388
    • Summary389
    • The 10 powers389
    • The 4 Forms of Intrepidity390
    • The 18 Exclusive Properties391
    • The Body of Bliss393
    • The 32 Characterstics of the Super-man393
  •    IV. The Acts of the Buddha397
    • The 9 Examples Illustrating the Acts of the Buddha399
    • The Points of Dissimilarity between the Examples and the Manifestations
      of the Buddha
      417
  •    V. The Merits of Founding one’s Belief in the Doctrine of the Essence of
           Buddhahood
    419
    • Conclusion425
    • Technical Terms427
    • Works, Authors, and Schools434
The Zen Master Dōgen’s Understanding of the Buddha-Nature in Light of the Historical Development of the Buddha-Nature Concept in India, China, and Japan
      • Preface and Acknowledgementiii
      • List of Abbreviationsviii
    • Introduction: The Nature and Purpose of the Present Study1
  • Part One: The Indian Origins of the Buddha-Nature Doctrine15
    • Chapter I: The Origins of the Buddha-Nature Concept16
      • A. The Original Sanskrit Term for the Buddha-Nature17
      • B. The Origins of the Buddhadhātu Concept in the Tathāgatagarbha
             Literature
        22
      • C. The Ekayāna Origins of the Tathāgatagarbha and Buddhadhātu
             Concepts
        26
    • Chapter II: The Twofold Meaning of the Buddhadhātu38
      • A. The First Meaning: The Buddhadhātu as the "Store" of the
             Buddhadharmas
        39
      • B. The Second Meaning: The Buddhadhātu as the Basis (Āśraya) of the
             Buddhadharmas
        48
      • C. Tathatā and the Non-Origination of Discrimination51
      • D. Cittaprakṛti and Non-Origination59
      • E. The Buddhadhātu as the Realm of the Buddha's Wisdom61
      • F. The Positive Character of the Buddhadhātu66
    • Chapter III: The Amalgamation of the Tathāgatagarbha and Buddhadhātu
      Concepts with Yogācārin Teachings
      76
      • A. Evidence of Yogācārin-Tathāgatagarbha Syncretism76
      • B. Differences Within the Yogācārin School81
      • C. The Positive Evaluation of the Absolute in Both Yogācārin and
             Tathāgatagarbha Texts: Something "Left Over" in Emptiness
        85
      • D. The Buddhadhātu and Subject-Object Non-Duality89
      • E. The Tathāgatagarbha and the Three Svabhāvas100
    • Conclusion: The Central Features of the Buddhadhātu Concept in India105
  • Part II: The Buddha-Nature Concept in China112
    • Chapter IV: The Introduction of the Buddha-Nature Concept to China113
      • A. The Popularity of the Buddha-Nature Concept in China113
      • B. Early Reactions to the Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra123
      • C. Chih-yi132
      • D. T'ien-t'ai and Hua-yen Disagreements over the Buddha-Nature135
    • Chapter V: The Ekayāna-Triyāna Controversy over the Buddha-Nature144
      • A. A Short History of the Controversy144
      • B. A Critical Appraisal of the Issues Involved in the Controversy154
    • Chapter VI: Ch'an Buddhist Understandings of the Buddha-Nature161
      • A. T'ang Dynasty Ch'an: The Treatment of the Buddha-Nature in its
             Scriptural Context
        162
      • B. Confusion and Corruption in Sung Dynasty Ch'an172
    • Conclusion: The Main Characteristics of the Buddha-Nature Theory
      in China
      181
  • Part III: Dōgen's Understanding of the Buddha-Nature187
    • Chapter VII: The Formation of Dōgen's Understanding of the Buddha-
      Nature
      188
      • A. The Tendai Concept of Original Enlightenment189
      • B. Reactions Against the Idea of Original Enlightenment194
      • C. Dōgen's Dilemma and Its Subsequent Resolution198
    • Chapter VIII: Dōgen's Understanding of the Buddha-Nature208
      • A. The Basic Premise of Dōgen's Idea of the Buddha-Nature:
             What is it?
        209
      • B. "All-Being" and the Buddha-Nature: the Phenomenal as the
             Absolute
        210
      • C. "All-Being" as a Realm of Subject-Object Non-Duality213
      • D. Subject-Object Non-Duality and the Enlightenment of the
             Insentient
        218
      • E. Enlightenment as a Bodily Attainment220
      • F. The Dynamic Quality of All-Being221
      • G. The Buddha-Nature and Eternality223
      • H. Time and the Buddha-Nature224
    • Chapter IX: Dōgen's Understanding of Practice and the Buddha-Nature228
      • A. The Need to Practice the Buddha-Nature228
      • B. The Rejection of Stages in Practice and Striving for
             Enlightenment
        233
      • C. Practice as the Completed Activity of the Buddha236
      • D. Everyday Life as the Stuff of Practice240
      • E. Wrong Practice244
      • F. Practice and the Conception of Original Enlightenment248
    • Conclusion: The Significance of Dōgen's Thought Concerning the
      Buddha-Nature
      257
    • Appendix: An Annotated Translation of Dogen's Shōbōgenzō Busshō265
    • Bibliography323
The Ālayavijñāna in the Context of Indian Buddhist Thought: The Yogācāra Conception of an Unconscious
  • Acknowledgementsii
  • Prefaceiii
  • Introduction1

  • CHAPTER ONE: CANONICAL BUDDHIST THOUGHT26
    • The Three Marks of Existence28
    • The Formula of Dependent Co-origination32
    • A Short Commentary on paṭicca-samuppāda35
    • Karma44
    • Reciprocity of Name-and-Form and Consciousness47
    • Consciousness Conditions Name-and-Form49
    • Craving and the Support of Consciousness50
    • Name-and-form Conditions Consciousness52
    • Sankhārā59
    • Viññāṇa65
    • Viññāṇa and Perception66
    • Viññāṇa and Rebirth68
    • Citta and Mano75
    • A Note on Saññā80
    • Saññā and Papañca83
    • Anusaya86
    • The Unconscious in Early Buddhism99
    • āsava103
    • Asampajāno mano-sankhārā105
    • Mind-reading107
    • Remarks on the "Concept of the Unconscious"113
    • Notes to Chapter One120

  • CHAPTER TWO: THE ABHIDHARMA CONTEXT133
    • Background of the Abhidharma135
    • The Abhidharma System of Mind142
    • Citta-caitta152
    • The caittas154
    • Citta-viprayuktā-saṃskārā157
    • The Six hetus, Five phalas, and Four pratyayas161
    • Karma and Kleśa in the Kośa172
    • The Problematics of Abhidharma Analysis183
    • The Sarvāstivādin Concepts189
    • The kleśa/anuśaya Controversy196
    • The Sautrāntika Concept of Seeds (bīja )204
    • The Problematics Generated by the Concept of Seeds210
    • Notes to Chapter Two229

  • CHAPTER THREE: THE ĀLAYAVIJÑĀNA IN THE YOGĀCĀRA248
    • Introduction to the Yogācāra Chapter249
    • The Yogācāra conception of the ālayavijñāna
         - Review of Chapters 1 and 2
      253
    • The Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra, the Yogācārabhūmi and the Origins of the
         ālayavijñāna
      268
    • The Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra's New Model of the Mind273
    • The ālaya Treatise of the Yogācārabhūmi281
    • The Proof Portion of the ālaya Treatise281
    • The Introduction of the Afflicted Mind (kliṣṭa-manas)291
    • The ālayavijñāna in the Pravṛtti/Nivṛtti Portions297
    • The Pravṛtti Portion300
    • The Nivṛtti Portion307
    • The ālayavijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha312
    • Idealism and Yogācāra312
    • The Mahāyāna-saṃgraha319
    • The Synonyms of the ālayavijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha319
    • The Afflicted Mind in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha324
    • The Characteristics of the ālayavijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha332
    • Infusing and Seeding the ālayavijñāna335
    • The Demonstration of the ālayavijñāna in the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha342
    • Logical Arguments for the ālayavijñāna343
    • Canonical Interludes348
    • Rebirth and the ālayavijñāna in Yogācāra354
    • Supramundane Purification358
    • The ālayavijñāna, Language and Society368
    • Notes to Chapter Three377

  • CHAPTER FOUR: A COMPARISON OF THE ĀLAYAVIJÑĀNA WITH
    FREUD'S AND JUNG'S THEORIES OF THE UNCONSCIOUS
    400
    • Common Problematics Between the ālayavijñāna and the Unconscious404
    • Common Characteristics408
    • Latency408
    • Latent Causal Efficacy415
    • Simultaneity and Reciprocal Conditionality420
    • Cognitive Processes427
    • Matrix of All Conscious Acts430
    • Conclusion to Common Characteristics433
    • Divergences437
    • Rebirth438
    • Repression439
    • Energetics and Hermeneutics444
    • Instinctual Drives459
    • Conclusion463
    • The Collective Unconscious and the ālayavijñāna468
    • Did a Common Problematic Lead to the ālayavijñāna and the
      Unconscious?
      474
    • Notes to Chapter Four482

  • CONCLUSION495
  • APPENDIX503
    • Translation of the Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra
      Chapter V and VIII.37
      504
      • Notes516
      • Tibetan Text520
    • Translation of the Proof Portion of the Yogācārabhūmi-Viniścaya-
      saṃgrahaṇī
      526
      • Notes537
    • Translation of the Pravṛtti/Nivṛtti Portions of the Yogācārabhūmi-Viniścaya-saṃgrahaṇī539
      • Notes563
      • Tibetan Text571
    • Translation of Ch. 1 of the Mahāyāna-saṃgraha583
      • Notes635
    • Outline of the Texts716
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY721
Theory, Practice, and Ultimate Reality in the Thought of Mipham Rinpoche
  • Table of Contentsi
  • List of Diagrams and Tablesv
  • Acknowledgementsvi
  • Source Abbreviationsxii
  • Annotations, Diacritics and Transcriptionxiv
  • 1. Introduction1
    • 1.1 Mipham Rinpoche and the Precious Lamp of Certainty1
    • 1.2 Outline4
    • 1.3 The Precious Lamp of Certainty: Context and Significance5
      • 1.3.1 Dialectical Philosophy and the Great Perfection5
      • 1.3.2 The Lamp's Purpose9
      • 1.3.3 The Lamp's Comparative Method11
    • 1.4 Methods and Sources12
      • 1.4.1 Tibetan Language Sources15
      • 1.4.2 English Language Sources19
      • 1.4.3 Digital Sources: ACIP24
    • 1.5 The Contributions of this Work25
  • 2. The Life and Works of Mipham Rinpoche32
    • 2.1 Accounts of Mipham's life39
    • 2.2 The Essential Hagiography by mKhan chen Kun bzang dpal ldan42
  • 3. Indo-Tibetan Buddhism: An Overview65
    • 3.1 Historical and Philosophical Dimensions of Buddhism65
    • 3.2 Hīnayāna and Mahāyāna66
    • 3.3 Important Teachings of Mahāyāna Scriptures73
      • 3.3.1 Prajñāpāramitā73
      • 3.3.2 The Saṃdhinirmocana and the "Essence Sūtras"75
      • 3.3.3 Sources for Buddhist Hermeneutics80
    • 3 .4 Traditions of Indian Madhyamaka84
      • 3.4.1 Origins of Prāsaṅgika and Svātantrika Madhyamaka84
      • 3.4.2 Yogācāra and the Yogācāra-Madhyamaka synthesis90
      • 3.4.3 Madhyamaka and Pramāṇa95
    • 3.5 Vajrayāna: Buddhist Tantra101
      • 3.5.1 Indian Origins101
      • 3.5.2 Philosophical Dimensions of Tantra104
      • 3.5.3 Styles of Tantric Practice115
  • 4. Tibetan Buddhist Traditions and the Great Perfection119
    • 4.1 The Yarlung Empire and the Introduction of Buddhism120
    • 4.2 Early Nyingma Teachers and Texts126
      • 4.2.1 The Treasure Tradition129
      • 4.2.2 The Great Perfection133
        • 4.2.2.1 Origins133
        • 4.2.2.2 The View of the Great Perfection134
        • 4.2.2.3 The Three Classes of Great Perfection137
        • 4.2.2.4 Great Perfection in Practice139
      • 4.2.3 The Great Perfection in Comparative Philosophical Texts142
        • 4.2.3.1 Ch'an and the Great Perfection in the bSam gtan mig sgron143
        • 4.2.3.2 Other Early Doxographies147
    • 4.3 The New Translation Period and the Nyingma Tradition152
      • 4.3.1 Rong zom Paṇḍita156
      • 4.3.2 The Rise of Scholasticism162
      • 4.3.3 Klong chen rab 'byams165
      • 4.3.4 Nyingma Monasticism and the Ecumenical Movement174
      • 4.3.5 A Nyingma Philosophy?178
  • 5. Philosophical Distinctions of Mipham's Thought182
    • 5.1 The Gelug Philosophical Tradition183
    • 5.2 Theory, Practice and Ultimate Reality188
    • 5.3 Valid Cognition and Philosophical Analysis195
    • 5 .4 The Philosophy of Extrinsic Emptiness204
    • 5.5 Mipham's Interpretation of Extrinsic Emptiness211
    • 5.6 Mipham's Position on the Tathāgatagarbha220
  • 6. The Precious Lamp of Certainty229
    • 6.1 Recapitulation of Earlier Discussions229
    • 6.2 The Topics of the Lamp231
      • 6.2.1 The Lamp and Tsong Khapa's Eight Great Difficult Points235
      • 6.2.2 Some Observations on Topics Five, Six and Seven241
    • 6.3 View, Meditative Practice and Ultimate Reality in the Lamp245
      • 6.3.1 Anupakṣas and Pūrvapakṣas: An Overview246
        • 6.3.1.1 Essential Issues and Arguments in Topics One, Three and
          Four
          248
        • 6.3.1.2 Go ram pa's Analysis of View and Meditation in the TSB251
          • 6.3.1.2.1 Go ram pa on the Ultimate View253
          • 6.3.1.2.2 Go ram pa on Meditative Practice259
      • 6.3.2 Topic One: Philosophical View and Rational Negation262
        • 6.3.2.1 Tsong Khapa on the Negandum and its Substratum262
        • 6.3.2.2 Mipham's Theory of Negation267
          • 6.3.2.2.1 Negation and the Definition of the Ultimate267
          • 6.3.2.2.2 Mipham's Analysis of Negation in the MAZL272
          • 6.3.2.2.3 Mipham's Theory of the Ultimate: Gnosis and
            Coalescence
            280
      • 6.3.3 Topics Three and Four: Tsong Khapa and Mipham on Modal Apprehension and Analytical Reasoning289
        • 6.3.3.1 Tsong Khapa on the Role of Conceptuality in Meditation289
        • 6.3.3.1.1 Yon tan rgya mtsho on Modal Apprehension and
          Analysis
          294
  • 7. Ascertainment (nges pa) and Certainty (nges shes): Some Conclusions305
    • 7.1 Mipham's Place in Tibetan Philosophy327
  • 8. The Translation of the Precious Lamp of Certainty338
    • 8.1 Method and Style338
    • 8.2 Technical terms340
      • 8.2.1 Proper Names347
      • 8.2.2 On the Use and Disuse of Sanskrit Terms348
      • 8.2.3 Outline of the Lamp and Khro shul 'jam rdor's Commentary348
      • Abbreviations and Bibliography349
    • 8.3 Translation of The Precious Lamp of Certainty350
      • [Introduction]350
      • [Topic One]352
      • [Topic Three]356
      • [Topic Four]360
      • [Topic Five]367
      • [Topic Six]372
      • [Topic Seven]380
      • [Conclusion]391
  • 9. A Critical Edition of the Precious Lamp of Certainty395
      • 9.1.1 Editions Consulted395
      • 9.1.2 Abbreviations and Bibliography398
    • 9.2 A Critical Edition of the Precious Lamp of Certainty400
      • [Introduction]400
      • [Topic One]403
      • [Topic Two]407
      • [Topic Three]412
      • [Topic Four]418
      • [Topic Five]427
      • [Topic Six]434
      • [Topic Seven]444
      • [Conclusion]458
  • 10. Stainless Light: A Commentary on the Precious Lamp of Certainty462
      • [Topic One]472
      • [Topic Three]494
      • [Topic Four]509
      • [Topic Five]532
      • [Topic Six]548
      • [Topic Seven]576
      • [Conclusion]608
  • 11. The Lion's Roar of the View of Extrinsic Emptiness616
  • 12. Glossary of Technical Terms in Sanskrit, Tibetan and English627
  • 13. Works Consulted645
  • 14. Appendix: Explanatory Diagrams and Tables667
  • 15. Notes to Tables674
Thought of Buddha Nature as Depicted in the Laṅkāvatārasūtra
  • ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
  • ABBREVIATIONS
  • INTRODUCTION
    • General Introduction1
      • The Concept of the Buddha-nature4
      • The Individuality of the Buddha-nature5
        • The Tathāgatagarbha6
        • The Dharmakāya8
      • The Universality of the Buddha-nature10
      • Introduction to the Tathāgatagarbha literature15
      • Introduction to the Laṅkāvatārasūtra16
    • Clarification of the Topic24
      • Object of the present Study24
      • The Extent of Existing Studies on the Topic26
    • Scope and Method of The Research on the Topic Concerned28
      • Scope of the Research28
      • Research Methodology29
    • Plan of the Study29–33
  • CHAPTER I: EVOLUTION OF THE BUDDHA-NATURE CONCEPT
    • I.1. Traces of the Buddha-nature in Early Buddhism34
    • I.1.1. The Buddha-nature and the Buddha’s Enlightenment35
    • I.1.2. The Buddha-nature and the Luminous Mind42
    • I.2. Buddha-nature in Mahāyāna Buddhism44
    • I.2.1. The Buddha-nature and Mādhyamaka45
    • I.2.2. The Buddha-nature and Yogācāra50–59
  • CHAPTER II: THE BUDDHA-NATURE IN THE TATHĀGATAGARBHA LITERATURE60
    • II.1. The Early Period62
    • II.1.1. The Tathāgatagarbhasūtra63
    • II.1.2. The Srīmālāsūtra66
    • II.1.3. The Mahāparinirvānasūtra70
    • II.1.4. The Ratnagotravibhāgaśāstra75
    • II.1.5. The Anuttarāśrayasūtra78
    • II.1.6. The Other Texts79
    • II.2. The Middle Period81
    • II.2.1. Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra81
    • II.2.2.The Buddha-nature Treatise82
    • II.2.3. Mahāyānasaṃparigrāhaśāstra86
    • II.3. The Later Period89
    • II.3.1. The Laṅkāvatārasūtra89
    • II.3.2. The Awakening of Mahāyāna Faith89
    • II.3.3. The Gaṇḍavyūhasūtra92-94
  • CHAPTER III: THE LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA AND HINDU PHILOSOPHY95
    • III.1. Āryadeva and the Laṅkāvatārasūtra96
    • III.1.1. Āryadeva and His Works96
    • III.1.2. Āryadeva and the Laṅkāvatārasūtra99
    • III.2. Six Hindu Philosophical Systems109
    • III.2.1. Sāṃkhya110
    • III.2.2. Yoga112
    • III.2.3. Nyāya113
    • III.2.4. Vaiśeṣika115
    • III.2.5. Mīmāṃsā116
    • III.2.6. Vedānta117
    • III.2.6.1. Vedānta philosophers117
    • III.2.6.2. Date of Vedānta121
    • III.3. The Buddha-nature and Brahman128-133
  • CHAPTER IV: THE THOUGHT OF BUDDHA-NATURE IN THE LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA134
    • IV.1. Tathāgatagarbha and Ālayavijñāna: the Essence of Beings
    • IV.1.1. System of Consciousnesses135
    • IV.1.2. The Ālayavijñāna140
    • IV.1.3. Ālayavijñāna and Tathāgatagarbha144
    • IV.2. TATHĀGATAGARBHA AND ĀTMAN149
    • IV.3. BUDDHATĀ: THE ESSENCE OF THE BUDDHA154
    • IV.3.1. Beyond the Twofold Hindrance and Ego157
    • IV.3.2. Overcoming the Twofold Death159
    • IV.3.3. Cleansing the Twofold Group of Passions160
    • IV.4. THE BUDDHA-NATURE AS DHARMAKĀYA162
    • IV.4.1. Origin and Development of the Dharmakāya162
    • IV.4.2. Dharmakāya in the Laṅkāvatārasūtra167–173
  • CHAPTER V: THE PRACTICE OF BUDDHA-NATURE IN THE LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA174
    • V.1. Sudden Enlightenment, Gradual Cultivation and the Revulsion175
    • V.1.1. Gradual Cultivation and Habit-energy175
    • V.1.1.1. Gradual Cultivation175
    • V.1.1.2. Habit-energy178
    • V.1.2. Sudden Enlightenment and Revulsion180
    • V.1.2.1. Sudden Enlightenment180
    • V.1.2.2. The Revulsion185
    • V.2. Self-Power and Other-Power189
    • V.2.1. Self-Power189
    • V.2.2. Other-Power197–205
  • CHAPTER VI – FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF THE THOUGHT OF
    BUDDHA-NATURE IN CHINA
    206
    • VI.1. The Daosheng’s Thought of Buddha-Nature209
    • VI.1.1. Daosheng and the Nirvāṇa School209
    • VI.1.2. The Daosheng’s Doctrine of Buddha-nature212
    • VI.1.3. The Daosheng’s Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment213
    • VI.1.4. Daosheng: The Theoretical Forerunner of Chan215
    • VI.2. The Buddha-Nature And Chan Buddhism216
    • VI.2.1. The Thought of Buddha-nature in Chan216
    • VI.2.2. Chan and the Laṅkāvatārasūtra244
    • VI.2.3. The Buddha-nature in Gongan and Mozhao Chan228
    • VI.3. The Buddha-Nature Thought in the Tiantai School235
    • VI.4. The Buddha-Nature Thought in the Huayan School239–245
  • CONCLUSION246
    • Summation246
    • The Buddha-nature: Solution to Individual and Social Problems253
    • The Buddha-nature Today: A New Approach257–260
  • BIBLIOGRAPHY261–284
  • A GLOSSARY OF CHINESE CHARACTERS285–290
Three Contemplations toward Buddha Nature
Contemplation I
Bodhidharma's Kong-An
  • Chapter 1: The Mind is Nowhere to be Found2
    • (A) A Brief Introduction to Kong-An2
    • (B) Master Huei-ko6
    • (C) Chopping off an Arm for the Dharma8
    • (D) The Kong-An Per se: The Mind is Nowhere to be Found10
    • (E) To Contemplate on the Kong-An11
  • Chapter 2: The Patriarch's Quatrain (Gāthā) for Advance Practice15
    • Verse 1. "Cease all the external Quests"17
    • Verse 2. "And Soothe the Mind of its Gasps"22
    • Verse 3. "Uphold your Mind as a Wall"25
    • Verse 4. "So as to embark on the Bodhi Route"28
    • Question and Response29
  • Chapter 3: Bodhidharma's Skin, Flesh, Bones, and Marrow33
    • The Skin Kong-An36
    • The Flesh Kong-An38
    • The Bones Kong-An40
    • The Marrow Kong-An41
    • Question and Response44
Contemplation II
The Contemplation on "Hua-To"
  • Chapter 4: Who is Saying 'Namo Amito-Fo'?46
    • (A) What is a Hua-To?46
    • (B) Where does the voice come from?46
    • (C) Who is chanting 'Namo Amito-Fo'?48
    • (D) To contemplate on the Hua-To about Amitabha Buddha51
    • Question and Response56
    • (1) The Sword of Wisdom56
    • (2)Soul, Cognizances, and the Buddha Nature56
    • (3) What is being reincarnated?61
    • (4) Ālaya does not disappear upon death62
    • (5) The Buddha Nature is real63
    • (6) The Middle Route65
  • Chapter 5: Who is Saying 'Namo Amito-Fo'? (contd.)69
    • Question and Resonse71
Contemplation III
The Śūraṅgama Enquiries
  • Chapter 6: An Overall View of The Śūraṅgama Sūtra78
    • 1. The Māras of Vexation (Kleśa)87
      • (1) Attachment (love)88
      • (2) Aversion (hate)88
      • (3) Ignorance88
      • (4) Arrogance (or Pride)88
      • (5) Doubt (Disbelief)88
        • A. Doubt about oneself89
        • B. Doubt and the Dharma89
        • C. Doubt about the Gurus90
          • 1. Doubt about our "Root Guru"—The Buddha90
          • 2. Doubt about the Holy Saṃgha—Gurus in general90
          • 3. Doubt about the Master who is instructing you—personal Guru91
        • D. Doubt about the Tathāgata Nature or Buddha Nature91
      • (6) Evil Views (Incorrect Concepts)91
        • A. Lateral Views92
          • 1. The View on Constancy92
          • 2. The View of Nihilism (The Views of Nothingness)94
        • B. Vicious Views95
        • C. The View of Corporeality96
        • D. Views of False Precepts97
    • 2. The Māra of "the Five Aggregates"98
    • 3. The Māra of Death98
    • 4. The Celestial Māra102
  • Chapter 7: The Seven Positions to Locate the Mind110
    • The Inquiry
      • Where is the Mind?121
    • Proposition 1
      • The Mind is in the body121
    • Proposition 2
      • The Mind is outside of the body124
    • Proposition 3
      • The Mind lies in between—within the Visual Organ125
    • Proposition 4
      • The Mind is on the threshold127
    • Proposition 5
      • The Mind arises at the Rendezvous of Senses and Dusts131
    • Proposition 6
      • The Mind is in the Middle134
    • Proposition 7
      • The Mind is Nowhere136
  • Chapter 8: The Epilogue144
    • 1. The Mind of Normalcy and Unfluctuation is the Tao144
    • 2. The Middle Route146
    • 3. About "Auras"149
  • About the Author151
  • Illustration—Mahayana Guardian Pusa Wei-to157
Three Short Treatises by Vasubandhu, Sengzhao, and Zongmi
  • A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka by NUMATA Yehanv


  • Editorial Foreword by Kenneth K. Tanakavii
  • Publisher’s Foreword by A. Charles Mullerix
  • Three Short Treatises by Vasubandhu, Sengzhao, and Zongmi
  • A Mahayana Demonstration on the Theme of Action
    • Contents3
    • Translator’s Introduction5
    • A Mahayana Demonstration on the Theme of Action9
    • Notes46
  • Essays of Sengzhao
    • Contents49
    • Translator’s Introduction51
    • Essays of Sengzhao61
    • Notes123
  • Treatise on the Origin of Humanity
    • Contents139
    • Translator’s Introduction141
    • Treatise on the Origin of Humanity145
    • Notes169
  • Glossary171
  • Bibliography183
  • Index187
  • A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)203
Three Texts on Madhyamaka by Shakya Chokden
  • Publisher's Notevii
  • Translator's Noteix
  • Part One: Wish Fulfilling Meru
  • INTRODUCTORY PRESENTATION OF MADHYAMAKA2
    • I. Definition of the Middle Path2
    • II. Explanation of the Defined Term2
      • A. Identification of Extremes2
        • 1. Identification in General3
        • 2. Identification in this Case3
        • 3. Refutation of Objections5
      • B. Identification of the Path5
      • C. Establishment of the Path as "The Middle"6
  • DISCUSSION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF MADHYAMAKA7
    • III. Divisions of the Basis of Definition7
      • A. Brief Presentation of Divisions7
        • 1. The Nature of Divisions7
        • 2. The Sources of Divisions7
        • 3. Showing Others' Assertions as Narrow8
  • THE ORIGINATION OF MADHYAMAKA IN INDIA9
      • B. Extensive Explanation9
        • 1. How Madhyamaka Treatises were Composed9
  • THE SPREADING OF MADHYAMAKA IN TIBET21
        • 2. How Madhyamaka Treatises Came to Tibet21
  • CONCLUDING DISCUSSION31
        • 3. Concluding [the Text] with a Little Refutation and Establishment31
  • Part Two: Drop of Nectar of Definitive Meaning
    • I. The Way of Entering the Great Mansion of Definitive Meaning through Acceptance of the False Truth38
    • II. The Way of Entering the Great Mansion of Definitive Meaning through Acceptance of the Ultimate Truth40
      • A. How to Practice at the Time of Severing Conceptual Elaborations by
        the View
        40
      • B. How to Proceed at the Time of Applying Conventions by Knowledge-Expressions of Aryas40
  • Part Three: Great Ship of Discrimination that Sails into the Ocean of Definitive Meaning
    • I. Brief Presentation44
    • II. Extensive Explanation44
      • A. How the Prasangika and Svatantrika Branches Diverged45
      • B. The Explanation of the Differences of their Tenets46
        • 1. The Presentation of My Own Tradition46
        • 2. Refutation of Traditions of Others49
  • Appendices:
      • An Outline54
      • Notes57
      • Glossary86
      • Bibliography99
Tibetan Zen
  • Acknowledgmentsix
  • Abbreviationsxi
  • Introduction1
    • 1. Orientations25
    • 2. Masters of Meditation43
    • 3. Teachers and Students57
    • 4. The Practice of Genealogy71
    • 5. Encounter and Emptiness99
    • 6. Debate113
    • 7. Observing the Mind131
    • 8. Authority and Patronage147
    • 9. Funerals and Miracles163
    • 10. Zen and Tantra175
  • Notes193
  • Works Cited207
  • Index215
Toward a New Image of Paramārtha (Keng 2023)
  • List of Illustrationsviii
  • Acknowledgementsx
  • List of Abbreviations and Conventionxii
  • Introduction1
  • 1 Two Competing Readings of the Notion of Jiexing 解性21
  • 2 Doubts about the Connection between the Awakening of Faith and Paramārtha37
  • 3 A Philological Investigation of Dunhuang Fragment T280551
  • 4 Doctrinal Coherence between T2805 and the Works of Paramārtha107
  • 5 Two Shelun Lineages and How the Awakening of Faith Came to Be Attributed to Paramārtha123
  • 6 What Exactly Is Jiexing?151
  • 7 Paramārtha as a Successor to Vasubandhu177
  • 8 Conclusion211
  • Notes219
  • Bibliography257
  • Index268
Toward a New Paradigm of East Asian Yogācāra Buddhism: Taehyŏn (ca. 8th Century CE), a Korean Yogācāra Monk, and His Predecessors
  • Abstractii
  • Lists of Chartsxi
  • Abbreviationsxii
  • Acknowledgementsxiii
  • INTRODUCTION1
    • 1. The Origin of the Problem: Taehyŏn and the Difficulty of Determining His Yogācāra Doctrinal Position1
    • 2. Traditional Bifurcations of East Asian Yogācāra Buddhism and Their
      Problems
      9
      • (1) "Old" Yogācāra Buddhism vs. "New" Yogācāra Buddhism; Paramārtha vs. Xuanzang9
      • (2) Tathāgatagarbha Theory vs. Yogācāra Theory; One Vehicle vs. Three Vehicles14
      • (3) Dharma Nature school vs. Dharma Characteristics school18
    • 3. Outline of Chapters21
  • CHAPTER I. The Initial Stage of the Old Yogācāra Tradition24
    • 1. Two Directions in the Initial Stage of Old Yogācāra Tradition24
    • 2. The Northern and Southern Dilun Schools and Their Interpretations of Ālayavijñāna27
    • 3. Comparison of Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine in the Four and Ten-Fascicle Laṅkāvatārasūtra35
    • 4. Concluding Remarks41
  • CHAPTER II. "Old" Yogācāra: Two Strands of the Shelun School42
    • 1. Issues42
    • 2. Distinction between Paramārtha's and Tanqian's Shelun Lineages 47
      • (1) Two Types of Synthesis of Tathāgatagarbha and Yogācāra47
      • (2) Reconsideration of Paramārtha’s Doctrine of Amalavijñāna52
      • (3) Two Types of Interpretations of the Nature of Realization: Perfect Enlightenment and Potential Enlightenment63
      • (4) Connection between the Unconditioned and Conditioned I: The
        Duality of Thusness
        71
      • (5) Connection between the Unconditioned and Conditioned II: Two
        Types of Attainment of the Dharma Body
        77
      • (6) Connection between the Unconditioned and Conditioned III: The Connection between the Nature of Realization and the Buddha
        Bodies
        80
      • (7) Disappearance of the Distinction between the Two Shelun Strands86
    • 3. Development of Paramārtha’s Shelun Lineage88
    • 4. Concluding Remarks102
  • CHAPTER III. Emergence of Antagonism between the "Old" and "New"
    Yogācāra
    104
    • 1. Transmission of the "New" Buddhist Literature and Doctrinal
      Diversity
      104
    • 2. Problems in Interpreting the New Yogācāra as the Dharma Characteristics School107
    • 3. Ji’s Yogācāra Position I: Antagonism towards the One Vehicle and
      Bhāvaviveka
      121
      • (1) Background: Outbreak of the Buddha Nature Controversy and the Emptiness-Existence Controversy123
      • (2) New Yogācāra Doctrinal Positions Derived from the Eight-
        Consciousness System in Comparison with the Tathāgatagarbha
        Position
        128
      • (3) The Doctrine of Uncontaminated Seeds and Criticism of Bhāvaviveka:
        Ji’s Response to the Two Controversies
        133
    • 4. Ji’s Yogācāra Position II: Embracing One Vehicle Thought and Bhāvaviveka’s Madhyamaka139
      • (1) Background: Translation of the Mahāprajñāpāramitāsūtra and its
        Influence on the Two Controversies
        140
      • (2) Embracing One Vehicle Thought and Bhāvaviveka’s Madhyamaka144
      • (3) Two Types of Buddha Nature: Ji’s Theoretical Basis for Embracing the Universal Buddha Nature150
      • (4) Separation between the Unconditioned and Conditioned Realms: Ji’s Doctrinal Limitation154
    • 5. Concluding Remarks160
  • CHAPTER IV. Synthesis of the "Old" and "New" Yogācāra Systems: Wŏnhyo and Fazang's Interpretations of the Awakening of Faith161
    • 1. Social Background and the Emergence of the Awakening of Faith161
    • 2. Wŏnhyo and Fazang’s Compromises between Madhyamaka and Yogācāra
      and the Differences in their Perspectives
      166
      • (1) Wŏnhyo's Binary Perspective166
      • (2) Fazang's Hierarchical Synthesis178
      • (3) Concluding Remarks188
    • 3. Significance of Wŏnhyo and Fazang's distinct interpretations of the AMF
      in the East Asian Yogācāra Tradition
      189
      • (1) Wŏnhyo as a Successor of Paramārtha189
      • (2) Fazang: Origin of the Teaching of Dependent Origination from the Tathāgatagarbha196
      • 4. Concluding Remarks201
  • CHAPTER V. Synthesis of the One Vehicle and the Three Vehicles: Taehyŏn's Interpretation of the AMF, the Sūtra of Brahmā's Net, and the Cheng weishi lun 203
    • 1. Taehyŏn's Yogācāra Thought from a New Perspective203
    • 2. Taehyŏn's Yogācāra Thought in the Taesŭng kisillon naeŭi yakt’amgi205
      • (1) Balanced Perspective toward the One Vehicle and the Three
        Vehicles
        205
      • (2) Binary Perspective on the Buddha Nature I: Distinction between the Original Awakening and the Nature of Realization210
    • 3. Taehyŏn's View on Buddhist Precepts Represented in the Pŏmmanggyŏng kojŏkki214
      • (1) Balanced View toward the Śrāvaka Precepts and the Bodhisattva
        Precepts
        214
      • (2) Binary Perspective on the Buddha Nature II: Universal Buddha Nature
        as the Cause
        221
    • 4. Taehyŏn’s Response to the Emptiness-Existence Controversy Represented
      in the Sŏng yusik non hakki
      224
      • (1) Taehyŏn's Position on the Emptiness-Existence Controversy and Its Significance224
      • (2) Binary Perspective on the Innate Uncontaminated Seeds: Coexistence
        of the Doctrines of Five Distinct Lineages and the Universal Gotra
        229
    • 5. Concluding Remarks235
  • CONCLUSION237
  • Bibliography242
Traité de la Continuité suprême du Grand Véhicule
  • Sommaire
  • Avant-propos 17
  • Le Traité de la Continuité suprême du Grand Véhicule33
  • L’Incontestable Rugissement du lion de Jamgön Kongtrul91
  • Introduction : sens général et points définitifs du texte95
  • Commentaire : explication détaillée du texte123
  • Chapitre I La quintessence des tathāgatas123
  • Première partie : Les trois premiers points de vajra129
    • Le premier point : le Bouddha129
    • Le deuxième point : le Dharma132
    • Le troisième point : la Communauté135
  • Deuxième partie : Les quatre autres points de vajra141
    • Le quatrième point : l’Élément145
  • Chapitre II Le cinquième point : l’Éveil211
  • Chapitre III Le sixième point : les Qualités245
  • Chapitre IV Le septième point : les Activités éveillées265
  • Conclusion
  • Chapitre V Les bienfaits du présent enseignement309
  • Abréviations327
  • Notes de l’Introduction328
  • Notes du Commentaire 360
  • Annexe 1 : Les sources de La Continuité suprême 383
  • Annexe 2 : Les soixante facteurs de purification complète393
  • Annexe 3 : Résumé des dix qualités397
  • Tableaux 403
  • Bibliographie407
  • Glossaire tibétain-français 423
  • Glossaire français-tibétain 429
  • Index des maîtres et auteurs 435
  • Index thématique 437
  • Schéma structurel451
Traité de la Continuité ultime du Grand Véhicule (Loyon)

Introduction

Titre et hommage

Bouddha

Dharma

Sańgha

Elément

Eveil

Qualité

Activité

Bienfaits

Commentaires 1

Commentaires 2

Commentaires 3

Commentaires 4

Transmission of Light
  • Introductionvii
    • 1. Shakyamuni Buddha3
    • 2. Kasyapa6
    • 3. Ananda10
    • 4. Shanavasa16
    • 5. Upagupta20
    • 6. Dhrtaka24
    • 7. Micchaka28
    • 8. Vasumitra33
    • 9. Buddhanandi36
    • 10. Punyamitra40
    • 11. Parshva44
    • 12. Punyayashas48
    • 13. Ashvaghosha51
    • 14. Kapimala56
    • 15. Nagarjuna61
    • 16. Kanadeva67
    • 17. Rahulata70
    • 18. Sanghanandi75
    • 19. Jayashata81
    • 20. Kumarata87
    • 21. Jayata90
    • 22. Vasubandhu94
    • 23. Manora98
    • 24. Haklena102
    • 25. Sinha105
    • 26. Vashashita108
    • 27. Punyamitra111
    • 28. Prajnatara114
    • 29. Bodhidharma118
    • 30. Huike (Shenguang)124
    • 31. Sengcan129
    • 32. Daoxin132
    • 33. Hongren135
    • 34. Huineng138
    • 35. Qingyuan147
    • 36. Shitou150
    • 37. Yaoshan155
    • 38. Yunyan160
    • 39. Dongshan164
    • 40. Yunju170
    • 41. Daopi174
    • 42. Tongan177
    • 43. Liangshan180
    • 44. Dayang185
    • 45. Touzi188
    • 46. Daokai194
    • 47. Danxia200
    • 48. Wukong202
    • 49. Zongjue206
    • 50. Zhijian209
    • 51. Rujing214
    • 52. Dogen219
    • 53. Ejo227